Chemistry Improvement of Class XII Result

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN;
NEW DELHI
REFERENCE MANUAL CUM REPORT

3,
,
Venue
Kendriya Vidyalaya No 3
Bhubaneswar, Odisha
Prepared By :
ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar
Kv-3 Campus, Mancheswar Rail Colony, Bhubaneswar (Odisha) 751017 India
Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

OUR PATRONS
Shri AvinashDikshit
Commissioner KVS New Delhi
Shri G.K. Srivastava
Additional Commissioner (Admn) KVS New Delhi
Dr. Dinesh Kumar
Additional Commissioner (Acad) KVS New Delhi
Dr. Shachikant
Joint Commissioner (Training) KVS New Delhi
Dr. Vijayalakshmi
Joint Commissioner (Acad) KVS New Delhi
Dr. E. Prabhakar
Joint Commissioner (Pers) KVS New Delhi
Shri M. Arumugam
Joint Commissioner (Fin.) KVS New Delhi
Shri S. Vijaykumar
Joint Commissioner (Admn) KVS New Delhi
Special thanks
Ms R Kalavathi, Deputy Commissioner, KVS (RO) Bhubaneswar

Acknowledgement
Course Director
USHA ASWATH IYER
Deputy Commissioner & Director, ZIET Bhubaneswar
Venue Director
Shri DamodarPurohit
Principal, K.V. 3 Bhubaneswar
Resource Persons
Mrs Hajra Shaikh
Mr Suresh Kumar Sahu
Mr Aaditya Kumar Panda
PGT (Chemistry)
K.V. No3 Bhubaneswar
PGT (Chemistry)
ZIET Bhubaneswar
PGT (Chemistry)
K. V. 3 Bhubaneswar
Bhubaneswar Region
Bhubaneswar Region
Supported by
ZIET Bhubaneswar Staff
Mrs. Hajra Shaikh (PGT-Chem), Mr. K. P. Dash (PGT-Eng),
Dr. Abhijit Saha (PGT-Biology), Mr. Nabaghan Nayak (PGT- Math),
Mr. Parasuram Shukla (PGT -Econ), Ms T Samrajya Lakshmi(PGT-Phy)
Dr. Santosh Gupta (Librarian),Mrs. SantiLataPadhy(UDC)

From the Directors Desk

Academics is an important part of any school and Kendriya
Vidyalayas have proved their academic brilliance with their
consistent performance of over 94% pass in the Class XII Board
Exams. There is a growing need to improve the qualitative results
too.
The idea of developing worksheets graded for different levels of
learners was designed keeping in mind that an improvement in qualitative
results will automatically result in quantitative improvement.
The materials have been developed by the teachers of the six participating
regions: Bhubaneswar, Ranchi, Guwahati, Kolkata, Silchar and Tinsukia under
the inspiring leadership of Ms Jayalakshmi Raju, Principal, K V Srikakulam
(Bhubaneswar Region) and the dedicated guidance of the three Resource
Persons, Mr A K Panda and Mr S K Sahu, both PGT Chemistry of K V 3
Bhubaneswar and Ms Hajra Shaikh (ZIET Bhubaneswar).
I request the participating teachers to use this material and to share it with
other colleagues and students. Kindly send your suggestions so that we can
improve these materials.
Wishing all of you the very best in the 2014 Board Exams and in your future
too.
USHA ASWATH IYER
DIRECTOR
ZIET BHUBANESWAR


KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA, SRIKAKULAM
PEDDAPADU, SRIKAKULAM DIST. 532 401 (A.P.)
Ref. No. 1-45 /KV-SKL/2013-14/
Dated 13.08.2013
Everything starts with a dream or concept in your mind.
The dream is given form by putting it on paper
The construction process begins
The workshop has been a powerful tool and technique modeler to streamline
our dream towards achieving invincible results in chemistry. The questions banks
and concept mapping will go a long way in revolutionizing the information
disseminated and equipping the students with easy to follow preparation
techniques. It provides a logical, systematic introduction to all aspects besides
answering several questions both from the point of the students and the
teachers.
To my colleagues and friends across the country whose valuable inputs have made publication of this
material possible and on behalf of myself, my colleagues, and my past, present, and future students:
Thank you!
K.Jayalakshmi Raju
Principal. K.V.Srikakulam &
Associate Director For Chemistry PGTs Work Shop, ZIET,Bhubaneswar



Time Table:
Participants Details
Allotment of Work
SWOT Analysis
Relating class Xi to Class XII
Learning Methods and Aids to Memory
Effective revision strategies
Worksheets
o Chapter 1& 2
o Chapter 3&4
o Chapter 5 &6
o Chapter 7, 8, 9
o Chapter 10,11,12 :
o Chapter 13,14 :
o Chapter 15,16 :
10
11
14
15
20
26
49
56
60
65
70
75
78
Question banks (minimum level of learning)

o Chapter 1,2,3,4,5
88
o Chapter 6,7,8,9,10
124
o Chapter 11,12,13,14,15,16
164
Question banks ( frequently asked questions including HOTS)
o Chapter 1,2,3,4,5
193
o Chapter 6,7,8,9,10
202
o Chapter 11,12,13,14,15,16
261
Concept Mapping
270
Daywise Report
303
Memories
304

10
3 DAY WORKSHOP ON IMPROVING RESULTS IN CLASS XII CHEMISTRY

TIME TABLE
8/2/2013
8/3/201
3
Registration + Inauguration
Friday
Prayer and review of previous

day
Linking class XI to class

XII/Linking Practicles to theory;
Mr Sahu
Saturday
Prayer and review of

previous day
Learning Styles/ Aids to

memory; Mr Panda
11.00- 13.00
Making into groups (10 min) /
Explaining preparation of
worksheets (30
min)presentation by Mr Panda
/ Identifying concepts (30
min)/ Preparation of
worksheet
Preparation of Question bank
Concept Mapping/
Explanation and
Preparation

14.00 - 15.30
Preparation of
worksheets
Preparation
Question bank
Consolidatin
g
15.3015.45
TEA BREAK
Thursday
Aims and objectives of the

workshop/ SWOT
analysis/motivation; Mrs Hajra
Shaikh
10.4511.00
LUNCH BREAK
8/1/2013
9.15- 10.45
TEA BREAK
9.00-9.15
13.0
014.0
0
15.45- 17.30
Preparation of
worksheets
Preparation of
Question Bank
Plenary and
Valedictory
11
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN ZIET:: BHUBANESWAR
Workshop on improvement of results of class XII - Period of Workshop 01.08.13 to 03.08.13 at K V No.3 Bhubaneswar
DETAILS OF PARTICIPANT
Sl.
N
o
Name of Participant (in BLOCK

Letters)
Name of KV
in ENGLISH
MS. SUSHMA
MANDA
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
NO.2, NSB
VIZAG
PGT
Chem
DHENKANAL
MR. B. SREEDHAR
MR. JAYANTA
KUMAR SAHOO
Design
ation
MRS. PRAVASHINI.
ROY
Region
Cate.
SC /
ST
Mobile No.
E-mail id
Emplo
yee
Code
Date of
Joining in
KVS
in ENGLISH
in ENGLISH
NAD VIZAG
BHUBANESWAR
Gen
9989818812
mandasushma@yahoo.c
om
29605
16/08/95
BHUBANESWAR
OBC
7893426497
bevarasreedhar@yahoo.
com
13965
30/09/97
BHUBANESWAR
Gen
9861442317
jksahu74@gmail.com
11386
12/10/2002
.
2
. 1
(II
PGT
Chem
NO.1, BBSR(2S)
BHUBANESWAR
Gen
9437164302
pravaroy@gmail.com
10233
20/01/89
PGT
Chem
SAMBALPUR
BHUBANESWAR
OBC
9437855954
mohanta.smita@yahoo.c
om
15274
5/9/2003
PURI
BHUBANESWAR
OBC
8018159290
rashmita007@gmail.com
10233
24/10/08
NO.1,
CUTTACK
. 1
BHUBANESWAR
Gen
9438011119
chita1964@rediffmail.co
m
11861
20/11/93
TURA
GUWAHATI
SC
9805736409
chempgt85@gmail.com
47503
29/10/09
JAGIROAD
GUWAHATI
Gen
7896102816
mkagarw@gmail.com
8270
25/10/08
MRS. SMITA
MOHANTA
MS. RASHMITA
SAHOO
PGT
Chem
DR. C R TRIPATHY
MR. TEK CHAND
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
MR. MUKESH KR.

AGARWAL
PGT
Chem

12
10
11
12
MR. Mohd SALEEM

SIDDIQUI
MR. ARUP KUMAR
ROY
MISS MERCY
LALROHLUOHMAR
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
14
Dr MADHU KUMARI
GUPTA
Mr OM PRAKASH
MEENA
15
Dr A K LAHA
16
A K MANI
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
A HAQUE
PGT
Chem
13
17
18
19
20
21
22
DEWENDRA JHA
PIYUSH KUMAR
MISRA
SANDHYA
SANNIGRAHI
SH. JAI JAI RAM
SINGH,
DR. HEMANT
KUMAR,
NEHU
SHILLONG
GUWAHATI
OBC
9612651759
ALIPURDUAR
GUWAHATI
Gen
8967304633
salim.siddiqui74@yahoo.
com
aruproychemistry2011@
gmai.com
HASIMARA
GUWAHATI
ST
9093931494
untoeternity@gmail.com
BENGDUBI
GUWAHATI
Gen
7602759187
madhukumarigupta@re
diffmail.com
47125
2/12/2010
PORT BLAIR-1
-1
KOLKATA
ST
9679508515
opmeena75@gmail.com
44253
8/4/2009
DUM DUM OF
KOLKATA
Gen
8100218136
36798
11/2/1994
No2 Port Blair
KOLKATA
SC
9433970544
ashiskumarlaha@gmail.c
om
ardhendukona72@gmail
.com
37249
15/10/97
KOLKATA
Gen
9163990213
anwarulhaque604@yaho
o.com
40622
9/2/1994
KOLKATA
Gen
9434188594
djha2012@gmail.com
ASANSOL
KOLKATA
Gen
9434071362
pkm_00@rediffmail.com
sandhya63sannigrahi@g
mail.com
JOKA IIM
KANCHRAPARA
-1
ADRA
KOLKATA
Gen
9732129499
NO. 1,
DHANBAD
. 1
RANCHI
Gen
9472792322
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
CRPF, RANCHI
35389
5/10/1988
25/01/12
13/9/86
46075
25/10/08
35335
21/10/94
1103
22/7/95
36074
15/3/94
RANCHI
Gen
8757757794
hemanthkr100@gmail.c
om
RANCHI
Gen
9835170231
krmanojsharma111@gm
ail.com
6268
21/8/95
GOMOH
23/10/09
. 1
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
8271
23
SH MANOJ KUMAR,
24
SH. BRAJESH
KUMAR
PGT
Chem
No 1 HEC,
RANCHI
RANCHI
OBC
8987555635
brajeshkv29@gmail.com
37449
2/9/2003
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
NAMKUM,
RANCHI
RANCHI
OBC
9431366869
abhaysang@rediffmail.c
om
51682
20/10/08
TATANAGAR
RANCHI
Gen
9835505361
skabi1802@gmail.com
25
26
SH. BHISMA KANT,

MRS. SANTWANA
KABI ,

2/3/1994
13
27
MRS Mahadevi
PRADHAN,
28
MR. ANIL KUMAR

SHARMA
29
Mr BHARAT KUMAR
PANDYA
30
MR.SATHEESH
KUMAR T T V
31
SH.SAJEESH KUMAR
TV
32
SH. PRATHEESH .N
33
DR ABHYAS YADAV
34
SH PRAVEEN BUTE
35
SH NARESH KUMAR
36
SH.BABLU KUMAR
PGT
Chem
SUNDARGARH
RANCHI
OBC
8260171112
mahi.pradhan9@gmail.c
om
48159
30/01/12
PGT
Chem
HAFLONG
SILCHAR
Gen
9859473785
kaushikanil21@gmail.co
m
45135
19/01/12
PGT
Chem
BAGAFA
SILCHAR
Gen
8974364120
bharatpandya2112@gm
ail.com
45654
1/8/2009
PGT
Chem
LUMDING
SILCHAR
OBC
7896699987
sateeshkumarttv@gmail.
com
8906
21/10/08
KUNJABAN
SILCHAR
Gen
9862827352
sajeeshkumartv@gmail.c
om
SILCHAR
SILCHAR
OBC
9085359082
prateeshn_83@yahoo.in
50045
23/10/08
DIMAPUR
TINSUKIA
OBC
9774128085
32930
26/08/03
NO.1,TEZPUR
. 1
TINSUKIA
OBC
8876093581
abhyaskvs@gmail.com
praveenbute@gmail.co
m
55919
9/2/2009
KIMIN
TINSUKIA
SC
9612328008
45677
24/10/08
PASIGHAT
TINSUKIA
OBC
9863485426
nkbayal@gmail.com
kumarbablu606@gmail.c
om
49074
21/01/12
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem
PGT
Chem

14/2/11
14
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, BHUBANESWAR
3 DAY WORKSHOP ON IMPROVING RESULTS IN CLASS XII CHEMISTRY
SL NO
1
2
3
REGION
Bhubaneswar
Guwahati
Kolkatta
Worksheet in
Chapters^
1,2,5
4,3,6
10,11,12
Ranchi
5
6
Concept Mapping in chapters #

13,14
15,16
1,2,3
7,8,9
Question bank in chapters*

1-5 for FAQ with minimum learning
level
6- 10 for FAQ
with minimum
learning
level
11- 16 for FAQ with
minimum
learning level
1-5 for above average
Silchar
15,16
6 -10 for above average
7,8,9
Tinsukia
13,14
11-16 for above average
10,11,12
4,5,6,
Note
^ Worksheets are to be prepared on a concept in the chapter. At least three concepts in each chapter should be
taken up. Questions should be of one mark. Worksheet should include HOTS. Submit with Answers.
* Q bank should be prepared such that the weak student feels encouraged. Q bank for board pattern student should
be such that there is some challenge for the brighter student Submit with Answers
# Concept mapping is done on one concept and not on an entire chapter. Hence there can be many concept maps in
a chapter
Submit as soft copy only
All these should be typed in Calibri font, font size 12, space 1

15
SWOT Analysis
Making The Most Of Your Talents And Opportunities
Chance favours the prepared mind --Louis Pasteur
Your Talent, Your Success
You are most likely to succeed in life if you use your talent to your fullest extent
Similarly you will suffer fewer problems if you know what your weaknesses are, and if you manage these weaknesses
so that they dont matter in the work you do.
The Power of SWOTWhat makes SWOT specially Powerful is that with a little thought it can help you uncover opportunities
that you would not have other wise spotted. And by understanding your weaknesses you can otherwise manage the threats
that might otherwise hurt your abilities.
View yourself through SWOT
If you look at yourself through SWOT Framework, you can start seperating yourself from your peers, and further develop the
specialised talent and abilities you need to advance in your career.
Strengths
What advantages do you have that others dont?

What do you do better than others?
What personal resources can you access?
What do other people ( boss, peers) see as your strength?
Which of your achievements are you most proud of?

16
What values do you believe in that others fail to exhibit?

Are you part of a network that nobody is involved in? if so what connections do you have with influential people?
Your perspective
Consider this from your perspective, and from the point of view of the people around you. Dont be modest or
shy , be as objective as you can.
If you have any difficulty with this write down a list of your personal charecteristics. Some of these will
hopefully be strengths.
Consider your strengths:

Think about your strengths in relation to the people around you.For example, if you are very good in
mathematics, and the people around you are also good in maths, then this is not likely to be a strength in your
current role, it is only a necessity .
Opportunities:
A teacher goes on an extended leave; Can I take his role partiallysay Exam department or CCA
What new technology can help you? Learn more about computersuse them not only for power points but
also for video recording.
Do you get good contacts because of your nature that helps you benefit the school
What trend do you see in your school how you can take advantage of these eg: A circular to go to Foreign
schools; study their requirements and work accordingly.
Are any of the teachers failing to do anything important? Can you take advantage of their mistakes? Bring out
something important and new that comes into the notice of the head.
Do the teachers complain about something? Could you create an opportunity by providing a solution
Potential Opportunities:
Networking events or educational classes

A new role or project that forces you to learn new skills, like public speaking, international relations.
Learning a foreign language for a potential opportunity of going abroad.
Look
Look at your strengths and ask yourself if these open up any opportunities
Look at your weaknesses and ask yourself whether you can open up opportunities by eliminating these
weaknesses.

17
Threats
What obstacles do you currently face at work?
Are any of your colleagues competing with you for projects or roles?
Is your Job (or the demand for the things you do) changing?
Does changing technology threaten your position?
Could any of your weaknesses lead to threats?
Analyse
Performing this analysis will lead to key information it will point out what needs to be done and put
problems into perspective.
Key POINTS:
A SWOT matrix is a framework for analyzing your strengths and weaknesses as well as
oppertunities and threats that you face
Helps you focuss on strengths
Helps minimize your weaknesses.
Assists in taking the greatest possible advantage of opportunities available to you.

18

19
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
POLYMERS
BIOMOLECULES
CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE
SURFACE CHEMISTRY
AMINES
KINETICS
ALDEHYDES, KETONES, CARBOXYLIC

ACID
ELECTRO CHEMISTRY
ALCOHOLS AND PHENOLS
SOLUTIONS
HALO ALKANES AND HALO ARENES
CO ORDINATION COMPOUNDS
D BLOCK ELEMENTS
P BLOCK ELEMENTS
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES
SOLID STATE
MARKSHEET in %
13-Apr
13-May
13-Jun
13-Jul
13-Aug
13-Sep
13-Oct
13-Nov
13-Dec
14-Jan
14-Feb
This table can be used by the student to analyse his/ her weaknesses and strengths in XII chemistry. It can be further modified by
identifying concepts in each chapter.

20
CONCEPTS IN CLASS XI WHICH ARE USED IN CLASS XII

(Which need to be mastered for better performance in class XII)
Organic Chemistry Some Basic Principles
IUPAC Naming and structureIncluding all functional groups (Some common names)
Isomerismgeometrical, structural
Classification of organic compounds
Fundamental concepts of organic Reaction Mechanisms
Homolytic and Hetrolytic Cleavage, Neucleophiles and Electrophiles, Electron movement in organic reactions
Electron displacement effects in Covalent Bonds
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
Inductive Effect( +I And I effect)

Resonance effect ( writing resonance structures, predicting stabilities of resonance structures)
a. Resonance effect ( +R and -R )
Hyperconjugation
Reaction intermediates
Stability of carbocations, carboanions and free radicals
Types of organic reactions and their mechanisms
[Substitution SN1, SN2; Addition Reactions; Elimination Reactionsalpha and beta, rearrangement reactions, polymerisation &
condensation reactions

21

22
Hydrocarbons
WurtzReaction,MarkovnikovRule,Kharash Effect(Peroxide effect)Ozonolysis ,Polymerizationand cyclicPolymerization, Aromatization
, Isomerization,bayers reagent ,lindlarscatalyst, dehydrohalogenation, Reaction-eliminationofhaloalkanes ( SaytzeffRule)Aromaticity,
Resonance and stabilityofBenzene, ElectrophilicsubstitutionReactions--FriedelCraftReaction alkylationandAcylation,
NitrationAndhalogenations,Sulphonation, ElectrophilicadditionReactions--MarkovnikovRule, Free RadicaladditionReactions-KharashEffect(Peroxide effect)Directiveinfluenceofa functionalgroupinmonosubstitutedbenzene, ringactivatingandDeactivatinggroup
towardselectrophile, MechanismofMarkovnikovRuleandKharash EffectPreparationand PropertiesofAlkane, alkene ,Alkyne, Benzene,
AcidicCharacter ofAlkynes,alkenes and alkanes
Effectofbranching on theboilingpointofisomericisomericcompounds (alkanes ,alcohols,haloalkanes)EffectofH-bondingon
BPofalcohols,Carboxylicacids,Aminesetc.Understandingacidicand basiccharacterusingresonanceandInductiveeffect

23

24

25
REDOX REACTIONS
Understandingtheconceptof RedoxReactions( bothoxidationandReductionhalfcell reaction),Calculationof Oxidationnumber.Identificationof
oxidizingand reducingagentin a given reactionTypes of redox reactionsCombination,Decomposition,Displacement,DisproportionationReactions,
Competitive electrontransferreactions--Metalactivityorelectrochemicalseries
Balancingof redox reactions--halfreactionmethod( Ionelectronmethod) inacidic and basicmediumRedoxreactionsas thebasisfor Titrations.
Redoxreactionsand electrodeprocesses--FeasibilityofRedoxcouple,Standard Hydrogenelectrode, Standard electrodepotential, Cell Representation
, carriers of current,Sign ofelectrode,Halfcellreaction.

26
EFFECTIVE REVISION
STRATEGY
By A.K PANDA , PGT ( CHEM) ,K V NO-3 ,BBSR

PROBLEMS
Under performance of students despite having talents is a real disturbing phenomenon in the present days student mass . Poor attention span , fickleness , lack
of determination , lack of self -belief
Students complain they often forget whatever they learnt yesterday
Learning through passive notes is the major stumbling block for better performance
Solution :
Revision is an art, and the people who master this art minimize time spent revising BUT maximize result.
Effectiveness of revision is the Maximization of Productivity of technique adopted while learning .
Qualitative revision guarantees better result .
The purpose of revision :Revision means going over work in order to:
(a) Check your understanding through organized notes (b) Make links between different topics to see how the whole subject/topics fits together.
(c) Remind yourself of material you have forgotten. Record information you need to remember and then you can
play it back to yourself.
(d) Reinforce your learning. Through preparation of Active Learning material .
(e) Identify and fill gaps in your knowledge.
(f) To prepare a concept map or Mater Card which will give a panoramic view of whole chapter /topic / subjects

27
for quick view just before examination .
(G) Reduction of anxiety just before the exam day
Revision techniques :There are countless ways of revising.
The least effective ways :- Just reading through notes over and over.
The most effective ways :- Where you interact with the material, making it meaningful to yourself,
for example:
THROUGHREVISION GROUPS groups of friends who help one another to revise by supporting, explaining, discussion and testing. Get someone else
(your class mate) to test you, preferably a friend doing the same exam or by the teacher very often to lessen the anxiety and improvise the perfection
Discussing
the
key
word
revision
cards
with
other
students
ensure
better
performance
.
Through Master card preparation ( Preparation of Cards for effective drilling and time bound revision) Learning through organized materials helps longterm retention . Using your text book and class notes to organize the concepts in the fashion of outline notes and practice it (the key word revision cards)
to bring out the maximum information with out assistance from your study material . to answer a question or address a problem you have not previously
tackled.
Hints and clue may be utilized to reconstruct a memory that has been organized .
Identify the key points- words, phrases and diagrams ,examples and evidence for each topic keeping in mind that questions from past papers and text book
questions are covered up .
Preparation of outline active notes An organized and intelligent question bank compel the students to search the answer from books and other allied
materials In a nut shell they are trained to read books and improvise self- study . This could be a true reflection of a chapter in a couple of work sheets .
Revise in short bursts- Small chuncks are easier to remember.
Frequent short-spells of learning are more effective than long ones . Several shorter practices spread out over a period of time will do much more good than a
marathon session where your progress is impaired by fatigue. When studying, dont be afraid to take a short break and then return to your work. Lengthy materials
are divided into convenient units . Recalling through structured active sheets enhances output .
28
Go over the same material quite quickly several times rather than spending a long time on one occasion.
(Cards are prepared for target setting in small chunks)
We can move the recall from the SHORT-TERM to the LONGTERM memory through the series of revise and recapitulation cycle.
Learning through Question Framing Preparation of question framing indicators .
Summarizing material under headings onto index cards.
Prioritizing and leveling the questions: Make a priority list of questions and concepts in consultations with teachers and Stick to your list for the target
specific exam . vis--vis syllabus and previous year question bank
Set realistic goals with respect to time available .
Reworking the material into a chart or diagram. ( MIND MAPS- cycle , linear ,interconnecting ,classification , spider map etc.)
Make links, comparisons and contrasts between different areas of your program. Association and linking the concepts and terms helps to remember .
Mnemonics can be a helpful way to memorize facts.
Prepare for questions that combine two different topics.
For slow learners (or Bloomers) :

Repetition is extremely helpful in turning short-term memories into long term memories. Without repetition, short-term memory vanishes.
* Fragmentation of big targets into various small achievable realistic targets (Confidence Building Measures)
[Some of the above methods are tried by us in our day to day learning activities to ensure better performance and retaining in long term memory . ]
What to revise? Syllabus for the exam is clear or not ?
Difficult topic first? or Easy topic first ---------- Thre is no correct order . Choose the order that meets your needs ? Setting a positive challenge ?
From where to revise ? when to revise ? What type Of exam I am to face ?
29
Is it Monthly Test / Unit Test , Pre-Board , Board .
Spoting Exam Questions ( PYQ- 5 Years )
Devise questions around a topic .
List past exam questions. Grouping them into types of questions as per emphasis . Add questions which make other angle to the topic . Check to see which
questions occur most frequently in past papers -- A rough guide to the likelyhood of particular question occurring .
We must scan the question setters mind as per the trend . We must be in a position to predict the Questions for upcoming years .
Question framing is not random . There is a specific structure in terms of level of questions and also with respect to concepts .
List useful definitions . / key words / ideas / concept (as a part of revision) It helps to plan your revision
Build-up good notes from which to revise
Subject Syllabus Topics Subtopics -- Revise around these questions / Topics / Subtopics
KEY WORD REVISION CARDS
# KEY WORD REVISION CARDS are popular and effective way of developing your revision notes .
# Revision Cards ( Key facts cards) smaller than post card is better
OBJECTIVES :- The intention is to record the minimum number of words to retain a full understanding of the information the next time you look at and use the
cards . (Active processing and condensing them )
Keeping whole chapters note in small area has a great psychological effect . Enabling one to feel in control . Revising from a series of small non-bulky cards
seems so much more manageable than overwhelming piles of A4 notes . (It manages voluminous revision )
Key words are designed to stimulate your recall of the topic without the necessary to write complex sentences
Brief out line notes on a card can quickly capture the moment . ( try to condense a considerable amount of information on to it ]
30
Caution:- Borrowed Revision Cards are not that much of effective than your own cards .
Always consult main notes if a point on your card is not clear .
Cards are dynamic in nature and easy to use at any point :-There must be scope for amendment in your notes .
What is the ideal time to make ?
After completion of topic , immediately the outlines notes should be made as the topic is fresh in your mind .You must keep your material organized for the
purpose of doing well in exam .
Cards must contain ------ Recording / Recalling / diagrammatic data / Cross-sectional drawing / graphs / Tables / formula .
Its practicability Anytime Anywhere
Cross verifications helps in any areas which are not fully understood enables problem areas to be addressed at the early stage rather than just before exams
. ,.
Original Learning - Number of spaced revision final reproduction .
Forgetting is made less and less rapid by repeated learning of the same material . . Memory Tree will be sharper with each repetitions .
As if weapons are to be hi-tech to counter the volley of questions you are to face in exam ( as battle field) .
Flash Cards - How to Use Flash Cards to Study Chemistry
Flash cards are a quick, easy, visual way of setting prioritiesboth for the subjects themselves and for the minutia within said content area. By using flash
cards to plan your study sessions, you can quickly identify essential versus negligible information. In algebra, for instance, you can create a stack pertaining
to fractions, one to quadratic equations, and another to decimals, and simply arrange stacks based on the focus of the information.
Great study habits are not simply confined to the human brain. There are other outside tools that can help maximize learning potential and get those synapses
firing. One such tool is the flash cardsomething so simple, yet so effective
Making education fun
31
One of the biggest reasons group studiers prefer flash cards is because they really can break the monotony and make education fun.
Flashcards remain one of the best tools for memorizing information. The most common way to create flashcards is to use index cards.
Students can simply write the question on one side and the answer on the opposite side and test themselves repeatedly. However, there are several ways to
modify this process to enhance the learning experience.
Memorize Facts & Reinforce Concepts with Flash Cards
Flash cards can be a great study aid. You can use them to help memorize facts, lists, and structures as well as to reinforce important concepts. Here's how to
prepare and use flash cards to study.
Flashcards for Individuals and Flashcards for Study Groups
Tackling advanced subjects
Flash cards can make difficult subjects easier. Working with subjects that are so far off what one is used to naturally creates confusion when information
starts piling up. The razor-precision focus that flash cards force your brain into keep you from getting overwhelmed when you encounter new and
unfamiliar areas.
Customizing the learning experience
Flash cards are editableeither by hand or computerand they provide unending support for the learner as he seeks to take charge of his studies and
customize the experience in such a way that is interesting, effective and fun.
Its not enough to know the information; one must also be able to recall as much of it as he can within a set time framework with as much accuracy as possible
This technique will enable the brain to recognize the most essential details of a concept or fact when it turns up on an exam or other crucial situations.
Learning Facts with Flash Cards
Start with a stack of blank index cards.
On one side of a card, write a question or name of a structure you need to memorize. On the back of the card, write the answer. Limit yourself to one fact per
card.
Prepare as many cards as you need.
To use the cards effectively, view the question and quiz yourself. Do you know the answer? Check the back of the card. If you answered correctly, set the card
aside. If you were wrong, place the card on the back of your stack so that you will see it again.
Proceed through your stack of cards. Set aside cards you get right and continue through cards you get wrong until you have gotten all questions/answers
correct.

32
Now shuffle the cards and repeat the process.

Practice makes perfect, so if you get frustrated, set the cards aside and come back to them. Go through your cards every day (or more often, if you are
cramming).
Question framing Session
Students must be intimated in advance about the lesson and the concept to be revised on a selected day for the upcoming examinations .
Questions to be framed by the student (a) on a selected concept (b) Related to the concept outside the chapter after the questions based on
chapter and concepts are over
Teacher must give chance to the passive students to ask questions . (CBM for students)
( as each group has few members of active students and passive students- Duty of leader of group is to activate and train these passive students)
passive students: who usually do not participate in group participation . 9 may be bright learners or just bloomers )
Gradation of questions ( easy , HOT , etc. ) Verification of correctness of QS . through students
and subsequent compilation. ( as the teacher has no time to all this - taking the help of students )
Use of flash cards , stimulate the mind of some students , try to frame the questions based on the answer they know. Teachers must classify these QS
as MLL question and related to TBQ and PYQ of CBSE .
# Advantages :
* If someone can frame questions , he or she knows about the answer and understand the topic well , or questions
* Familiarity with questions will reduce fear from facing questions
Confidence will increase Concepts will be revised and its fundamentals will become clear

33
Questions of graded difficulty will be available as question bank related to the topic
Alertness in the class will be visible as everybody would like to participate in the question Anser Session .
Incentive must be given to the group member for best question framing . competitiveness will be developed .
By showing the flash cards .

EFFECTIVE REVISION
STRATEGY
PROBLEMS
Under performance of students despite having talents is a real disturbing phenomenon in the present days student mass . Poor attention span , fickleness , lack
of determination , lack of self -belief
Students complain they often forget whatever they learnt yesterday
Learning through passive notes is the major stumbling block for better performance
Solution :
Revision is an art, and the people who master this art minimize time spent revising BUT maximize result.
Effectiveness of revision is the Maximization of Productivity of technique adopted while learning .
Qualitative revision guarantees better result .
The purpose of revision :Revision means going over work in order to:
(a) Check your understanding through organized notes (b) Make links between different topics to see how the whole subject/topics fits together.
(c) Remind yourself of material you have forgotten. Record information you need to remember and then you can
play it back to yourself.
34
(d) Reinforce your learning. Through preparation of Active Learning material .
(e) Identify and fill gaps in your knowledge.
(f) To prepare a concept map or Mater Card which will give a panoramic view of whole chapter /topic / subjects
for quick view just before examination .
(G) Reduction of anxiety just before the exam day
Revision techniques :There are countless ways of revising.
The least effective ways :- Just reading through notes over and over.
The most effective ways :- Where you interact with the material, making it meaningful to yourself,
for example:
THROUGHREVISION GROUPS groups of friends who help one another to revise by supporting, explaining, discussion and testing. Get someone else
(your class mate) to test you, preferably a friend doing the same exam or by the teacher very often to lessen the anxiety and improvise the perfection
Discussing
the
key
word
revision
cards
with
other
students
ensure
better
performance
.
Through Master card preparation ( Preparation of Cards for effective drilling and time bound revision) Learning through organized materials helps longterm retention . Using your text book and class notes to organize the concepts in the fashion of outline notes and practice it (the key word revision cards)
to bring out the maximum information with out assistance from your study material . to answer a question or address a problem you have not previously
tackled.
Hints and clue may be utilized to reconstruct a memory that has been organized .
Identify the key points- words, phrases and diagrams ,examples and evidence for each topic keeping in mind that questions from past papers and text book
questions are covered up .
Preparation of outline active notes An organized and intelligent question bank compel the students to search the answer from books and other allied
materials In a nut shell they are trained to read books and improvise self- study . This could be a true reflection of a chapter in a couple of work sheets .

35
Revise in short bursts- Small chuncks are easier to remember .
Frequent short-spells of learning are more effective than long ones . Several shorter practices spread out over a period of time will do much more good than a
marathon session where your progress is impaired by fatigue. When studying, dont be afraid to take a short break and then return to your work. Lengthy materials
are divided into convenient units . Recalling through structured active sheets enhances output .
Go over the same material quite quickly several times rather than spending a long time on one occasion.
(Cards are prepared for target setting in small chunks)
We can move the recall from the SHORT-TERM to the LONGTERM memory through the series of revise and recapitulation cycle.
Learning through Question Framing Preparation of question framing indicators.
Summarizing material under headings onto index cards.
Prioritizing and leveling the questions: Make a priority list of questions and concepts in consultations with teachers and Stick to your list for the target
specific exam . vis--vis syllabus and previous year question bank
Set realistic goals with respect to time available.
Reworking the material into a chart or diagram. (MIND MAPS- cycle, linear ,interconnecting ,classification , spider map etc.)
Make links, comparisons and contrasts between different areas of your program. Association and linking the concepts and terms helps to remember .
Mnemonics can be a helpful way to memorise facts.
Prepare for questions that combine two different topics.
For slow learners (or Bloomers) :

Repetition is extremely helpful in turning short-term memories into long term memories . Without repetition , short-term memory vanish.
* Fragmentation of big targets into various small achievable realistic target (Confidence Building Measures)
[ Some of the above methods are tried by us in our day to day learning activities to ensure better performance and retaining in long term memory . ]

36
What to revise ? Syllabus for the exam is clear or not ?
Difficult topic first ? or Easy topic first ---------- There is no correct order . Choose the order that meets your needs ? Setting a positive challenge ?
From where to revise ? when to revise ? What type Of exam I am to face ?
Is it Monthly Test / Unit Test , Pre-Board , Board .
Spoting Exam Questions ( PYQ- 5 Years )
Devise questions around a topic .
List past exam questions. Grouping them into types of questions as per emphasis . . Add questions which make other angle to the topic . Check to see which
questions occur most frequently in past papers -- A rough guide to the likelyhood of particular questions. Occurring
We must scan the question setters mind as per the trend . We must be in a position to predict the Qs . for upcoming years .
Question framing is not random . There is a specific structure in terms of level of questions and also with respect to concepts .
List useful definitions . / key words / ideas / concept (as a partr of revision) It helps to plan your revision
Build-up good notes from which to revise
Subject Syllabus Topics Subtopics -- Revise around these questions / Topics / Subtopics
OBJECTIVES :- The intention is to record the minimum number of words to retain a full understanding of the information the next time you look at and use the
cards . (Active processing and condensing them )
Keeping whole chapters note in small area has a great psychological effect . Enabling one to feel in control . Revising from a series of small non-bulky cards
seems so much more manageable than overwhelming piles of A4 notes . (It manages voluminous revision )
37
Caution:- Borrowed Revision Cards are not that much of effective than your own cards .
what is the ideal time to make ?
After completion of topic , immediately the outlines notes should be made as the topic is fresh in your mind .You must keep your material organized for the
purpose of doing well in exam .
Cards must contain ------ Recording / Recalling / diagrammatic data / Cross-sectional drawing / graphs / Tables / formula .
Its practicability Anytime Anywhere
Cross verifications helps in any areas which are not fully understood enables problem areas to be addressed at the early stage rather than just before exams
. ,.
original Learning - No. of spaced revision final reproduction .
Forgetting is made less and less rapid by repeated learning of the same material . . Memory Tree will be sharper with each repetitions .
As if weapons are to be hi-tech to counter the volley of questions you are to face in exam ( as battle field) .
Flash Cards - How to Use Flash Cards to Study Chemistry
Flash cards are a quick, easy, visual way of setting prioritiesboth for the subjects themselves and for the minutia within said content area. By using flash
cards to plan your study sessions, you can quickly identify essential versus negligible information. In algebra, for instance, you can create a stack pertaining
to fractions, one to quadratic equations, and another to decimals, and simply arrange stacks based on the focus of the information.

38
Great study habits are not simply confined to the human brain. There are other outside tools that can help maximize learning potential and get those synapses
firing. One such tool is the flash cardsomething so simple, yet so effective
Making education fun
One of the biggest reasons group studiers prefer flash cards is because they really can break the monotony and make education fun.
Flashcards remain one of the best tools for memorizing information. The most common way to create flashcards is to use index cards.
Students can simply write the question on one side and the answer on the opposite side and test themselves repeatedly. However, there are several ways to
modify this process to enhance the learning experience.
Memorize Facts & Reinforce Concepts with Flash Cards
Flash cards can be a great study aid. You can use them to help memorize facts, lists, and structures as well as to reinforce important concepts. Here's how to
prepare and use flash cards to study.
Flashcards for Individuals and Flashcards for Study Groups
Tackling advanced subjects
Flash cards can make difficult subjects easier. Working with subjects that are so far off what one is used to naturally creates confusion when information
starts piling up. The razor-precision focus that flash cards force your brain into keep you from getting overwhelmed when you encounter new and
unfamiliar areas.
Customizing the learning experience
Flash cards are editableeither by hand or computerand they provide unending support for the learner as he seeks to take charge of his studies and
customize the experience in such a way that is interesting, effective and fun.
Its not enough to know the information; one must also be able to recall as much of it as he can within a set time framework with as much accuracy as possible
This technique will enable the brain to recognize the most essential details of a concept or fact when it turns up on an exam or other crucial situations.

39
Learning Facts with Flash Cards
Start with a stack of blank index cards.
On one side of a card, write a question or name of a structure you need to memorize. On the back of the card, write the answer. Limit yourself to one fact per
card.
Prepare as many cards as you need.
To use the cards effectively, view the question and quiz yourself. Do you know the answer? Check the back of the card. If you answered correctly, set the card
aside. If you were wrong, place the card on the back of your stack so that you will see it again.
Proceed through your stack of cards. Set aside cards you get right and continue through cards you get wrong until you have gotten all questions/answers
correct.
Now shuffle the cards and repeat the process.
Practice makes perfect, so if you get frustrated, set the cards aside and come back to them. Go through your cards every day (or more often, if you are
cramming).
Question framing Session
Students must be intimated in advance about the lesson and the concept to be revised on a selected day for the upcoming examinations .
Questions to be framed by the student

chapter and concepts are over
(a) on a selected concept (b) Related to the concept outside the chapter after the questions based on
( as each group has few members of active students and passive students- Duty of leader of group is to activate and train these passive students)
passive students: who usually do not participate in group participation . 9 may be bright learners or just bloomers )
Gradation of questions ( easy , HOT , etc. ) Verification of correctness of QS . through students

40
and subsequent compilation. ( as the teacher has no time to all this - taking the help of students )
Use of flash cards , stimulate the mind of some students , try to frame the questions based on the answer they know. Teachers must classify these QS
as MLL question and related to TBQ and PYQ of CBSE .
# Advantages :
* If someone can frame questions , he or she knows about the answer and understand the topic well , or questions
* Familiarity with questions will reduce fear from facing questions
Alertness in the class will be visible as everybody would like to participate in the question Anser Session .
By showing the flash cards .
Caution
Borrowed Revision Cards are not as much of effective as your own cards .
41
What is the ideal time to make ?
After completion of topic , immediately the outlines notes should be made as the topic is fresh in your mind .You must keep your material organized
for the purpose of doing well in exam .
Cards must contain ----- Recording / Recalling / diagrammatic data / Cross-sectional drawing / graphs / Tables / formula .
ITS PRACTICABILITY
Anytime Anywhere
Reliability of cards
Cross verifications helps in any areas which are not fully understood enables problem areas to be addressed at the early stage rather than just before
exams . ,
Advantage
Original Learning - No. of spaced revision final reproduction.
Forgetting is made less and less rapid by repeated learning of the same material.
Memory Tree will be sharper with each repetitions.

42

43
1.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
CO /CO2
H3BO3 /H2SO4
BCl3/TlCl3
BCl3 /CCl4
33[BF6] /[AlF6]
PbCl4 /SnCl4
Al2O3 /B2O3
BCl3 /BH3
BCl3 /SiCl4
2.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
CRACK THE CODE

IN THE FOLLOWING PAIRS
CLASS-XIP-BLOCK ELEMENTS
BCl3 /AlCl3
3. H3BO3/H3PO3
GaCl /TlCl
21. PBI4/PbCl4
PbO2 /SnCl2
22. Diamond /Graphite
BF3 /BCl3
23. BH3 /[BH4]
PbCl2 /PbCl4
24. Ga /Al
TlCl/TlCl3
25. Water Gas /Producer
AlF3 /AlCl3
Gas
Carbon /Silicon
26. BCl3/PCl3
B2H6 /H3BO3
27. N(CH3)3 / N(SiH3)3
33. BF3 /[BF4]

4.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
CO2 /SiO2
Nitrate /Phosphate
HNO3 /H3PO4
BF3/NF3
22[SiF6] /[SiF6]
SiCl4/CCl4
on
rac
pr
ot
cha
fo
r
ng
ffi
n
ty
uci
te
ra
r ed
ea
gr
s
ha
ch
ar
ter
lity?
ac
wh
i
ch
i
stab
mal
g
xin
mo
re
her
pl e
om
er T
rc
h as
tte
h i gh
be
ich
as
h as
hh
ha
Wh
hi c
ich
Which ( N-H / P-H ) BDE is more ?
ch
whi
Wh
ter?
44
e' s
m
l
o
sR
ott
en
fi s
hs
me
ll
h
hi c
NH 3 / PH 3
e?
atil
oc
pr
so
di s
rm
th A
gC
ne
l?
's
ho
er
in H
mo
re
mo
re
hi c
bb
as
ne fo
Ha
hh
h as
bo

ch o
in
hi c
ich
W hi
es
s?
Which one
ic
Wh
Which is more Basic?
Wh
ore
is m
al s
Which is more Acidic?
vol
is
d
use
n
sig
nd
b oi
an
l i ng
gl e
p oi
nt?
&w
hy
45
SESSION
Students must be intimated in advance about the lesson and the concept to be revised on a selected day for the upcoming
examinations .
Questions to be framed by the student (a) on a selected concept (b) Related to the concept outside the chapter after the
questions based on chapter and concepts are over
(as each group has few members of active students and passive students- Duty of leader of group is to activate and train these passive
students)
Who are passive students: who usually do not participate in group participation. (may be bright learners or just bloomers )
Gradation of questions ( easy , HOT , etc. ) Verification of correctness of QS . through students and subsequent compilation. (
as the teacher has no time to all this - taking the help of students )
Use of flash cards , stimulate the mind of some students , try to frame the questions based on the answer they know.
Teachers must classify these QS as MLL question and related to TBQ and PYQ of CBSE .
Advantages :
If someone can frame questions , he or she knows about the answer and understand the topic well , or questions
Familiarity with questions will reduce fear from facing questions
Alertness in the class will be visible as everybody would like to participate in the question Answer Session .
By showing the flash cards . NaCl
Common salt ki Dandi march ---- From the angle of chemistry
THE SOLID STATE :
1# NaCl is a -------------------(amorphous , crystalline) substance .
2# NaCl belongs to ----------- crystal system ? ( cubic , hexagonal , triclinic , orthorhombic )
3# NaCl shows a property of ---------------- ( isotropic , anisotropic)
46
4# Which one conducts both in molten and aqueous state but not conduct in solid state
( Na , NaCl)
5# NaCl is is which type of crystal ? ( covalent , metallic , ionic , molecular)
6# NaCl belongs to --------------- type crystal ? ( primitive , bcc , fcc)
7# What is the Co-ordination number of NaCl ?
8# NaCl belongs to --------------------- type of packing ? ( ABABAB , ABCABCABC..)
9# In NaCl crystal , which one present in octahedral voids ? (Na+ , Cl-)
10# NaCl crystal act as ------( insulator , semiconductor , conductor) at room temperature .
11# How many number of chloride ions present in a cubic unit cell of Na Cl ?
12# When NaCl is heated conductivity ---------------------- ( increases , decreases)
13# F-Centre is ---------------------- type of defect ( stoichiometric , non-stoichiometric)
14# NaCl shows ---------------------- defect ( Frenkel , Shottky )
15# NaCl is ----------------- ( diamagnetic , paramagnetic) substance .
16# What happens when NaCl crystals are heated in a atmosphere of sodium vapours ?
17# When NaCl added in SrCl2 , what type of defect is observed ?
( Shottky defect , frenkel defect , impurity)
18# F-centre shown by NaCl crystal is ----------------- in colour ? ( pink , yellow , violet)
19# If NaCl is doped with 10-3 mol% of SrCl2 ,The concentrations of cation vacancies are ---20# Refractive index of which solid is /are observed to have the same value along all directions ?
,Quartz , Glass , PVC)
22# What percent of octahedral voids are occupied in NaCl crystal ? ( 25% , 50% , 100%)
23# When NaCl crystal is heated what happens to its Co-ordination number ?
(increases , decreases)

( NaCl
47
CHAP-2 : SOLUTIONS
24# What inter-particle interaction is present when NaCl is dissolved in water ?
25# Vapour pressure is ---------------(increased , decreased) when NaCl is added in water .
26# Which has more Freezing point and why ? ( Distilled water or Sea water )
27# What is the vant Hoff factor of NaCl in very dilute solution in Water?
28# Whose boiling point is more and why ? ( 1mol of NaCl in 100 mL water , 1 mol of Glucose in 100mL water)
29# Which has more osmotic pressure and why ? (1M NaCl solution , 1M Glucose solution)
30# Name the process used to get fresh water from salt water .
31# Why NaCl act as de-icing agent ?
32# How NaCl helps to preserve meat ?
33# 1% NaCl solution is called ------- (hypertonic , hypotonic , isotonic) solution to the plasma concentration of human blood cell ?
34# When you measure molar mass through colligative properties ,why NaCl shows abnormal molecular mass but nor glucose ?
35# When a person takes lot of salt or salty food , he/she experience water retention in tissue cells and intercellular spaces because of ---------------- . The resulting puffiness or swelling is called ------------------------- .
36# When 5.85g of NaCl is added in 100 mL water , then the Formality(or Molarity)of the aq. Solution is -------- M
37# When heated solubility of NaCl in water -------------------------- ( decreases , increases)
38# Aqueous NaCl solution is ------------------- solution ( ideal , non-ideal)
39# Aqueous NaCl solution is shows ----------------(positive , negative , no ) deviations from Raoults Law .
40# Kya apke tooth paste me NAMAK HAI ? Why NaCl is added in tooth paste ?
41# Whose i (vant Hoff factor ) is more and why ? ( 0.1m , 0.01m)
42# Why doctors asked the patient to take low sodium salt for high B.P patient ?
43# Why do you gargle luke warm salt water ?
CHAP-3 : ELECTROCHEMISTRY
44# NaCl is --------------------(strong , weak) electrolyte
45# Which one is used in salt bridge more frequently ? ( NaCl , KCl)
46# Corrosion becomes --------------- (faster . slower) in saline condition.
47# When dilution occurs in Aq. NaCl solution , conductivity ------(decreases , increases)
48# Write the Kohlrausch limiting molar conductivity equation for NaCl ?
49# Molar conductivity of aq. NaCl -----(increases , decreases) with dilution linearly with C
50# What happens when aqueous NaCl is electrolysed at platinum electrode ?
51# What happens when molten NaCl is electrolysed at platinum electrode ?
52# Say True of False . Limiting molar conductivity cannot be obtained for aq. NaCl graphically .
48
53# Which one show more limiting conductivity in water at 298 K ? ( Na+ , K+ )
54# How much Chlorine gas in terms of gram would produced when 96500 C is passed in aq NaCl solution .
CHAP-5 : SURFACE CHEMISTRY :
55# NaCl in water is a ------------------------- ( crystalloid , colloid)
56# Say TRUE or FALSE . -- Aq . solution of NaCl will show Tyndal Effect .
57# What happens when NaCl is added in positively charged sol ferric hydroxide ?
58# Which has better coagulation capacity for potitively charged ferric hydrohyde sol ?
( NaCl , Potassium Ferrocyanide)
59# Name the enzyme that shows high catalytic activity in presence of NaCl which provides Na+ .
60# What is the charge of sol developed when NaCl is added in excess of AgNO3 solution ?
Chap-7 : p-BLOCK ELEMENTS
61# Name the gas obtained when NaCl is treated with Conc . H2SO4 .
62# Name the gas produced when NaCl is reacted with MnO2 and Conc . H2SO4 . ?
63# What do you observe when Aq.NaCl is treated with acidified KMnO4 solution ?
64# Which is more covalent in nature ? ( LiCl , NaCl )
Miscellaneous ---------65# Why NaCl is added in soap preparation ?
66# Why a small amount of NaCl is added during the preparation of egg albumin sol .
So on ------- and so on --------------------Its not an End -------------------please continue

49
WORKSHEETS
Chapter 1:
Solid State
CONCEPT: Close packing of SOLIDS
I)Match the following
COLUMN-A
a)
b)
c)
d)
COLUMN-B
Sqaure close packing in two dimension

Hexagonal close packing in two dimensions
Hexagonal close packing in threedimensionsl
cubic close packing in three dimensions
1
2
3
4.
Triangular voids
Pattern of spheres is repeated in every fourth
layer.
Pattern of spheres is repeated in alternate
layers layer.
Co-ordination number-4
II) Multiple choice questions.

1. Percentage of empty space in a body centre cubic arrangement is
a) 74
b) 32
c) 26
2.The total no of tetrahedral voids in fcc is
a) 6
b) 8
c) 10
3. Which of the following statement is/ are not true in the hexagonal close packing.
a) Packing efficiency 74%
b) C.N=12
c) Tetrahedral voids of the second layer are covered by the spheres of the third layers.
d) Spheres of the fourth layer are exactly aligned with those of the first layer
4. In which pair most efficient packing is present.
a. hcp & bcc
c. hcp& ccp
b. bcc& ccp
d. bcc& simple cubic
5. In which of the arrangement octahedral voids are formed
a. Hcp
c. fcc
b. bcc
d. simple cubic
III) FILL IN THE BLANKS
1. The C.N of each sphere in hcp is ----------- while that of bcc is __________.
2. An octrahedral void is ----------------times larger than a tetrahedral void.
3. ABAB type of packing is called---------- where as ABCABCtype of packing is called fcc.
1/2
4. For bcc, r=3 a /4, then for fcc, r=---------.
Ans: I) a-4, b-1, c-3, d-2
II) 1-d, 2-8, 3-d, 4-c
III)
1. 12 & 8;
3. HCP
2. two
4. 2 a/4
CONCEPT: CLASSIFICATION OF SOLIDS

d) 68
d)
12
50
A)
Match the following
COLUMN-A
COLUMN-B
a)
Ionic crystal
Graphite
b)
Metallic crystal
Ice
c)
Covalent crystal
MgO
d)
Non polar crystal
Gold
e)
Hydrogen bonded crystal
Dry ice
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B) Multiple choice questions.

Which of the following is a network solid?
a. I2
b. SO2 (solid)
c.
d.
Diamond
Argon
Which of the following is not an electrical conductor?

a. Ar
b. Mg
c. TiO
d. H2O
i.
only b)
iii.
a &d
ii.
only c)
iv.
b, c&d
Which of the following is not a characteristic of a crystalline solid?
a. True solid
c. isotropic in nature
b. long range order
d. definite heat of fusion
A solid is very hard, electrical insulator in solid state as well as in molten state& melts at extremely high temperature . It
may be
a. covalent solid
c. molecular solid
b. metallic solid
d. ionic solid
Iodine molecules are held in crystals by
a. London forces
b. coulombic forces
c.
d.
dipole- dipole interactions

covalent bonds
C:FILL IN THE BLANKS ( BY choosing appropriate words given in the bracket)(isotropy, valence electrons, amorphous)
1.
2.
3.
Graphite is a good conductor due to presence of -----------.

Glass is a ---------- solid as it shows fluidity.
If the electrical conductivity is same in all direction through a solid the substance is an amorphous solid& this property
is called ------------.
ANS
A: a-3 b-4,
c-1,
d-5,
e-2
B:1-c, 2-iii,
3-c,
4-a,
5-a
C:
1. Free electrons
2. Psuedo solid
3. Isotropy
CONCEPT: DEFECTS IN CRYSTALS

A)
Match the following

51
COLUMN-A
COLUMN-B
a)
Schottky defect
Crystals become coloured
b)
Doping silicon with aluminium
n-type of semiconductors are formed
c)
Doping silicon with arsenic
NaCl with Sr & some cationic sites vacant.
d)
Heating NaCl crystal in presence of sodium

vapour.
Density of the crystals decreases
p- type of semiconductore is formed
e)
+2
Impurity defects
Ans: a-4,
1.
2.
3.
b-5,
c-2,
d-1,
e-3
B) Multiple choice question

Which kind of defects are introduced by doping?
a. dislocation defect
b. Schottky defect
Which of the following is also known as dislocation defect?
a. Schottky defect
b. Frenkel defect
Which of the following defects are shown by AgBr
a. Schottky defect
b. Frenkel defect
c.
d.
Frenkel defect
Electronic defects
c.
d.
nonstoichiometric defect
simple interstitial defect
c.
d.
metal excess defect

metal deficiency defect
i.
a &b
iii.
a &c
ii.
c &d
iv.
b&d
4. To get an n-type of semiconductor from silicon it should be doped with a substance with valence --------electrons
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
5. Schottky defect is observed in the crystal when
a. some cations move from their lattice sites to interstitial sites
b. equal number of cations and anions are missing from the lattice
c. some lattice sites are ocuupied by the electrons
d. some impurity is present in the lattice
Ans: 1 a
2d
3a
4d
5b
FILL IN THE BLANKS
1. NaCl crystals have some yellow colour is due to the presence of -----------.
2. The process of adding impurities to a crystalline substance so as to change its properties
Like conductivities etc is called ---------------3. Frenkel defect is shown by crystals having low coordination number & ---------- difference in the size of the cations & anions.
4. Schottky defect in ionic crystals always results in --------- of density.
5. ----------- crystal defect is produced when NaCl is doped with MgCl2.
Ans: ( F-centre ,doping, large, decrease, impurity defect)
Prepared by: Bhubaneswar Region

52
UNIT-1: TOPIC: SOLID STATE : worksheet for class-xii
FILL IN THE BLANKS/ CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER
CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid state
CH-SOLID STATE CARD -7 [15=5M]
28# The excess of lithium in LiCl makes it pink is
33# When an electron is trapped in an anion
due to ----------------------------vacant centre , it is called ------------------------.
29 # The compound that shows both Schottky
34# Si , Ge can be doped with a group -------------and Frenkel defect is ----------------------elements to produce p-type semiconductor.
30# Doping ---------(minimizes , maximizes) the
( Gp- 12,13,14,15)
forbidden energy gap .
35# Solar cell is an efficient -------------------------31# The forbidden energy is maximum in -------( photo-diode , photo-triode)
( Ge , Mg , NaCl ,Ge doped with In )
36# Diode acts as a ------- ( rectifier , amplifier)
32# Which one show metal excess defects
37# ---------------- oxide is like metallic cu in its
( FeO , ZnO)
conductivity and appearance .
28- f centres, 29- AgBr; 30-min; 31-NaCl, 32-ZnO
33-F centre; 34-13gp, 35- photo-diode, 36-a
rectifier, 37CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid state
38# The process of adding an appropriate
amount of suitable impurity to increase the
conductivity of a intrinsic semi-conductor like S ,
Ge is called
39# When in a substance the magnetic
moments of the domains are alligned in parallel
and antiparallel directions in unequal numbers ,
the phenomenon observed is called ----------- .
(ferromagnetism, anti-ferromagnetism,
ferrimagnetism)
40# In which type of semi-conductor , electron
holes are moving towards negatively charged
plate under the influence of electric field ? ( ptype , n-type)
Ans: 38-doping, 39-ferrimag, 40- p-type

41# If an atom is missing from its lattice site and
it occupies the interstitial site , the electrical
neutrality as well as the stoichiometry of the
compound are maintained . This type of defect is
called -------------------- defect .
42# The set of molecular orbitals generated due
to overalp of atomic orbitals having very close in
energy is called --------43# Frenkel defect is shown by the crystals having
--------------- (high , low) co-ordination number
and ---- ( large , small) difference in the size of
the cations and the anions .
CONCEPT- Amorphous and crystalline solids

44# ---------------- is a covalent crystal
( Iodine , NaCl , ice , Carborundum)
45# Which one will show anisotropy ? ( quartz ,
paraffin wax , rubber , quartz glass )
46# ---- solids conducts electricity in molten
state but not in solid state.
( molecular , ionic , metallic , covalent)
47# ---------------- solids have very high melting
point
( molecular , ionic , metallic , covalent)
48# Solar cell is an efficient ------------------( photo-diode , photo-triode)
49# Photovoltaic material is -------------------( Amorphous silicon , Pure silicon crystal)
50# Some of the glass from ancient civilizations
which are with us are milky in appearance due
CH-SOLID STATE---MISCELLANEOUS
CARD -12 [15=5M]
WRITE TRUE OR FALSE .
Ans: 41-frenkel, 42-energy band, 43-low
51# In end centred unit cell of an atomic

substance there are four atoms per
unit cell. [
52# In rock-salt structure, the number of formula

units per unit cell is four. [ ]
53# Schottky defects disturb the ratio of cations
and anions in the compound .
54# NaCl is a paramagnetic substance. [
55# A compound having radius ratio (r+/r-) in the

53
to ---44-carborundum, 45-quartz, 46-ionic, 47-ionic,
48-photo diode 49- amorphous silicon, 50flowing of glass followed by crystallisation, 51-f,
52-t, 53- f, 54- f, 55-t
range 0.7321 generally
CH-SOLID STATE---MISCELLANEOUS CARD -13

[15=5M]
CH-SOLID STATE---MISCELLANEOUS CARD -14

[15=5M]
56# Fe3O4 is ferrimagnetic .Among the three

type of arrangement , hcp,ccp,and bcc, the
most efficient packing is bcc. [ ]
61# 14 kinds of space lattices are possible in the

crystal. [
]
has CsCl structure. [
62# Pure alkali halides show Frenkel Defects . [

57# If the radius ratio is in the range
0.2250.414 the cation prefers to be present
in an octahedral void. [
]
58# Diamond is an example of atomic solid. [ ]
59# Orthorhombic unit cell has least symmetry
[]
60# F-centre is a type of stoichiometric defect.[ ]
63# When temperature increases conductivity of

semi-conductor decreases. [ ]
64#Frenkel defect is shown by ionic substance in
which there is a large difference in the size of
ions[ ]
65# The existence of different chemical
compounds in the same crystallineform is called
allotropy. [ ]
61-t, 62-t, 63-f, 64-t, 65-f
56-f, 57-f, 58-t, 59-f, 60-t

54
answersQ.26#
Q.27#
Q.28#
Q.29#
Q.30#
diamagnetic
ZnO
F-Centre ,Electron
trapped in anion
vacant centre
AgBr
minimizes
Q.31#
Q.32#
Q.33#
Q.34#
Q.35#
NaCl
ZnO
F-centre
13
Photo-diode
Q.36#
Q.37#
Q.38#
Q.39#
Q.40#
Rectifier
ReO3
Doping
Ferrimagnetism
p-type
Q.41#
Q.42#
Q.43#
Q.44#
Q.45#
Frenkel defect
Bands
Low
Carborundum
quartz
Q.46#.
Q.47#
Q.48#
Q.49#
Q.50#
ionic
covalent
photo-diode
Amorphous silicon
Due to some
crystallization
Prepared by : Mr A K PANDA , PGT(CHEMISTRY) ,KV NO-3 , BBSR
SOLUTIONS
Colligative properties
1. Why the boiling point of solution is higher than pure liquid ?
2. Fill the space of column -B by matching with Column -A by taking following values:
H mix< 0 and V mix< 0 ; H mix = 0 and V mix = 0 ;H mix> 0 and V mix> 0
Column A
Column -B
Ethyl alcohol and water
CCI4 and Benzene or toluene
Water- nitric acid
Aniline acetone

55
E
Chloro benzene-Bromobenzene
n-hexane and n-heptane

3.
4.
Ammonia dissolve in water and Fluorine dissolve in water will not obey Henry's law why?
Fill in the blanks.
a) Constant boiling mixtures are called -----------?
b) The boiling point of one molal solution is known as --------?
c) Liquid having similar structure and polarity form ----------type of solution?
d) Solution having same osmotic pressure have same concentration are known as -----------?
e) The symptom observed by a person at high altitudes is ------------?
5. Identify the portions from the following graphs:
P0 P
Vapour pressure
Solvent
Slope = ?
(A)
Solution
Temperature
(B)
0
P1
P=
P1 +
P2
P20
P2
P1
o
Slope = P2
V.P
o
P1
P2
(C)
X1 = 0
X1 = 1
X2 = 0
X2
(D)
M.F
Type of solution =?
X2 = 1
Type of solution =?
(E)
(F)
Type of solution = ?

56
Liquid
(G)
Vapour pressure
Vapour pressure
1 atm
Solvent
Solution
?
O
Temperature
Tb
Solid
?
Tf
Tb
(H)
Solvent
Solution
Tf
Temperature
Answers
1.Ans. Due to lowering in v.p
2. Ans A & B =>H mix> 0 and V mix> 0
C & D =>H mix< 0 and V mix< 0
E & F =>H mix = 0 and V mix = 0
3. Ans. Because ammonia highly soluble and fluorine highly reactive with water.
4.Ans.a- Azeotrope; b- molal elevation constant/ Ebulliscopic constant ; c- Ideal solution; d- Isotonic solution ; e- Anaxia
0
5. Ans A- KH ; B = P ; C = p1
; D = ideal solution ; E= +ve deviation ;F= -ve deviation
G. Tb H. Tf
Concentrations
1. Under what condition molarity and molality will be same?
2. 15ppm by mass = -------- (w/w) %
3. Out of 1M and 1m aqueous solution which is more concentrated
4. What is the molarity of water? (taking density of water =1g/cc)
5.What will be the mole fraction of water in equimolar solution of ethanol?
6.Determine the correct order of the property mentioned against them :
(a) 10% Glucose (p1), 10% Urea (p2) , 10% Sucrose(p3) { Increasing osmotic pressure}
(b) 0.1 M NaCl ; 0.1M Urea ; 0.1M CaCl2 { Increasing order of boilig point}
(c) 0.1 g NaCl; 0.1g KCl; 0.1 g LiCl Increasing order of V.P}
Answers
1.Ans : Density of the solution is unit.
-3
2. Ans 1.5 X 10
3. Ans. 1M as density of water is 1gm/ml
4.Ans 55.55 moles
5.Ans 0.5
6.(a) Sucrose< Glucose < Urea
(b)Urea< NaCl < CaCl2
(c) LiCl < NaCl < KCl
Concept: Van't Hoff's Factor
1. What is the Vant Hoff factor in K4[Fe(CN)6] ?
2.What will be the vant Hoff factor for O.1 M ideal solution?
3. Out of 1M CaCl2 and 1 M AlCl3 which having higher vapour pressure?
4.How the vant't Hoff factor changes with decrease of molality of the solution?
5. Match the following
Column A
Column -B

57
A
100% Dissociation of NaCl
0.5
100% Dissociation of AlCl3
1.5
100% Dissociation of Na2SO4
100% Dissociation of Al2(SO4)3
50% Dissociation of AgCl
75% Dissociation of AgBr
1.75
100% dimerisation of benzoic acid
Answers
1. Ans. Five
2. Ans. Van't Hoff factor = 1, because ideal solution does not undergo dissociation or association
3. Ans. 1 M CaCl2 , if we assume 100% dissociation, i for CaCl2 is 3 and for AlCl3 is 4 and relative
lowering of V. P. is directly proportional to i.
4. Ans. Increases
Chapter No:3 Electrochemistry

Worksheet 1
Concept 1: Commercial cells.

Match the following:
S.No.
Cell
Electrolytes used
Dry Cell
Aq.KOH
Fuel Cell
ZnO and Aq.KOH
Lead Storage Battery
A paste of NH4Cl and ZnCl2
Zn/Hg Cell
D Dil.H2SO4
State True or False

1. Dry cell does not provide a constant voltage throughout life.
2. A Zn/Hg Cell is superior to dry cell.
3. A Fuel Cell has about 70% chemical efficiency.
4. The lead storage battery is an example of primary cell.
VSQ related with dry cell
For the lechlanche cell write
(a)The chemical reactions
the:
involved at cathode.
Ans:

58
(b). Change in oxidation state of
Mn
Ans:
(c). The complex entity formed

between Zn2+(aq) and NH3(g)
Ans:
Concept 2: Units of conductivity,molar conductivity etc.

S.No.
Property
Unit
Conductivity
S-1cm
Conductance
S cm2mol-1
Molar Conductivity
cm-1
Cell Constant
Scm-1
Resistivity
S
Concept 3: Products of electrolysis
Predict the products of

electrolysis for :
Concept
Commercial cells.
1.An aqueous solution of AgNO3 Ans :

using Ag electrodes
2.An aqueous solution of CuSO4 Ans :
using Cu electrodes
3.An aqueous solution of AgNO3 Ans:
using Pt electrodes
4.An aqueous solution of NaCl
Ans:
using Pt electrodes
Answer Key (Electrochemistry)
Type of questions
Answer
Match the following
State True or False
Dry Cell :: A paste of NH4Cl and ZnCl2

Fuel Cell :: Aq.KOH
Lead Storage Battery :: Dil.H2SO4
Zn/Hg Cell ::
ZnO and Aq.KOH
1. Dry cell does not provide a constant
voltage throughout life.[T]
2. A Zn/Hg Cell is superior to dry cell.[T]
3. A Fuel Cell has about 70% chemical
efficiency.[T]
4. The lead storage battery is an example

59
VSQ related with dry

cell
Units of
conductivity,molar
conductivity etc.
Products of electrolysis
Predict the products of

electrolysis for :
of primary cell.[F]
(a)The chemical reactions involved at
cathode.
Ans : MnO2 + NH4+ + e- Mn(OH)O + NH3
(b). Change in oxidation state of Mn
Ans : +4 to +3
(c). The complex entity formed between
Zn2+(aq) and NH3(g)
Ans : [Zn (NH3)4]2+
Conductivity :: Scm-1
Conductance :: S
Molar Conductivity :: S cm2mol-1
Cell Constant :: cm-1
Resistivity
:: S-1cm
Worksheet
Chapter:4 (Chemical Kinetics)
State whether given statement is true or false.
1. The unit of K for first order reaction is molL-1s-1.
2. The radioactive decay follows zero order kinetics.
3. For r =k[A]2[B],the order of reaction is 3 ( )
4. For second order reaction unit of k is mol-2L2s-1.
5. For a reaction order and molecularity are always same.
6. Order of reaction is always a whole number whereas molecularity can be fractional.
()
( )
( )
( )
( )
MCQ
1.The order of reaction for,r=k[A]2[B] is
(a). 1 b) 0 (c)2 (d) 3
2.A reaction 50% complete in 2 hours and 75% in 4 hours, the order of reaction will be
(a).0 b) 1 (c)2 (d) 3
3.For a reaction A+B
C,the rate law is given by r=k[A]1/2[B]2 the order of reaction is:
(a).0 b) 5/2 (c)2 (d) 3/2
4. What is the unit of K if rate ==K{A}2{B}
(a) s-1
(b) mol L-1 (c) mol-2L2s-1 (d) mol-1Ls-1
5.What is the molecularity of reaction for the following elementary reaction:
2A+B------------------------C
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0
6.What is the order for following photochemical reaction:
H2+Cl2------------2HCl

60
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0
Concept: Order of reaction

Predict the order of reaction for following graphs:
rate
b) rate
(conc)2
Conc
a) log[R]
time
d)rate
conc
Concept: Half Life period and relation with rate constant

Fill in the blanks:
(a).The relationship between t/2 and k for first order reaction is____________.
(b).The half period is independent to concentration of reactants for ___________order reaction.
(c).The radioactive decay follows___________________order kinetics.
(d).The rate constant and rate of reaction have same units for______________order reaction.
(e).The half-life period is inversely proportional to concentration of reactants for______________order
reaction.
(f).If the value of t/2 for first order reaction is 693 s, the value of K will be__________
(g).The half period is directly proportional to initial concentration of reactants for
__________order
reaction.
Answer Key
State whether given statement is true or false.
-1 -1
1. The unit of K for first order reaction is molL s .
2. The radioactive decay follows zero order kinetics.
2
3. For r =k[A] [B],the order of reaction is 3.
-2 2 -1
4. For second order reaction unit of k is mol L s .
5. For a reaction order and molecularity are always same.
6. Order of reaction is always a whole number whereas molecularity can be fractional.

(T)
(F)
( T)
(F)
(F)
(F)
61
MCQ
2
1.The order of reaction for,r=k[A] [B] is
Ans. 3
2.A reaction 50% complete in 2 hours and 75% in 4 hours, the order of reaction will be
Ans.1
1/2
2
3.For a reaction A+B
C,the rate law is given by r=k[A] [B] the order of reaction is :
Ans. 5/2
2
4. What is the unit of K if rate ==K[A] [B]
-2 2 -1
Ans. mol L s
5.What is the molecularity of reaction for the following elementary reaction:
2A+B------------------------C
Ans.3
6.What is the order for following photochemical reaction:
H2+Cl2------------2HCl
Ans. 0
Concept: Order of reaction

Predict the order of reaction for following graphs:
a) rate
b) rate
(conc)2
Conc
Ans. Ist order
b) log[R]
Ans:2nd order
d)rate
time
conc
Ans.Istorder
Ans.Zero order
SURFACE CHEMISTRY
CONCEPTS OF ADSORPTION
(Choose the correct option)

62
1. Which among the following is mainly a surface phenomenon? (Adsorption, Absorption
2. Which gas will be adsorbed more ? (CO2 , H2)
3. High pressure is more favourable in case of ? (Physisorption, Chemisorption, Both )
4. In which case extent of adsorption is more? (Charcoal Block, Powdered charcoal )
5. Which type of adsorption decreases with increase of temperature ? (Physisorption, Chemisorption)
6. Adsorption is always (Endothermic, exothermic )
Ans:- 1)adsorption 2) CO2 3). Both4 )Powdered charcoal5)Physisorption 6) Exothermic
Adsorption
Fill in the Blanks
1. log x/m=log k+1/n ---(Ans:- log p )
2. Froth floatation makes use of-------- process (Ans:- Adsorption)
3. Enthalpy of adsorption is more in case of ----------------- ( Ans:- Chemisorption)
4. The dispersion medium in the case of smoke is ------------ (Ans:- Air )
5. ------------ Process is the reverse of Adsorption (Ans:- Desorption )
Ans:- 1)log p 2)adsorption 3) Chemisorption 4) air 5) desorption
III Match the following:Column A
1). The process of settling of colloidal particles
2). Scattering of light by colloidal particles
3). Movement of colloidal particles under an
applied electrical field
4). Potential difference between the fixed layer
and the diffused layer of opposite charges around
a colloidal particle
5) Zig-zag motion of colloidal particles observed
under ultramicroscope
6. Process of converting a precipitate into colloidal sol
by shaking it with a small amount of electrolyte
7. Liquid-liquid colloidal systems
8.
Process of removing a dissolved substance from
a colloidal solution by means of diffusion through
a suitable membrane
Answers:- 1-c, 2- a, 3-e, 4-h , 5-b , 6-g ,7-f, 8- d
Column B
(a)Tyndall effect
(b)Brownian movement
(c) Coagulation
(d) Dialysis
(e)Electrophoresis
(f)Emulsions
(g)Peptization
(h)Zeta potential
IV) Name it.

1. Give an example of shape selective catalyst.
2. Substance which increases the activity of the enzymes is called
3. The concentration above which the micelle formation takes place
4. The temperature above which the micelle formation takes place
5. Name an example of macromolecular colloid.
Answers:-1) ZSM-5 2)Co enzyme 3) CMC 4) Kraft temperature 5) polystyrene
V .Give reasons:1.Why does the sky appear blue ?
2.Why FeCl3 is better for coagulation of blood than KCl?
3.Why does the smoke get precipitated by Cottrell precipitator?
4.Why is an animal hide soaked in tannin before use in leather industry ?
5 How are deltas formed?
Answers:-1.Due to scattering of blue light by dust particles along with water

63
I.
suspended in air
3+
+
2.According to Hardy schulze rule ,Fe has more flocculating power than K
3.The charge of colloidal smoke particles gets neutralized by oppositely charged
plates in chimney.
4.Due to mutual coagulation of positively charged animal hide particles and
negatively charged colloidal particles of tannin.
5.Colloidal clay particles carried by river water are coagulated by electrolytes
In sea water.
Worksheet
CHAPTER 6
PURIFICATION OF METALS
CONCEPTS COVERED : i) Process of refining
ii) Reactions utilized in various processes
iii) Identification of reagents used in various processes
Match the column
Column A
II.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Column B
1. Zone refining
(A) Zirconium , Titanium
2. Van Arkel method
(B) Aluminium
3. Electrolytic process
(C) gallium
4. liquation
(D) Zinc
5. Distillation
(E) Tin
Multiple choice questions:
Which of the following reaction involves during Monds process?
(a) Ni + 4CO
Ni(CO)4
(c) Both a & b
(b) Ni(CO)4
Ni + 4CO
(d) Zr + 2I2
Which of the expression is related with electrochemical principle?
0
0
0
0
(a) G = -RTln K
(c) G =H - TS
0
0
(b) G = - nFE
(d) None of these
During refining by electrolysis, impure copper is taken as
(a) Cathode
(c) Both a and b
(b) Anode
(d) None of these
Chromatography purification is based on the principle of
(a) Chemical kinetics
(c) Adsorption
(b) Electrochemistry
(d) Absorption
Pure metals get deposited at which electrode
(a)
Cathode
(b)
Anode
(c)
Both a and b
(d)
None of these
III. One word answer questions:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Give one example of a metal purified by zone refining.

Give one example of a metal purified by vapour phase refining.
Give one example of a metal purified by electrolysis.
Give one example of a metal purified by liquation.
Give one example of a metal purified by distillation.

ZrI4
64
IV. Choose the correct word from the list and fill the blanks:
Words- cresol, CaF2, NaCN, FeSiO3, pine oil.
1. During froth floatation process, the froth is stabilized using ________________.
2. For an ore containing PbS and ZnS, ________________is used as a depressant.
3. The sulphide ore is made more hydrophobic using collectors like _________.
4. During the extraction of copper having iron as impurity, the slag formed is _________.
5. Apart from cryolite, _________can be used in the metallurgy of aluminium
IV.
Identify the process:
1. 2Al2O3+ 3C
4Al + 3CO2
2. ZrI4
Zr + 2I2
3. CaO + SiO2
CaSiO3
4. ZnCO3
ZnO + CO2
5. ZnS + 3 O2
2 ZnO + 2SO2
V.
Match the ore with the processes involved during the extraction of the metal:
Ore: bauxite, zinc blende, haematite, copper pyrite, zinc carbonate.
Process: reduction with coke, leaching, reduction in a blast furnace, roasting of sulphide ore, electrochemical reduction, reduction
in a reverberatory furnace.
VI.
Analogy
1. Al2O3: NaOH:: Ag2S: ____
2. FeO:SiO2::SiO2:_____.
3. Aluminium : bauxite :: silver:______
4. Ni: Ni(CO)4:: Zr:________5. Na[Al(OH)4]:CO2::[Au(CN)2] :_________.
KEY ANSWER
I.Match the column
Column A
II.
Column B
Zone refining
Gallium
Van Arkel method
Zirconium , Titanium
Electrolytic process
Alunimium
Liquation
Tin
Distillation
Zinc
Multiple choice questions:

1.Which of the following reaction involves during Monds process?
(a) Ni + 4CO
Ni(CO)4
(b) Ni(CO)4
Ni + 4CO
Ans : Both a and b
2.Which of the expression is related with electrochemical principle?
0
0
G = - nFE
3. During refining by electrolysis, impure copper is taken as
Anode

65
4.
Chromatography purification is based on the principle of

Adsorption
5. Pure metals get deposited at which electrode
Cathode
III
1.Give one example of a metal purified by vapour phase refining.[ Titanium}

2.Give one example of a metal purified by electrolysis.{ Silver}
3.Give one example of a metal purified by liquation.{Tin}
4.Give one example of a metal purified by distillation.{Zn}
5.Give one example of a metal purified by zone refining.[Ga]
(IV)Choose the correct word from the list and fill the blanks:
1.During froth floatation process, the froth is stabilized using _cresol, _______________.
2.For an ore containing PbS and ZnS, ____ NaCN, ____________is used as a depressant.
3.The sulphide ore is made more hydrophobic using collectors like pine oil._________.
4.During the extraction of copper having iron as impurity, the slag formed is __ FeSiO3, _______.
5.Apart from cryolite, ___ CaF2, ______can be used in the metallurgy of aluminium.
(V)
Identify the process:

(a) 2Al2O3+ 3C
4Al + 3CO2. Hall- heroult process
(b) ZrI4
Zr + 2I2Van Arkel method
(c)CaO + SiO2
CaSiO3. Extraction of iron
(d) ZnCO3
ZnO + CO2. Calcination
(e) ZnS + 3 O2
2 ZnO + 2SO2I.
Roasting
(VI) Match the ore with the processes involved during the extraction of the metal:
Ore: bauxite, zinc blende, haematite, copper pyrite, zinc carbonate.
Process: reduction with coke, leaching, reduction in a blast furnace, roasting of sulphide ore, electrochemical
reduction, reduction in a reverberatory furnace.
Answer - 1Leaching and electrochemical reduction, 2. roasting of sulphide ore and reduction with coke, 3.
reduction in blast furnace, 4. roasting of sulphide ore and reduction in a reverberatory furnace,5.
reduction with coke
VII.
Analogy
1 Al2O3: NaOH :: Ag2S: ____ ( NaCN)
2. FeO:SiO2::SiO2:_____.(CaO)
3. Aluminium : bauxite :: silver:______(silver glance)
4. Ni: Ni(CO)4:: Zr:________-(ZrI4)
5. Na[Al(OH)4]:CO2::[Au(CN)2] :_________.(Zn)

66
CONCEPT : HYDRIDES , OXIDES AND OXOACIDS
CHAP: P-BLOCK ELEMENTS CLASS-XII
CONCEPT: HYDRIDES , OXIDES AND OXOACIDS
P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-1[15=5]
1# Whose boiling point is more ? (H2O, H2S)

2# Which is more basic ? ( NH3 , BiH3)
3# Which is thermally more stable ? ( H2Se , H2S )
4# Which is more reducing in nature ? (H2O, H2S)
5# Which is more acidic ? (HI , HF , HCl )
1-H2O, 2-NH3, 3-H2S, 4- H2S, 5-HI ,6-NH3, 7-NH3, 8-3, 9phosphonic acid, 10-HOClO3
CONCEPT: HYDRIDES , OXIDES AND
OXOACIDS P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-3[15=5]
11# Which one disproportionate on heating (H3PO3 , H3PO4)
12# Which has more B.P ? ( water , HF)
13# Which is a better complexing agent ?
( Ammonia , Phosphine )
14# Which can act both oxidizing as well as reducing agent ? (
H2S , SO2)
15# What is Oleum? ( Pyrosulphuric acid, Pyrophosphoric
acid )
6# Which has more bond angle ? (NH3 , BiH3 , PH3)

7# Which dissolves more in water ? (PH3 , NH3 )
8# What is the basicity of H3PO4? ( 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 )
9# Which is more reducing ?
(Phosphinic acid , Phosphonic acid)
10# Which is more acidic ? (HOCl ,HOClO3)
OXOACIDS
16# H2SO4 is prepared by
( Ostwalds Process , Contact Process )
17# What is the covalence of nitrogen in N2O5 ?
( 3, 4 , 5)
18# Which one exists ? ( R3P=O , R3N=O )
19# Which decolourise acidified KMnO4 solution ?
( moist SO3 , moist SO2)
20# When copper metal is treated with dilute nitric acid ,what
is produced along with Cu(NO3)2 and H2O ( NO2 , NO)
16-contact process, 17-5, 18-R3P=O, 19- moist SO2, 20- NO
11-H3PO3, 12-H-F, 13-ammonia, 14SO2, 15-pyrosulphuric acid

21# The spontaneous combustion of which gas is technically
used in Holmes Signals ?( H2S or PH3)
22# Name the common acid used in pickling of stainless
steel , oxidizer in rocket fuels and in explosives ( H2SO4 or
HNO3 )
23# Which gas is poisonous and has rotten fish smell (
hydrogen sulphide , phosphine)
24# Which one of the oxides will not have two different N
O bond length ? (N2O5 , N2O3 , N2O4)
25# Which acid is more acidic ?(CrO ,CrO3 , Cr2O3)
21-PH3, 22-HNO3, 23-phosphine, 24- N2O4, 25- CrO3

OXOACIDS
26# The catalyst used in Contact Process are-------( Pt/ Rh-gauge at 500K and 9 bar , V2O5)
27# Which is the anhydride of HNO3
( N2O3 , N2O5 , NO2)
28# Which one is colourless gas , neutral , reactive,
paramagnetic and dimerise (NO2 , NO , N2O4)
29# Which one does not have POP linkage
( pyrophosphoric acid , polymetaphosphoric acid ,
Hypophosphoric acid )
30# Which acid is stronger ?(Perchloric acid , H2SO4)
26-V2O5, 27-N2O5, 28-NO, 29- hypo phosphoric acid, 30perchloric acid
OXOACIDS
31# Spontaneous combustion of which one is technically

used in Holmes Signals
36# The gases produced in the thermal decomposition reaction

of Pb(NO3)2 and NH4NO3 are respectively (a)N2O , NO (b) N2O

67
( Ca3P2 , CaC2 , PH3)
,NO2 (c) NO, NO2 (d)NO2 , N2O
32# The acid contain -----------------bond have strong reducing

properties (POH , PH) .
37# The ONO bond angle is maximum in

-
(a) NO3 (b) NO 2

33# Which one is not responsible for ozone layer depletion?
( NO2 ,NO ,CFC)
34# Which statement is incorrect about White Phosphorous:
P4 has (a) six PP single bonds (b) Four PP single bonds(c)
0
four lone pairs of electrons (d) PPP angle of 60
35# The number of POP bonds in cycltri metaphosphoric
acid is (a) zero (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
31-PH3, 32-PH, 33-NO2, 34-b, 35- 3, 36- d, 37-a, 38-d, 39-c,
40-d
(c) NO2 (d) NO2
38# Which of the following has least bond angle

(a) H2O (b) H2S (c) H2Se (d) H2Te
39# Which statement is wrong for NO
(a) It is anhydride of nitrous acid
(b) Its dipole moment is 0.22 D
(c) It forms dimer
(d) It is paramagnetic
40# Which of the following hydrogen halide is most volatile (a)

HF (b) HCl (c) HBr (d) HI
OXOACIDS

OXOACIDS
41# Arrange in increasing order of basic strength -- NH3 , BiH3 ,

PH3 , AsH3 , SbH3 -----------------------
46#The conditions to maximize the yield of sulphuric acid by

Contact Process are ---------
42# Arrange In increasing order of acidic strength -- HBr ,HCl ,HF

, HI . ------------------------------
47# The two areas in which H2SO4 plays an important role

are 1.---------- 2.--------------48# Out of HOF and HOCl , relatively stable
oxo-acid is ----------------------------49# HClO4 is more acidic than HOCl because -----50# Give one chemical equation to show the dehydrating
action of conc. H2SO4 .-------------------
43# The optimum conditions for the production of ammonia are

-----------------------------------------45# The chemical compound responsible for Brown Ring in
nitrate test is ------------------------------41-BiH3<SbH3 < AsH3< PH3 < NH3; 42-HF< HCl< HBr< HI ; 43- high pressure and
low temperature of 773K; 45- [Fe(H2O)5NO]SO4
46- high pressure and low temp, as activation energy is high preheated gases
are used. 47-industries, and laboratories, 48-HOCl, 49-ClO4- ion is stabilized
by resonance,
50-C12H22O11 + H2SO4 12CO2 + 11H2O

OXOACIDS

OXOACIDS
P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-11
MATCH THE FOLLOWING : I [15=5]
MATCH THE FOLLOWING : II : [15=5]
COLUMN-I
COLUMN-II
COLUMN-I
COLUMN-II
1.NO2
A. Oxidizing agent
1.Oleum
A. Disproportionate when
heated

68
2.Conc. H2SO4
B . Acid having reducing properties
2.Phosphine
B. Pyrosulphuric acid
3.H3PO2
C. Odd electron molecule
3. Hydrohen sulphide
C.Rotten fish smell
4. HNO3
D. Decolourise acidified KMnO4 solution
4. Phosphonic acid
D. Ozone depleting
compound
5. SO2
E. Having dehydrating action

5. Nitric Oxide
E. Rotten egg smell
1-C, 2-E, 3-B, 4-A, 5-D

1-B, 2-C, 3-E, 4-A, 5-D
OXOACIDS

OXOACIDS
P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-13 [15=5]
Answer the following by Choosing from the perenthesis :( Fluorine ,Chlorine , Ammonia , Sulphuric acid , nitrous acid )
1.
2.
3.
4.
Oxo acids obtained through Contact Process

Oxoacids which disproportionate
++
Hydrides of Gr-15 which give deep blue colour with Cu
Halogen that is prepared through Oxidation of HX by
Deacons Process
5. Halogen form only one oxoacids .
1- Sulphuric acid, 2- nitrous acid, 3-Ammonia, 4-Chlorine,
5-Flourine
OXOACIDS
Just Name it [15=5]

1.
2.
Hydrides of Gr-15 used in Holmes Signal

A powerful oxidizing compound which is produced
when Conc. H2SO4 is electrolyzed ?
3. Oxoacids obtained through Ostwalds Process ?
4. Name the oxoacids , which is a constituent of
Aquaregia
5. Strongest reducing hydrides of Gr-15 .
1- PH3, 2-H2S2O8, 3-HNO3, 4-HNO3 + HCl, 5-BiH3
OXOACIDS
Give reason / Account for the following :

1# In aqueous solution , HI is stronger acid than HCl .
2# Hydrogen fluoride has a much higher boiling point than
hydrogen Chloride .
3# NH3 is a stronger base than PH3 .
4# In the structure of HNO3 molecule , The NO bond (121pm)
is shorter than NOH bond(140pm)
5# H3PO2 and H3PO3 act as good reducing agents while H3PO4
does not ?

6# Iron dissolves in HCl to form FeCl2 and not FeCl3 .
7# H2O is a liquid while , inspite of higher molecular mass ,
H2S is gas .
8# HBr and HI cant be prepared by treating metal bromides
or iodides with conc. H2SO4 .
9#Draw the structure of SO2 molecule Comment on the nature
of two SO bonds formed in SO2 molecule. Are the two SO
bonds in this molecule equal ?
10# Why BiH3 the strongest reducing agent among all the
hydrides of group -15 elements ?
CONCEPT : HYDRIDES , OXIDES AND OXOACIDS CHAP: P-BLOCK ELEMENTS CLASS-XII


OXOACIDS

69
11# In solution of H2SO4 in water , the second dissociation
constant Ka2 , is less than the first dissociation constant Ka1
12# H2O is a liquid while , inspite of higher molecular mass ,
H2S is gas .
13# In which one of the following structures, NO 2 + and NO2
, the bond angle has higher value ?
14# NH3 is a stronger base than PH3 . OR ,
15# Why the bond angle of PH3 molecule is lesser than that in
NH3 molecule ?

16# Dscribe the favourable conditions for the manufacture of
(i) ammonia by Habbers Process (ii) Sulphuric acid by
Contact Process (2)
17# Which is stronger acid in aqueous solution ( HCl , HI)
18# Arrange HClO3 , HClO2 , HClO ,HClO4 in order of
increasing acid strength . Give reason for your answer (2m)
19# Although the H-bonding in hydrogen fluoride is much
stronger than that in water , yet water has a much higher
boiling point than hydrogen fluoride . Why ?
20# Why do chlorine water on standing loses its yellow
colour?

OXOACIDS P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-19 [15=5]

OXOACIDS
Arrange the Following in increasing order against the

properties mentioned :1# Bond Dissociation Enthalpy:(a) BrBr , II , ClCl , FF
(b) HI , HF, HBr,HCl
(c) OH, HTe, HSe, HS.
(d) NN, PP, AsAs
2# Base Strength:BiH3 , NH3 , AsH3 , SbH3 , PH3
Ans1)a-I2< Br2<F2< Cl2; b-HI< HBr< HCl< HF; c: HTe <HSe
<HS< OH ;
2BiH3< SbH3< AsH3 < PH3< NH3

properties mentioned :1# Acid strength:(a) HI , HF , HBr , HCl
(b) HF, CH4 , H2O , NH3
(c) H2O, H2Te , H2Se , H2S
2# Thermal Stability:(a) H2O , H2Te , H2Se , H2S
(b) PH3 , BiH3 , AsH3 , SbH3 , NH3
Ans: 1)a)HF < HCl< HBr< HI, b) NH3< CH4< H2O < HF, c)
H2O< H2S< H2Se< H2Te
2) a- H2Te< H2Se< H2S< H2O; b- BiH3< SbH3< AsH3< PH3< NH3
OXOACIDS

properties mentioned :-

1# Bond Angle:- (a) H2Se , H2O, H2S ,H2Te
1# Covalent Character :- (a) Cr2O3 , CrO, CrO3

2# Boiling Point :- (a) H2S , H2O , H2Te , H2Se
3# Volatility:- H2O , H2Te , H2Se, H2S
(b) P2O5,Sb2O5, As2O5

(c) BeCl2, MgCl2 ,CaCl2, BaCl2
2# Acid Strength:(a) HOClO2 , HOClO , HOCl ,HOClO3
(b) HOCl , HOI ,HOBr

70


OXOACIDS


1# Reducing properties:
1# Acidic Character --
(a) H2O, H2Te , H2Se , H2S
(a) H2SO3 &H2SO4
(b) H3PO4 , H3PO2 , H3PO3
(b)GeO2 ,ClO2 ,As2O3 ,Ga2O3
2# Acidic Character --
(c) P2O5 ,SO3 , N2O5 , CO2 , SiO2
(a) N2O, N2O5, N2O3 ,NO , N2O4
(d) Al2O3 ,CaO, Cl2O7 ,SO3
(b) ClO2 , Cl2O7 ,Cl2O , Cl2O6
(e) BF3 ,BBr3 , BCl3
(c) HNO2 & HNO3

OXOACIDS P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-25 [5M]

OXOACIDS
[5M]
IDENTIFY THE FOLLOWING COMPOUNDS
1# (A) reacts with H2SO4 to form purple coloured solution (B)

which reacts with KI to form colourless compound (C). The
colour of (B) disappears with acidic solution of FeSO4. With
concentrated H2SO4 (B) forms (D) which can decompose to
give a black compound (E) and O2. Identify (A) to (E) and
write equations for the reactions involved.
2# When conc. sulphuric acid was added to an unknown salt

present in a test tube, a brown gas (A) was evolved. This gas
intensified when copper turnings were also added into this
tube. On cooling, the gas A changed into a colourless gas B.
(a) Identify the gases A and B.
(b) Write the
equations for the reactions involved. (3M)

OXOACIDS P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-27 [5M]
3# A colourless inorganic salt (A) decomposes completely at
0
about 25 C to give only two products, (B) and (C), leaving no
residue. The oxide (C) is a liquid at room temperature and
neutral to moist litmus paper while the gas (B) is a neutral

71
oxide. White phosphorus burns in excess of (B) to produce a
strong white dehydrating agent. Write balanced equations
for the reactions involved in the above process. Gradual
addition of KI to Bi(NO3)3 solution initially produces a dark
brown precipitate which dissolves in excess of KI to give a
clear yellow solution. Write chemical equations for the
above.
MATCH THE FOLLOWING : I [15=5]
Answer MATCH THE FOLLOWING : II : [15=5]
COLUMN-I
COLUMN-II
COLUMN-I
COLUMN-II
1.NO2
C. Odd electron molecule
1.Oleum
B. Pyrosulphuric acid
2.Conc. H2SO4
E. Having dehydrating action
2.Phosphine
C.Rotten fish smell
3.H3PO2
B . Acid having reducing properties
3. Hydrohen sulphide
E. Rotten egg smell
4. HNO3
A. Oxidizing agent
4. Phosphonic acid
5. SO2
D. Decolourise acidified KMnO4

solution
A. Disproportionate when
heated
5. Nitric Oxide
D. Ozone depleting
compound
Answer
Just Name it [15=5]
6. Oxo acids obtained through Contact Process Sulphuric acid
7. Oxoacids which disproportionate --nitrous acid

8. Hydrides of Gr-15 which give deep blue colour
with Cu++ -- Ammonia
9. Halogen that is prepared through Oxidation of HX
by Deacons Process ---Chlorine
10. Halogen form only one oxoacids .--- Fluorine ,
6. Hydrides of Gr-15 used in Holmes Signal -- PH3

7. A powerful oxidizing compound which is produced
when Conc. H2SO4 is electrolyzed ?
Peroxodisulphate ion
8. Oxoacids obtained through Ostwalds Process ? -sulphuric acid
9. Name the oxoacids , which is a constituent of
Aquaregia . HNO3 .
10. Strongest reducing hydrides of Gr-15 . BiH3
Answers: CONCEPT: HYDRIDES , OXIDES AND OXOACIDS

72
P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-19 Answer

(a) II <
FF < BrBr < ClCl (Bond Dissociation Enthalpy)Interelectronic repulsion
(b) HI < HBr < HCl < HF
HTe < HSe <HS <HO
(d ) As As < NN < PP >
2# BiH3 < SbH3 < AsH3 < PH3 < NH3 ( Base Strength) small size of N High
electron density in Ammonia
P-BLOCK ;CL-XII ----CARD-20Answer
1#
1# (a) HF < HCl < HBr < HI (Acid strength)Lower BDE of HI,large size of I
(B) CH4 < NH3 < H2O < HF
H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te
2# (a) H2Te
< H2Se
< H2S
< H2O
( Thermal Stability) ---BDE
(b) BiH3 < SbH3 < AsH3 < PH3< NH3
1#(a) H2Te < H2Se < H2S < H2O ( Bond Angle )----- Size of central atom ,
electronegativity, repulsion of bond pairs.
(b) BiH3 < SbH3 < AsH3 < PH3< NH3
2# (a) H2S < H2Se < H2Te < H2O
(b) PH3 < AsH3 < NH3 < SbH3 < BiH3
3#(a) H2O
<
H2Te
<
H2Se
( Boiling Point) -- H-Bond and Vander waals force

(Boiling Point) -- H-Bond and Vander waals force
< H2S (Volatility)--- H-Bond and Vander waals force

1# (a) CrO <Cr2O3 <CrO3 (b) As2O5 < Sb2O5<P2O5 (c) BaCl2 < CaCl2 < MgCl2 < BeCl2
2# (a) HOCl < HOClO < HOClO2 < HOClO3 ( Acid Strength) Stability of its conjugate
base , charge dispersal , Oxidation states.
(b) HOI < HOBr < HOCl
( Acid Strength) ---Stronger the OX bond Weaker the O
H bond More the acidic character.
1# (a) H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te ( Acid Strength and Reducing Character) --- BDE
(b) H3PO4 < H3PO3< H3PO2
2#(a) N2O < NO < N2O3 < N2O4 < N2O5 (Acidic Character) Higher oxidation states,
covalent character
(b) Cl2O < ClO2 < Cl2O6 < Cl2O7 ( Acid Strength)-- Higher oxidation states, covalent
character
(c) HNO2 < HNO3

73

(a) H2SO3 < H2SO4 (Acidic character)
(b) Ga2O3 < GeO2 < As2O3 < ClO2
(Acidic Character)
SiO2 <CO2 < P2O5< N2O5 < SO3
(d) CaO < Al2O3 < SO3 < Cl2O7
(e) BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 (Acidic Character)Effective 2p2p overlap in BF3 reduces the
electron deficiency of B , make it less acidic.
CONCEPT : ANOMALOUS PROPERTIES CHAP: P-BLOCK ELEMENTS CLASS-XII

ANOMALOUS PROPERTIES
II # CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER FROM GIVEN

OPTIONS .
II # CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER FROM GIVEN OPTIONS .

6# Which one exists ? ( R3P=O , R3N=O )
1# Whose boiling point is more ? (H2O, H2S)
7# Which is more reactive ? ( Red P , White P )
2# Which dissolves more in water ? (PH3 , NH3 )

3# Which is more basic ? ( NH3 , BiH3)
8# Which has more catenation properties ? ( N or P )

9# Which is possible ( ClF3 or FCl3)
4# Which has more oxidizing ability ( Cl2 , F2)
10# Which is more reactive ( Nitrogen gas , Phosphorus)
5# Which has more bond dissociation enthalpy ?

( FF , ClCl)
II # CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER FROM GIVEN OPTIONS

.
Give Reason for each of the following :1 # NCl5 does not exist but NCl3 exits
11# Whose sigma bond strength is more?(OO , SS)

BUT both PCl3 & PCl5 exists .
12# Whose Ionisation energy is more ? ( N ,O )
13# Which one does not release white fumes of HCl
2# Why does R3P = O exist but R3N = O does not

(R = alkyl group)?

74
upon hydrolysis ( PCl5 , PCl3 , SiCl4 ,NCl5)
3#Nitrogen exists as diatomic molecule and phosphorus
14# Which is more stable ? (NF3 , NCl3)
as P4. Why?
15# Which has more negative gain enthalpy ? ( F , Cl )
4# Oxygen & nitrogen are gases BUT sulphur and

phosphorus are found in solid state at room temp.
5# BiCl3 is more stable than BiCl5.Explain
Give Reason for each of the following :-
6 # Although electron gain enthalpy of fluorine is less

negative as compared to chlorine, fluorine is a stronger
oxidising agent than chlorine.
11# Are all the five bonds in PCl5 molecule equivalent? Justify your
answer
7# Explain why fluorine forms only one oxoacid, HOF.
12# The OO bond energy is less than the SS bond energy. (

sigma bond) OR Sulphur exhibits a stronger tendency for
catenation as compared to oxygen.
8# ClF3 exists but FCl3 does not Explain

9# Why does nitrogen show catenation properties less than
phosphorus?
10 # The electron gain enthalpy of Sulphur is more than
Oxygen .
13 # NH3 is a good complexing agent but NF3 is not .

14# On being slowly passed through water PH3 forms bubbles
but NH3 dissolves .
15# Why does NH3 form hydrogen bond but PH3 does not?
16# Why does NH3 act as a Lewis base ? OR NH3 acts as

ligand or good complexing agent
21# I3 is known but F3 is not.
OR , NH3 has higher H affinity than PH3.
22# HF is least volatile , whereas HCl is the most volatile.OR,HF

has higher B.P than HCl OR, HF is liquid and HCl is gas
23#Oxygen and fluorine both stabilize higher oxidation states of
metals but oxygen exceeds fluorine in doing so .
17# Why is H2O a liquid and H2S a gas ?

18# SCl6 is not known but SF6 is known .
24 # Bismuth is a strong oxidizing agent in pentavalent state.

19# SF6 exists but SH6 does not
20# SF6 is known but OF6 is not formed .Explain.
25# PH3 has lower boiling point than NH3. Why?
CONCEPT : ANOMALOUS PROPERTIES CHAP: P-BLOCK ELEMENTS CLASS-XII


75
26 # Explain why NH3 is basic while BiH3 is only feebly basic.
31#Why is N2 less reactive at room temperature?
27 # Why does the reactivity of nitrogen differ from

phosphorus?
32# Fluorine exhibits only 1 oxidation state whereas other

halogens exhibit + 1, + 3, + 5 and + 7 oxidation states also.
Explain.
28# Why does white ppt. of AgCl dissolves in ammonia

solution.
29# Though nitrogen exhibits +5 oxidation state, it does not
form pentahalide. Give reason.
30# There is a large difference between the melting and
boiling points of Oxygen and Sulphur .
33# Considering the parameters such as bond dissociation

enthalpy, electron gain enthalpy and hydration enthalpy,
compare the oxidising power of F2 and Cl2.
34# Fluorine never acts as a central atom in its compounds with
other halogens .
35 # In trimethylamine, the nitrogen has a pyramidal geometry
whereas in trisilylamine,it has a planar
# Arrange the Following in increasing order against the

# Arrange the Following in increasing order against the

1# Catenation property:-
1# Electron Gain Enthalpy :-
(a) As , N, P , Sb
(a) I , Br , Cl , F
(b) Se ,S , Te ,O
(c) F, Cl , O , S
2# Electronegativity:- (a) Cl ,F, Br, I
2# Ionisation Enthalpy:-
(b) O , N , F , C
3# Stability:-
Q.1 # H2O
(a) O , N , F , C
F(aq) , I (aq) , Cl(aq) , Br(aq)
Q.2# NH3
(b) N , O, P ,S
Q.3# H2S
(b) Ar , Ne , He , Xe , Kr
Q.4# H2S

Q.5# HI
76
Q.6# NH3
Q.7# NH3
Q.8# 3
Q.9# Phosphinic acid
Q.10# HOClO3
Q.11# H3PO3
Q.12# water
Q.13# Ammonia
Q.14# SO2
Q.15# Pyrosulphuric acid
Q.16# Contact
Q.17# 4
Q.18# R3P=O
Q.19# moist SO2
Q.20# NO
Q.21# PH3
Q.22# HNO3
Q.23# phosphine
Q.24# N2O4
Q.25# CrO3
Q.26# V2O5
Q.27# N2O5
Q.28# NO
Q.29# Hypophosphoric
Q.30# Perchloric acid
Process
acid
Q.31# PH3
Q.32# PH
Q.33# NO2
Q.34# Four PP single

bonds
Q.35#
Q.36# NO2 , N2O
Q.37# NO2+
Q.38# H2Te
Q.39#(a) It is anhydride
of nitrous acid
Q.40# HCl
Q.41# , BiH3 ,
Q.42# HF ,
Q.44#
Q.45# [Fe(H2O)5(NO)]2+
SbH3, AsH3 ,PH3,

NH3
HCl , HBr, HI
.
Q.43# 200 atm ,

700K ,Fe2O3 with
small amount of
K2O , Al2O3
Q.46# 2 bar , 720 K

, V2O5 catalyst for
converting SO2 to
SO3 and absorbing
SO3 in Conc. H2SO4
.
Q.47#
Fertiliser
making ,
Lead storage
battery
Q.48#HOCl
Q.49#CLO4 - is
resonance stabilized
due to 4 oxygen atoms
Q.50#
C12O11H22 +conc.H2SO4
12C + 11H2O

77
CHEMICAL TEST TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN PAIR OF COMPOUNDS

LEVEL A
TEST
REAGENT
INFERENCE
1- Iodoform test(Alcohols)
0
2-Lucas test (1 ,2 ,&

0
3 Alcohols)
3-Neutral ferric chloride test
(Phenol)
ZnCl2/HCl
Turbdity immediately in 3 Alcohols
Neutral FeCl3
Voilet colour
4-Bromine water test(Phenol)
Br2/H2O
White ppt
5-Iodoform
test(Aldehydes&Ketones
-COCH3,Alcohol(-C(OH)CH3
NaOH/I2
Yellow Ppt of CHI3
6-Tollens test(Aliphatic &

Aromatic Aldehydes)
Amm.AgNO3
Silver mirror at walls of test tube
7-Fehling test(Aliphatic Aldehydes)
Fehling A & Fehling B
Reddish Brown ppt of Cu2O
8-Azo dye test(Aniline)
NaNO2 + HCl than reacts with
NaOH/I2
Yellow Ppt of CHI3
Aniline forms BDC with
napthol
9-Isocyanide test(10 Aniline)
0,
0,
CHCl3 + KOH
Unpleasent odur or smell of

Isocyanide
C6H5SO2Cl
Product of 1 Amines soluble in

alkali.
0 azo dye
Yellow
Productcolour
of 2 Amines
are insoluble
in alkali.
10-Heinsberg test(1 2 3 Amines)
11-Sodium bicarbonate test (Acids) NaHCO3

Effervesence due to CO2
12. aq.NaOH and AgNO3 test
Ppt formed if-Cl/-X directly attached
3
Test
tosp
for Halides
Carbon
Distinguish By a Single Chemical Test(WITH CHEMICAL
EQUATION)
LEVEL B
1. All aldehydes ( R-CHO) give Tollens Test and produce silver mirror.
RCHO + 2 [Ag(NH3)2]+ + 3 OH- RCOO- + 2 Ag + 2H2O + 4 NH3
Tollens Reagent
silver ppt
Note: HCOOH(methanoic acid ) also gives this test, ketones(RCOR) do not give this test
2. All aldehydes (R-CHO) and ketones(RCOR) give 2,4-DNP test
RCOR + 2,4-DNP Orange ppt
R-CHO + 2,4-DNP Orange ppt
Aldehydes and ketones having CH3CO- (keto methyl) group give Iodoform Test. Alcohols having CH3CH- group also give
Iodoform Test.

78
CH3CHO + 3I2 + 4 NaOH CHI3 + HCOONa + 3 NaI + 3H2O
Yellow ppt
The following compounds give Iodoform Test: ethanol (C2H5OH), propan-2-ol (CH3CH(OH)CH3),
ethanal(CH3CHO), propanone(CH3COCH3), butanone ( CH3COCH2CH3) , pentan-2-one (CH3COCH2 CH2CH3) ,
acetophenone ( PhCOCH3 )
4. All carboxylic acids ( R-COOH) give Bicarbonate Test

RCOOH + NaHCO3 RCOONa + CO2
+ H2O
effervescence
5. Phenol gives FeCl3 Test
C6H5OH + FeCl3 (C6H5O)3Fe + 3 HCl
(neutral)
(violet color)
6. All primary amines (R/Ar -NH2) give Carbyl Amine Test
R-NH2 + CHCl3 + KOH(alc) R-NC + KCl + H2O
offensive smell
7. Aniline gives Azo Dye Test ( Only for aromatic amines)
C6H5NH2 + NaNO2 + HCl C6H5N2+Cl- ;
then add -naphthol orange dye
8. All alcohols (ROH) give Na-metal test
R-OH + Na R-ONa + H2
bubbles
9. For esters (RCOOR) : Hydrolyses first. Then see the products ( acid & alcohol) and give a test to identify
them
10. All alkenes (C=C) and alkynes (CC) decolorizes Br2 water from red to colorless
11. Lucas Test to distinguish primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols
Lucas reagent: ZnCl2/HCl
30-alcohol + Lucas reagent immediate turbidity
20-alcohol + Lucas reagent turbidity after sometime
10-alcohol + Lucas reagent no turbidity
CBSE QUESTIONS
Give one chemical test to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds:
1. Methylamine and dimethylamine
12. Ethanal and Propanal
2. Secondary and tertiary amines
13. Acetone and Acetaldehyde
3. Ethylamine and aniline
14. Acetaldehyde and Benzaldehyde
4. Aniline and benzylamine
15. Ethanoic acid and Ethnoyl chloride
5. Aniline and N-methylaniline
16. Methanol and Ethanol
6. Propanal and Propanone
17. Propanol and Propan-2-ol
7. Acetophenone and Benzophenone
18. 2-Methyl Propan-2-ol and Propanol
8. Phenol and Benzoic acid
19. Phenol and Cyclohexanol
9. Benzoic acid and Ethyl benzoate
20. 10,20,&30 Alchols
10. Pentan-2-one and Pentan-3-one
21. 10,20,& 30 Amines
11. Benzaldehyde and Acetophenone
22. Formic acid and Acetic acid

79
WORK SHEET
Match the following :Sl
no
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Column A
Sl
Column B
No
Neutral Ferric Chloride solution
a
Test for carboxylic acid
Iodoform test
b
Test for p- , s- t- alcohol
Azodye test ( NaNO2 +HCl) and beta-napthol
c
Test for p- , s- t- amines
aq.NaOH and AgNO3 test
d
Test for any aldehyde
Hinsbergs reagent ( benzene sulphonyl chloride e
Test for phenol
and
KOH)
Tollens
Reagent (ammoniacal AgNO 3 solution)
f
Test for chloride
0
Lucas Test ( anh. ZnCl2 + conc.HCl )
g
Test for alphatic and aromatic 1 -amine
0
NaHCO3 solution
h
Test for aromatic 1 -amine
i
Isocyanide Test Or Carbylamine Test
Test for ethanol. Ethanal ,
Fehlings solution (alkaline sol. Of CuSO4 +
j
Acetophenone
Sod.Pot.Tartarate
Which one will give + ve test for the reagent
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
NaOH + I2 ( Propanal and Ethanal) .

Neutral FeCl3 solution( Phenol , Acetic Acid )
Ammoniacal AgNO 3 solution ( Propanone and Propanal)
NaHCO3 solution ( Benzoic acid and Phenol )
CHCl3 and alcoholic KOH ( Ethanamine and N-ethyl Ethanamine)
0
0
Benzene sulphonyl chloride .( 2 amine and 3 amine)
( NaNO2 +HCl) and beta-Napthol ( CH3NH2 and Aniline )
anh. ZnCl2 + conc.HCl (Isopropyl alcohol , Propanone)
aq.NaOH and AgNO3 test ( Chlorobenzene ,Cyclohexylchloride)
alkaline sol. Of CuSO4 + sod.pot.tartarate ( Acetone and Acetaldehyde)
Hinsbergs reagent (Methylamine and dimethylamine)
Tollens Test ( Formic acid and Acetic acid )
aq.NaOH and AgNO3 test (Benzyl chloride and Chlorobenzene)
Acidic hydrolysis of ester + Iodoform test. ( Methyl Acetate and Ethyl Acetate)
Na-metal test ( Ethanol and Ethoxyethane )
MCQ
1. Which of the following compound will give positive idoform test.

a. 3-methylpropan-2-ol
c. 1-methylcyclopentanal
b. 1-phenylpropan-1-ol
d. 3-phenylpropan-2-ol
i. a &c
iii. b & c
ii. a & d
iv. b and d
2. Propan-1-ol and propan-2-ol can be distinguished by_____________

a. Lucas test
c. Tollens reagent test
b. Ferric chloride test
d. Na metal test
3. Lucas test is associated with___________ .

a. Alcohol
b. phenol
c. Aldehyde
d. Carboxylic acid

80
4. ___________ alcohol react immediately with anhydrous ZnCl2 + HCl and give insoluble Chloride.
a. Methanol
c. Isopropylalcohol
b. Butanol
d. 2- methylpropan-2-ol
5. C2H5OH and C6H5OH can be distinguished by
a. Br2+ H2O
c. FeCl3
b. I2+NaOH
d. both B and C
6. C2H5CHO and (CH3)2CO be distinguished by testing with
a. Phenyl Hydrazide
c. Fehlings solution
b. Hydroxylamine
d. Sodium Bisulphide
7. Silver mirror test can be used to distinguished between
a. Ketone and Acid
c. Aldehyde And Acid
b. Phenol and Acid
d. Alcohol and phenol
8. The pair of compounds in which both the compounds give positive with tollens reagent
a. Glucose and Sucrose
c. Acetophenone and Hexanal
b. Fructose and Sucrose
d. Glucose and Fructose
9. Acetone and Acetaldeyhde are differentiated by
a. NaOH+I2
c. HNO3
b. [Ag(NH3)2]+
d. I2
10. Which of the following pairs can be distinguished by sodium hypoiodite
a. CH3CHO and CH3COCH3
b. CH3CH2CHO and CH3COCH3
c. CH3CH2OH and CH3CH2CHOHCH3
d. CH3OH and CH3CH2 CHO
11. CH3CHO and C2H5CH2CHO can be distinguished by
a. Bendict test
c. Tollens test
b. Iodoform test
d. Fehlings solution test
12. Dye test can be used to distinguished between
a. Ethylamine and Acetamide
c. Urea and Acetamide
b. Ethylamine and Aniline
d. Methylamine and Ethylamine
13. Hinsbergs reagent is :
a. Benzenesulphonyl chloride
c. Phenyl iocyanide
b. Benzenesulphonic acid
d. Benzenesulphamide
14. Iodoform can be prepared from, all except.
a. Ethyl methyl ketone
b. Isopropyl alcohol
c. 3-methylbutan-2-one
d. Isobutyl alcohol
STATE TRUE OR FALSE
1 Formic acid reduces Tollens reagent

2Carboxylic acids do not give characteristic reactions of carbonyl Group
3Acetic acid does not give sodium bisulphite addition product
4Benzaldehyde does not give Fehlings test.
5 Can iodoform be prepared from ethanol ?
Prepared By : Mr Suresh Kumar Sahu, PGT Chem, K V No 3 Bhubaneswar& Resource Person

81
WORK SHEET-CHAPTER-13
CONCEPT 1: IUPAC NOMENCLATURE
1.Match the following:
a.CH3NH2
(i) Ethanamine
b.C2H5NH2
(ii) Benzamine
c.(C2H5)2NH
(iii)N-Ethyl Ethanamine
d.C6H5NH2
(iv)N,N-Dimethyl methanamine
e.(CH3)3N
(v) Methanamine
Ans1.Match the following:

a.CH3NH2
(v) Methanamine
b.C2H5NH2
(i) Ethanamine
c.(C2H5)2NH
(iii)N-Ethyl Ethanamine
d.C6H5NH2
(ii)Benzamine
e.(CH3)3N
(iv) N,N-Dimethyl methanamine
2.Write the IUPAC name of following:

a. C6H5-NH-CH3 b. CH3-NH-C2H5 c.(C6H5)-N-CH3
Ans2.Write the IUPAC name of following:
S.N.
Compounds
IUPAC Name
C6H5-NH-CH3
N-Methylaniline
CH3-NH-C2H5
N-Methylethanamine
(C6H5)2-N-CH3
N-Methyl N-phenylaniline
3. The IUPAC name of (CH3)2-N-C2H5:
a) N,N-Diethylethanamine
b) N,N-Dimethylethanamine
c) N,N-Ethylmethylmethanamine
d) Dimethylmethanamine
4. Choose the appropriate answer of the following:
a) IUPAC name of CH3-NH-CH3
(i) Ethylmethylamine
(ii) Methylethylamine
(iii) N-Methylethanamine
(iv) N-Ethylmethanamine
b) Common name of CH3CH2NH2 ?

82
(i) Ethylamine (ii) Ehanamine (iii)Dimethylamine (iv)None

C) IUPAC name of (C6H5)2NH ?
(i) Diphenylamine (ii) N-Phenylbenzenamine
(iii) 1,2-Diphenylamine (iv) All
d) Common name of (CH3)2CH-NH2
(i) Isopropylamine (ii) Ethaemethanamine
(iii) Methaneehaneamine (iv) 2-Methylethanamine
5) Arrange the following alkyl groups in decreasing order
Methyl,Ethyl,Isopropyl,n-Butyl
CONCEPT 2: BASIC CHARACTER Of AMINES
Q.1 Wtite the relation between Basicity of Amine & Pkb
Q.2 Arrange the following in decreasing order of Pkb values
C2H5NH2 , C6H5-NH-CH3 , (C2H5)2NH, C6H5NH2
Q.3.Arrange the following Amines in increasing order of Basic character.
a. CH3NH2 , (CH3)2NH, .(CH3)3N in Aq.Solution & in Gaseous Phase
b. C2H5NH2 , (C2H5)2NH , (C2H5)3N in Aq.Solution
Q.4 Which one is more Basic & Why?
C6H5NH2 or C2H5NH2
Q.6 Name the factors affecting the Basicity of Amines in Aq.Solution & in Gaseous
Phase .
Q.7 Match the following .
Column (I ) Amines
Column(II) Pkb Values
Methanamine
3.27
N-Methylmethanamine
3.29
N,N-Dimethylmethanamine
3.38
Ethanamine
4.22
Benzamine
3.25
CONCEPT-3: BOILING POINT Of AMINES

(i) Write the Factors Affecting the Boiling Point of Amines
(ii) Why is Primary Amine have higher Boiling Point than that Sec & Tert-Amines ?
(iii) Arrange the following Amines in decreasing order of B.P. 1O , 2O , 3O
4. Match the following
Compounds (I)
(II) Boiling point(K)

83
(I)C4H9NH2
390.3
(II)(C2H5)2NH
300.8
(III)C2H5N(CH3)2
310.5
(IV)C2H5CH(CH3)2
329.3
(V) C4H9OH
350.8
5.Why are alcohols have higher B.P than that of amines of comparable molecular mass ?
CONCEPT-2: TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN Pri ,Sec & Tert -Amines
1.Distinguish between the (a) CH3NH2 and (CH3)2NH (b) Aniline & N-Methyl Aniline (c) Sec- Amine & TertAmine
CONCEPT-3 : NAME REACTIONS
(i) Carbyl amine reaction (ii) Sandmayer reaction (iii) Gatterman reaction
WORK SHEET-CHAPTER-14 (BIOMOLECULES)

CONCEPT -1: CLASSIFICATION OF CARBOHYDRATES
Q1.Which Polysaccharides is stored in the liver of Animals.
Q2.Name two Carbohydrates which acts as Biofuel.
Q3.What are the Constituents of Starch ?.
Q4. What are the Constituents of Maltose ?.
Q5.What is invert Sugar ?
CONCEPT- 2 : MCQ
Q 1. Glycogen is ?
(a) monosacchride (b) disaccharide (c) polysaccharide (d) none
Q2.Which of the following carbohydrate is not digested in human body ?
(a) glucose (b)fructose (c) cellulose (d) lactose
Q3. Which disaccharide is present in milk ?
(a) maltose (b) lactose (c) sucrose (d) none
Q4.Functional group present in glucose
(a) aldehyde (b) ketone (c) alcohol (d) amine
Q5.Hydrolysis products of lactose
(a) two units of glucose (b) glucose & fructose (c) glucose & galactose (d) none
CONCEPT -3 : CLASSIFICATION Of VITAMINS
Q1.Match the followings.

84
COLUMN -I
COLUMN-II
Vitamins A
Rickets
Vitamins B1
scurvy
Vitamins B2
Pernicious anaemia
Vitamins B6
convulsions
Vitamins B12
cheilosis
Vitamins C
Beri-beri
Vitamins D
Night blindness
Q2. What are the fat soluble and water soluble vitamins.
Q3. Why cant vitamins c is not stored in our body?.
CONCEPT- 4: MCQ -PROTEIN & NUCLEIC ACID
Q1.Which of the following is an Example of Non- Essential Amino Acid ?
(a) Glycine (b) Valine (c) Histidine (d)Lysine
Q2. Which of the following Contain Fibrous Protein ?
(a)Keratin (b) Albumin (c) Insulin (d) None
Q3. Which of the following base is not Present in DNA ?
(a) Adenine (b) Guanine (c)Thymine (d) Uracil
Q4. Which of the following is not a type of RNA ?
(a) m-RNA (b)r-RNA (c) t-RNA (d) -RNA
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN
CHAPTER 15
POLYMERS
WORK SHEETS
CONCEPTS:
1. Classification of Polymers
2. Uses of Polymers
3. Preparation of Polymers
1. Classification Of Polymers
CARD :01
NO QUESTIONS
I
Odd One Out
1
Buna-s,Buna-N,Neoprene,Polyesters(Mol.Forces)
2
Protein,Starch,Cellulose,Nylon-6(Sourse of formation)
3
Polythene,Teflone,Poly styrene,Nylon-6(Mode of
polymerization)
4
Polythene,Polystyrene,Polyvinyls,
bakelite(Thermoplastic polymers)
CARD :02
NO QUESTIONS
II
Match the following
A
1
Co-polymers
2
Homo-Polymers
B
Bakelite
Teflon
Thermolplastics
Buna-S
Thermosettings
PVC

85
CARD:03
Fill in the Blanks
Linear polymers:PVC ; Cross linked polymers:---Fibres:Polyesters ; Thermosetting:------------------------
III
1
2
3
CARD:04
Match the following
A
HDPE
PHBV
3
4
Natural rubber
Poly amides
IV
Addition polymers:----------------; Condensation

Polymers:Terylene
Poly amides:Nylon-66 ; Polyesters: -----------------
V
1
2
CARD:05
True or False
Buna-N is an addition polymers.
Polythene is a fibre.
VI
1
2
3
4
Orlon is a homopolymer
Melamine-formaldehyde is not a condensation polymer.
3
4
2.
Bio degradable
Ziegler- Natta
Catalyst
CARD:06
True or False
PHBV is a bio-degradable polymer
Benzoyl peroxide is used as an initiator in
polymerisation
Chlorine is used for vulcanization of rubber.
Fibres are having high tensile strength
Uses of Polymers
CARD:01
B
Condensation
polymers
Isoprene
CARD :02
Match the following

A
II
Match the following
1 Teflon
Unbreakable Crockery
BUNA-S
Specialty Packaging
2 Bakelite
Oil Seals,tank lining
Polyethene
Rain coats,hand bags
3 BUNA-N
Electrical switches
PVC
Insulators
4 Melamineformaldehyde
Non-stick utensils
PHBV
Automobile tyres.
CARD:03
I
CARD:04
Fill in the blanks
II
Fill in the blanks
1 ------------ is used in glass reinforcing material in safety

helmets.
Heating a mixture of raw rubber with sulphur and

appropriate additive is called------------
2 ------------- is used for making auto tyres,floortiles,cable

insulation,etc.
5 % Sulphur is used as a cross linking agent in the

manufacture of--------------
3 ------------- is used for making combs,phonograph
--------------- is used for the making of Paints and lacquers.

86
records,electrical switches,etc.
4 ----------- is used for making conveyor belts,gaskets,etc.
CARD:05
----------------- is used for making ropes,toys,pipes ,etc.

CARD:06
V True of False
VI
True or False
1 Bakelite is used in the manufacture of unbreakable

cups.
Polystyrene is a copolymer as well as addition polymers.
2 HDPE is used for manufacturing buckets,dustbins &

pipes.
HDPE is an addition as well as thermoplastic.
3 PAN is used as a substitute for wool in making

commercial fiber as Orlon/acrylon.
Condensation polymerization is otherwise called Chain

growth polymer.
4 Nylon -6 is not used for making tyre cords& fabrics.
Novolac is used in Paints.
III Preparation of polymers

CARD :01
Column A
Column B
Column C
Name of the polymer
Monomer of the polymer
Uses of the polymer
Polythene
Tetrfluoroethene
Oil seals, Tank lining
CF2=CF2
Teflon
Ethene
(Polytetrfluoroethene)
CH2=CH2
Automobile tyres and Foot wears
Buta-1,3-diene
Buna S
+ Acrylonitrile
CH2=CH-CH=CH2 + CH2=CH-CN
Buna N
Buta-1,3-diene
Styrene
Lubricant, Insulator and making

non-stick cooking ware.
Insulator, ,Packing material,
CH2=CH-CH=CH2 + C6H5CH=CH2
CARD:02
Name of the Polymer
Name of the Monomers
Nylon 66
Melamine + Methanal
Nylon 6
3-Hydroxybutanoic acid + 3-Hydroxypentanoic acid
Bakelite
Glycine
H2N-CH2-COOH
Melamine
Amino caproic acid

H2N (CH2)5-COOH
Hexamethylene diamine + Adipic acid

NH2(CH2)6NH2
HOOC(CH2)4COOH

87
PHBV (biodegradable)
Caprolactum
Nylon 2 Nylon 6
Phenol + Methanal
(biodegradable)
Terylene(Dacron)
Ethane-1,2-diol + Benzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid
CARD:03
III.Fill in the blanks
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ethene is monomer unit for the preparation of . (PVC/polythene)

Hexamethylene diamine + .. are used to prepare Nylon 66. (Adipic acid/ Lactic acid)
Ziegler Natta catalyst is used for the synthesis of (HDP/LDP).
PHBV is an example of polymer. (Biodegradable/ Non-Biodegradable)
Dacron/terylene are the best example of ___________ (Polyamides/Polyesters)
PhthalIic acid and ethylene acid are the monomers of ___________. (Glyptal/Dacron)
CARD:04
Write the name of the polymer whose structure is shown below:
Hint: Bakelite/Nylon-66/Buna-S/Terylene/Neoprene
1.
2.
CARD :05
Write the name of the monomers from the polymer whose structure is given below:
Chapter -16

88
Chemistry in everyday life

List of concepts1. Therapeutic action of drugs
2. Chemicals in food
3. Cleansing agents
(A)Therapeutic action of drug:

CARD-01
Which
of
the
following
will you take during
1.
allergy? (Paracetamol, bromphenaramine)
2. Pick up the bactericidal antibiotic-(penicillin,
Tetracyclin)
Which drugs relieves the pain? (Analgesics,
3.
Antipyretics)
Which is not a tranquilizer? (Veronal, seconal,
4. furacine)
CARD-02
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
0.2 % phenol solution is used as________.

____________ is a well-known antihistamine.
_____________ is also known as morning after pill.
(mifepristone)
A mixture of synthetic estrogen and progesterone
derivatives is largely used as ___.
Disinfectants are used on inanimate objects while
__________ are used on living tissues.
CARD-03
CARD-04
1. Match the following:

Column-1
Antipyretic
Analgesic- narcotic
Antibiotic
Antiseptic
Disinfectant
1.
Column-2
Codeine
Tincture of Iodine
Aspirin
1 % phenol
Chloramphenicol
CARD-05
Q State whether true or false.
1. Analgesics lower down body temperature.
2. Bromphenaramine can act as both
antiallergic and antacid.
3. Amoxicillin is a broad spectrum antibiotic.
4. The barbituric acid act as Tranquilizers.
5. Aspirin is used in prevention of heart
attacks.
(B)Chemicals in food:
CARD-01

Column-A
Dettol
Iodine in alcoholwater mixture
Column-B
Antiseptic for eyes
Mixture of
chloroxylenol and
terpineol
Tincture of Iodine
Aq. Boric acid

solution
CARD-06
Q What is the action of following drugs on the
human body1. Luminal, seconal, Veronal
2. Bromphenaramine, Terfenadine
3. Ranitidine, cimetidine
4. Ofloxacin, Amoxicillin, Penicillin
5. Mifeprestone, Norethindrone, Novestrol
CARD-02

89
1. The food additives used to prevent the

oxidation of food are called_______
2. The food additives used to prevent the
spoilage of food due to microbes are
called_______
3.
The food additives that sweeten the food but
do not add calorie are ________
CARD-03
Column-1
Column-2
Antioxidant
Aspartame
Preservative
Sugar
Artificial sweetener
Sodium benzoate
Natural sweetener
BHA
that breaks at cooking
temperature
Sucrolose
Q
1.
2.
3
4.
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.
State whether true or false.

Sucrolose is trichloro derivative of sucrose.
Alitame is not largely used because the control of
sweetness of food is difficult.
Sucrolose provides calories.
Salts of sorbic acid and propanoic acid used as
preservatives.
CARD-04
Give reason for the following:
The people suffering from diabetes are advised
to use artificial sweeteners.
Aspartame is used in cold food items only.
Alitame is not much in use as artificial
sweetener.
Antioxidants are generally reducing agents.
(C)Cleansing agents:
CARD-01
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CARD-02
Chemically soaps are sodium or potassium

salts of ___________.
Chemically detergents are sodium or
potassium salts of ___________.
_____________ is an example of
detergent.
_____________ is an example of soap.
Among detergent and soap,________
Is better cleansing agent.
1. Match the following:

Column-1
Column-2
Cationic detergent
Sodium stearate
Anionic detergent
Ester of stearic acid

and
Cetyltrimethyl
polyethyleneglycol
ammonium bromide
Sodium lauryl
sulphate
Non-ionic detergent
Soap
CARD-03
CARD-04

90
Q. Give reason for the following:

1. Nowadays long chain hydrocarbon is
preferred over branched one to prepare
2. detergents.
3. Detergents are preferred in hard water.
4. Soaps form scum in hard water.
NaCl is used for precipitation of soap.
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.

Soap can be used in hard water.
Soaps are better cleansing agents than
detergents.
Soap solution will turn blue litmus to red.
Soap is a biodegradable polymer.
Answers:
1.
Classification Of Polymers
CARD :01
CARD :02
NO
QUESTIONS
NO
QUESTIONS
Odd One Out
II
Match the following
Polyesters(Mol.Forces)
Nylon-66(Sourse of formation)
3
4
Co-polymers
PVC
Nylon-6(Mode of polymerization)
Homo-Polymers
Buna-S
bakelite(Thermoplastic polymers)
Thermolplastics
Teflon
Thermosettings
Bakelite
CARD:03
III
Fill in the Blanks
:Bakelite
:Urea-Formaldehyde
3
4
CARD:04
IV
Match the following

A
HDPE
:LDPE;
PHBV
Ziegler- Natta
Catalyst
Bio degradable
: glyptal
Natural rubber
Isoprene
Poly amides
Condensation
polymers
CARD:05
CARD:06
True or False
VI
True or False
True
True
False
True
True
False
False
True
2.
Uses of Polymers
CARD:01
I
CARD :02
Match the following

A
II
B
Match the following

A

91
1
Teflon
Non-stick utensils
BUNA-S
2
3
Bakelite
BUNA-N
Electrical switches
Oil Seals,tank lining
2
3
Polyethene
PVC
Melamine-formaldehyde
Unbreakable Crockery
PHBV
CARD:03
CARD:04
III
Fill in the blanks
IV
Fill in the blanks
Dacron
Vulcanisation
Polystyrene
Tyre rubber
Bakelite
Glyptal
Neoprene
Polypropene
CARD:05
3.
Automobile
tyres.
Insulators
Rain
coats,hand
bags
Specialty
Packaging
CARD:06
True of False
VI
True or False
False
True
2.
True
True
3.
True
False
False
True
Uses of Polymers
CARD :01
Column A
Column B
Column C
Polythene
Name of the polymer
Teflon(Poly
tetrfluoroethene)
Buna S
Ethene CH2=CH2
Monomer of the polymer
Tetrfluoroethene CF2=CF2
Insulator, ,Packing
Uses of the polymer
material, Insulator
Lubricant,
Buta-1,3-diene
+
StyreneCH 2=CHCH=CH2 + C6H5CH=CH
2
Buta-1,3-diene
+ Acrylonitrile
and making tyres

nonAutomobile
stick
cooking
ware.
andseals,
Foot Tank
wearslining
Oil
Buna N
CARD:02
Name of the Polymer
Nylon 66
Nylon 6
Bakelite
Melamine
PHBV (biodegradable)
Nylon 2 Nylon 6
(biodegradable)
Terylene(Dacron)
CARD:03
III
CH2=CH-CH=CH2 + CH2=CH-CN
Name of the Monomers
Hexamethylene diamine + Adipic
acid
Caprolactum
Phenol + Methanal
NH2(CH2)6NH2
HOOC(CH ) COOH
Melamine + Methanal 2 4
3-Hydroxybutanoic acid + 3Hydroxypentanoic acid
Glycine + Amino caproic acid
H
H2N (CH2)5-COOH
2N-CH2-COOH + Benzene-1,4Ethane-1,2-diol
dicarboxylic acid
Fill in the blanks:

92
1.polythene.
2.Adipic acid.
3.HDP.
4.Biodegradable polymer.
5. Polyesters.
6. Glyptal.
CARD:04
1.
Buna-S
2.
Terylene
3.
Nylon-66
4.
Bakelite
CARD:05

93
Answer:5
1.
Vinyl chloride
2.
1,3 butdiene +
Acrylonitrile
3.
Hexamethylenediamine +
Adipic acid
4.
Ethelene glycol + Terephthalic

acid
Chapter -16
List of concepts1. Therapeutic action of drugs
2. Chemicals in food
3. Cleansing agents
1.
2.
3.
4.
CARD-01
Which of the following will you take during allergy?
(Paracetamol, bromphenaramine)
Pick up the bactericidal antibiotic-(penicillin,
Tetracyclin)
Which drugs relieves the pain? (Analgesics,
Antipyretics)
Which is not a tranquilizer? (Veronal, seconal,
furacine)
1.
CARD-02
0.2 % phenol solution is used as________.
2.
____________ is a well-known antihistamine.
3.
_____________ is also known as morning after pill.

(mifepristone)
4.
5.
CARD-03
A mixture of synthetic estrogen and progesterone

derivatives is largely used as ___.
Disinfectants are used on inanimate objects while
__________ are used on CARD-04
living tissues.

94
1.

Column-1
Antipyretic
Analgesic- narcotic
Antibiotic
Antiseptic
Disinfectant
1.
Column-2
Codeine
Tincture of Iodine
Aspirin
1 % phenol
Chloramphenicol

Column-A
Column-B
Dettol
Antiseptic for eyes

Aq. Boric acid solution
Mixture of
chloroxylenol and
terpineol
Tincture of Iodine
CARD-05
CARD-06
Q
1.
2.
Analgesics lower down body temperature.
1.
Luminal, seconal, Veronal
3.
Bromphenaramine can act as both antiallergic and

antacid.
2.
Bromphenaramine, Terfenadine
3.
Ranitidine, cimetidine
4.
Ofloxacin, Amoxicillin, Penicillin
5.
Mifeprestone, Norethindrone, Novestrol
4.
5.
What is the action of following drugs on the human body-
Amoxicillin is a broad spectrum antibiotic.

The barbituric acid act as Tranquilizers.
Aspirin is used in prevention of heart attacks.
CARD-01
1.
2
3.
The food additives used to prevent the oxidation of

food are called_______
The food additives used to prevent the spoilage of
food due to microbes are called_______
The food additives that sweeten the food but do
not add calorie are ________
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.
CARD-03
1.
Column-1
Column-2
Antioxidant
Aspartame
Preservative
Sugar
Sodium benzoate
Natural sweetener
BHA
Sucrolose
that
breaks
at
cooking
C)Cleansing agents:
temperature
CARD-01
1.
2.
3.
4.
CARD-02
Sucrolose is trichloro derivative of sucrose.
Alitame is not largely used because the control of
sweetness of food is difficult.
Sucrolose provides calories.
Salts of sorbic acid and propanoic acid used as
preservatives.
CARD-04
The people suffering from diabetes are advised to use
artificial sweeteners.
Aspartame is used in cold food items only.
Alitame is not much in use as artificial sweetener.
Antioxidants are generally reducing agents.
CARD-02

95
1.
2.
3.
4.
Q.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Chemically soaps are sodium or potassium salts of

___________.
Chemically detergents are sodium or potassium
salts of ___________.
_____________ is an example of detergent.
_____________ is an example of soap.
Among detergent and soap,________
Is better cleansing agent.
CARD-03
Nowadays long chain hydrocarbon is preferred
over branched one to prepare detergents.
Detergents are preferred in hard water.
Soaps form scum in hard water.
NaCl is used for precipitation of soap.
1.

Column-1
Cationic detergent
Anionic detergent
Non-ionic detergent
Soap
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.
Column-2
Sodium stearate
Ester of stearic acid
and polyethyleneglycol
Cetyltrimethyl
ammonium
bromide
Sodium
lauryl
sulphate
CARD-04
Soap can be used in hard water.
Soaps are better cleansing agents than detergents.
Soap solution will turn blue litmus to red.
Soap is a biodegradable polymer.
Solutions
CARD-01
1. Bromphenaramine
2. penicillin
3. Analgesics
4. furacine
CARD-02
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Antiseptic
Cemetidine
Mifepristone
Antifertility drugs
Antiseptic.
CARD-03
1.
CARD-04
1.
Column-1
Column-2
Antipyretic
Aspirin
Analgesic- narcotic
Codeine
Antibiotic
Chloramphenicol
Antiseptic
Tincture of Iodine
Disinfectant
1 % phenol
Column-A
Column-B
Mixture of
chloroxylenol and
terpineolof Iodine
Tincture
Dettol
Aq. Boric acid solution
CARD-05
Antiseptic for eyes
CARD-06

96
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

F
F
T
T
T
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
What is the action of following drugs on the human bodyTranquilizers

Anti-histamine
Anti-histamine and Antacid
Anti-biotic
Antifertility drug
Q
1.
2.
3.
4.
CARD-02
T
T
F
T
CARD-04
CARD-01
1.
2.
3.
Anti-oxidants
Preservatives
Artificial Sweeteners
CARD-03
1.

Column-1
Antioxidant
Preservative
Natural sweetener
that breaks at cooking
temperature
Column-2
BHA
Sodium benzoate
Sucrolose
Sugar
Aspartame
The people suffering from diabetes are advised to use

artificial sweeteners because they do not add calories
Aspartame is used in cold food items only because it
breaks at cooking temperature.
Alitame is not much in use as artificial sweetener because
with this it is hard to control sweetness.
Antioxidants are generally reducing agents because they
will be easily oxidized by air in comparison to food.
1.
2.
3.
4.
(C)Cleansing agents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
CARD-01
Chemically soaps are sodium or potassium salts of
fatty acids
Chemically detergents are sodium or potassium salts
of sulphonic acids
Lauryl sulphate is an example of detergent.
Sodium palmitate is an example of soap.
Among detergent and soap, detergent is better
cleansing agent.
CARD-02
1.

Column-1
Cationic detergent
Anionic detergent
Non-ionic detergent
Soap
CARD-03
Column-2
Cetyltrimethyl
ammonium bromide
Sodium lauryl sulphate
Ester of stearic acid and
polyethyleneglycol
Sodium stearate
CARD-04

97
Q.
1.
2.
3.
4

Nowadays long chain hydrocarbon is preferred over
branched one to prepare detergents because they
are bio degradable
Detergents are preferred in hard water because they
do not form scum with hard water.
Soaps form scum in hard water because it forms
insoluble calcium and magnesium salts with soap
NaCl is used for precipitation of soap for salting out.
Prepared by
1.
2.
3.
4.
i) Bharat Kumar Pandya ii) Sajeesh Kumar TV iii) Satheesh Kumar TTV
iv) Anil Kumar Sharma v) Pratheesh N
Prepared by Silchar Region

98
QUESTION BANK (MLL)

CHAPTER 1:SOLID STATE
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
What type of solids are electrical conductors, malleable and ductile?

Give the significance of lattice point.
Name the parameters that characterize the unit cell
What is the two dimensional coordination number of a molecule in square close packed structure.
Which of the following lattice has the highest packing efficiency , (I)simple cubic (II ) BCC (III) HCP
What type of stoichiometric defect is shown by ( i) ZnS (ii) AgBr
What type of substances make better permanent magnets? Justify your answer.
Why glass is considered as super cooled liquid?
Why KCl appear s pink when heated in K vapors ?
Give the relationship between density and edge length in an unit cell.
what is F-centre?
Give the coordination number of fcc structure.
Give an example of a solid that shows both schottky and frenkel defect
What defect is observed when CdCl2 is doped with AgCl?
Give an example of a network solid.
Give an example each of 13-15 & 12-16 compounds.
How is quartz different from quartz glass?
What is a semiconductor?
FeO is mostly found with a composition of Fe0.95 O 1.00 . Why?
What is a n-type semiconductor?
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
1. The edge length of a unit cell having molecular weight 75g/mol is 5 A0 which crystallizes in bcc lattice . If the
density is 2g/cc then find the radius of the metal atom.
2. Potssium crystallizes in bcc lattice. Calculate the approximate number of unit cell in 1gm of potassium.
(atomic mass of K = 39)
3. A compound is formed by two elements M &N .The element N forms ccp & atoms of M occupy 1/3rd of
tetrahedral voids. What is the formula of the compound?
4. A unit cell consists of a cube in which there are atoms A at the corners and atoms B at the face centres.Two
A atoms are missing from the two corners of a unit cell.Whati is the formula of the compound.
5. Analysis shows that nickel oxide has formula Ni 0.98 O 1.00 .What fraction of nickel exist as Ni 2+ and Ni 3+.
6. If NaCl is doped with 10-3 mol % of SrCl 2 . What is the concentration of cation vacancy?
7. Under what conditions will sodium chloride conduct electricity
8. Name the binding force in each of the following. (a) Molecular (b) Ionic (c) Covalent (d) Metallic.
9. Differentiate between anisotropy & isotropy by giving examples.

99
10. Derive the relationship between edge length and radius of atom in fcc unit cell.
3MARKSQUESTION
1. Calcium metal crystalises in a fcc lattice with edge length of 0.556nm calculate the density of the metal if it
contains , (i) 0.5% frenkel defect (ii) 0.2% schottky defect.
2. How is ferromagnetism different from paramagnetism & antiferromagnetism & explain what type
substances show antiferromagnetism
3. What is electrical conductivity due to in (i) metals (ii) ionic solids (iii) semiconductors
4. What is the difference between schottky defect & frenkel defect .
5. Derive an expression for the calculation of density of the cubic crystal of an element whose edge is a pm
& atomic mass is M
6. How would account for the following
a. Frenkel defcts are not found in alkali metal halides.
b. schottky defects lower the density of related solids.
c. impurity dopped silicon is a semiconductor .
7. . Define the following terms in relation to crystaline solids
a. Unit cell
b. co ordination number
c. P- type semiconductor

100
8. What type of defect can arise when solid is heated ? which physical property is affected by it & in what
way?
9. An element has bcc structure with cell edge of 288pm .The density of the element is 7.2 gm /cm 3. How
many atoms are present in 208 gm of the element.?
10. (I ) Solid A is very hard , electrical insulator in solid as well as molten state & melt at extremily high
temprature what type of solid is it ?(II) A compound forms hcp structure. what is the total no of voids in 0.5
mol of it ? how many of these are tetrahedral voids ?
,
ANSWERS1 MARK QUESTIONS
1. metallic
2. It signifies position of constituent particles of the unit cell 3.edge lengths a,b,c and angles
(alpha,beta,&gamma)
4.4
5.hcp
6.(i)frenkel (ii). Both schottky and frenkel
7.ferromagnetic,
domains aligned in the same direction 8.pseudo solid or shows fluidity
10.density=Z .M/a3.NA
9. F- centres
12.12
13.AgBr
11. vacant anionic sites occupied by electrons
14.impurity defect
15.SiC
16.AlP,ZnS
17.long range order of constituents in quartz, short range order of constituents in quartz glass
18.energy gap between valence band and conduction band is small or conductivity range is between 10-6ohm-1 m-1
to 104 ohm-1 m-1
19. Metal deficiency defect
20. When a group -14 element is doped with gr-15 element an electron 0f gr-15 element remains as free electron.
That increases conductivity
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
1.r = 216.5pm
2. 7.72*1021
3.M2N3
4.AB4
5.Ni 2+ =96% Ni 3+ = 4%
6. 10 -3 /100 mol= 10-5x 6.022x1023=6.022x 1018 7.molten state or in aq. Solution

forces(b)electrostatic(c) covalent bond(d) metallic bond
9.Substances show different properties in diffrent direction & the reverse
3
1
2
3
a.
b.
c.
4
8. (a) vanderwaals
10. a= 2.2 1/2 r
MARKS QUESTIONS
(i) d =1.5458g cm-3 (ii)1.5427g cm-3

Attracted strongly by magnetic field ,paramagnetic substances are weakly attracted
substances not attracted
,antiferromagnetic
due to flow of electrons

flow of ions in solution or melt and defects in solid
due to presence of impurities and defects
Schottjy defect- vacancy defect,density lowers frenkel defect- interstitial defect density is not affected.

101
5
6
(i) similar size of cations and anions(ii) equal no of cations and anions are missing results into decrease in mass
(iii)due to presence of free electrons or creation of positive hole.
7 (i)it is the smallest portion of the crystal lattice which when repeated in all directions gives the entire lattice.(ii)
Number of nearest neighbour iii) gr-14 doped with gr-13 creates positive hole.
8 Vacancy defect, density decreases because some atoms ,ions leave the crystal completely.
9 M = 51.8gmol-1 no of atoms = 24.16 x 1023
10 i) covalant network solid , sillicon carbide ii) no of o.v =0.5 mol no of t.v =1.0 mol total voids =1.5 mol
Prepared by : Bhubaneswar Region

CHAPTER 2-SOLUTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
What is molarity?
What do you understand by saying that molality of a solution is 0.2?
Why is the vapour pressure of a liquid remains constant at constant temperature?
Define Azeotropes?
Which substance is usually added into water in the car radiator to act as antifreeze?
Which liquids form ideal solution?
Which property of solution depend only upon the number of moles of solute dissolved and not on the
nature of the solute?
Write one example each of solid in gas and liquid in gas solution?
What is molal elevation constant or ebullioscopic constant?
Define vant Hoff factor.
Two liquids A and B boil at 120 C and 160 C respectively. Which of them has higher vapour pressure at 70
C?
What happens when blood cells are placed in pure water?
What is the effect of temperature on the molality of a solution?
Write Henrys law.
What is an antifreeze?
Why cutting onions taken from the fridge is more comfortable than cutting onions lying at room
temperature?
What will be the vant Hoff factor for O.1 M ideal solution?
What is the optimum concentration of fluoride ions for cleaning of tooth?
What role does the molecular interaction play in the solution of alcohol and water?
Henry law constant for two gases are 21.5 and 49.5 atm, which gas is more soluble .
ANSWER KEY FOR 1 MARK

1
2
3
The number of moles of solute dissolved in one litre or 1dm3 of solution is known as molarity.
This means that 0.2 mol of the solute is dissolved in 1Kg of the solvent
At equilibrium, the rate of evaporation = rate of condensation. Hence the vapour pressure of a liquid is
constant at constant temperature.

102
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Constant boiling mixtures are called Azeotropes

Ethylene glycol is usually added into water in the car radiator to act as antifreeze.
Liquids having similar structure and polarities
Colligative properties.
Solid in gas e.g. Camphor in nitrogen gas. Liquid in gas e.g. Chloroform mixed with N2 gas
The elevation in boiling point which takes place when molality of the solution is unity, is known as
ebullioscopic or molal elevation constant.
The ratio of the observed colligative property to the theoretical value is called vant Hoff factor.
Lower the boiling point, more volatile it is .So liquid A will have higher vapour pressure at 70 oC.
Water molecules move into blood cells through the cell walls. So, blood cells swell and may even burst.
No effect.
The solubility of a gas in a liquid is directly proportional to the partial pressure of the gas at a given
temperature.
An antifreeze is a substance which is added to water to lower its freezing point. e.g. Ethylene glycol
The vapour pressure is low at lower temperature. So, less vapours of tear producing chemicals are
produced
Van't Hoff factor = 1, because ideal solution does not undergo dissociation or association.
The optimum concentration of fluoride ions for the cleaning of tooth is 1.5 ppm. [If it is more than 1.5
ppm it can be poisonous and if less than 1.5 ppm it ineffective.]
Positive deviation from ideal behavior.
KH is inversely proportional to solubility
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS OF 2 MARK

1
2
3
State Raoults law. Prove that it is a special case of Henry law?

List two conditions that ideal solutions must satisfy.
Explain ideal and non-ideal solutions with respect to intermolecular interactions in a binary
solution of A and B.
4
a.
b.
What are minimum boiling and maximum boiling azeotropes?

Can azeotropes be separated by fractional distillation?
5
When a non-volatile solute is added to solvent,there is increase in boiling point of
solution.Explain.
b. Define ebullioscopic constant and give its units.
6 How did Vant Hoff explain the abnormal molecular masses of electrolytes like KCl in water
and non-electrolytes like benzoic acid in benzene.
7 When a pressure higher than the osmotic pressure is applied on the surface of the solution separated
from a solvent by semi permeable membrane, what will happen?
8 The freezing depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution is nearly twice that of 0.1 M glucose solution.
Explain?
9 The depression in freezing point is a colligative property. Explain.
10 Equimolar solution of glucose and Common salt are not isotonic. Why?
a.
Answer key

103
1
Raoults law states that partial pressure of a volatile component of a solution is directly
proportional to its mole fraction. It is a special case of Henry law because it becomes the
same when Kh (Henry constant) is equal to pressure of pure solvent.
a.
Hmixing and Vmixing of ideal solutions should be zero.
b. They should obey Raoults law over the entire range of concentration.
For the given binary solution of A and B, it would be ideal if A-B interactions are equal to AA and B-B interactions and it would be non-ideal if they are different to each other.The
deviation from ideal behavior will be positive if A-B interactions are weaker as compared to
A-A and B-B. The deviation will be negative if A-B interactions are stronger as compared to
A-A and B-B.
(i) Minimum boiling azeotropes are the non-ideal solutions showing positive deviation while
maximum boiling azeotropes are those which show negative deviation. Because of positive
deviation their vapour pressures are comparatively higher and so they boil at lower
temperatures while in case of negative deviation, thevapour pressures are lesser and so
higher temperature are required for boiling them.(ii) No, azeotropes cant be separated by
fractional distillation
(i) When a non-volatile solute is added to a volatile solvent the vapour pressure of pure
solvent decreases because a part of the surfaceis occupied by non-volatile solute which
cant volatilise. As a result, thevapour pressure of solution decreases andhence, the solution
requires a comparatively higher temperature to boil causing an elevation of boiling point.
(ii) Ebullioscopic constant is defined as the elevation in boiling point of a solution of a nonvolatile solute when its molality is unity. Its units are K Kg mol -1
The molecular mass of KCl in aqueous medium has been observed to be almost half than
expected and it has been explained as dissociation of KCl into K + ions and Cl- ions when
actual no. of particles become double and so become the colligative properties but since
molecular mass is always inversely proportional to colligative property it becomes almost
half.In case of benzoic acid in benzene, association of molecules take place when they
dimerise and their no. becomes almost half and so molecular mass doubles as a result.
Reverse osmosis will take place. We will observe the movement of solvent molecules from the solution
to solvent phase and the level of solution will decrease.
+
Sodium chloride being ionic compound ionizes as (NaCl

Na + Cl ) in aqueous solution. The
concentration of solute particles in this case becomes approximately 0.2 M which is twice the
concentration of glucose solution. Consequently, freezing point depression of NaCl solution is also
approximately twice that of glucose solution.
9
The freezing point depression depends upon the molal concentration of the solute and does not depend
upon the nature of the solute .It is therefore, a colligative property
10 Glucose is a non electrolyte, when added to water it do not break up into ions whereas Common salt is
an electrolyte when added to water it breaks up to give Sodium and chloride ions , The number of
particles in solution of Common salt are nearly double the number of particles in the solution of glucose
so the osmotic pressure of common salt solution is nearly twice that if Glucose solution.
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS OF 2 MARK
1.
2.
3.
State Raoults law. Prove that it is a special case of Henry law?

List two conditions that ideal solutions must satisfy.
Explain ideal and non-ideal solutions with respect to intermolecular interactions in a binary
solution of A and B.

104
4.
a.
b.
(i) What are minimum boiling and maximum boiling azeotropes?

(ii) Can azeotropes be separated by fractional distillation?
5.
When a non-volatile solute is added to solvent,there is increase in boiling point of
solution.Explain.
d. Define ebullioscopic constant and give its units.
6. How did Vant Hoff explain the abnormal molecular masses of electrolytes like KCl in water and
non-electrolytes like benzoic acid in benzene.
7. When a pressure higher than the osmotic pressure is applied on the surface of the solution separated from a
solvent by semi permeable membrane, what will happen?
8. The freezing depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution is nearly twice that of 0.1 M glucose solution.
Explain?
9. The depression in freezing point is a colligative property. Explain.
10. Equimolar solution of glucose and Common salt are not isotonic. Why?
c.
Answer key
Ans.1 Raoults law states that partial pressure of a volatile component of a solution is directly
proportional to its mole fraction.
It is a special case of Henry law because it becomes the same when Kh (Henry constant) is equal to
pressure of pure solvent.
Ans.2 1. Hmixing and Vmixing of ideal solutions should be zero.
2.They should obey Raoults law over the entire range of concentrations.
Ans.3 For the given binary solution of A and B, it would be ideal if A-B interactions are equal to A-A
and B-B interactions and it would be non-ideal if they are different to each other.The deviation from
ideal behavior will be positive if A-B interactions are weaker as compared to A-A and B-B. The
deviation will be negative if A-B interactions are stronger as compared to A-A and B-B.
Ans4(i) Minimum boiling azeotropes are the non-ideal solutions showing positive deviation while
maximum boiling azeotropes are those which show negative deviation. Because of positive deviation
their vapour pressures are comparatively higher and so they boil at lower temperatures while in case
of negative deviation, thevapour pressures are lesser and so higher temperature are required for
boiling them.(ii) No, azeotropes cant be separated by fractional distillation.
Ans5(i) When a non-volatile solute is added to a volatile solvent the vapour pressure of pure solvent
decreases because a part of the surfaceis occupied by non-volatile solute which cant volatilise. As a
result, thevapour pressure of solution decreases andhence, the solution requires a comparatively
higher temperature to boil causing an elevation of boiling point.
(ii) Ebullioscopic constant is defined as the elevation in boiling point of a solution of a non-volatile
solute when its molality is unity. Its units are K Kg mol-1
Ans.6 The molecular mass of KCl in aqueous medium has been observed to be almost half than
expected and it has been explained as dissociation of KCl into K + ions and Cl- ions when actual no. of
particles become double and so become the colligative properties but since molecular mass is always
inversely proportional to colligative property it becomes almost half.
In case of benzoic acid in benzene, association of molecules take place when they dimerise and their
no. becomes almost half and so molecular mass doubles as a result.

105
Ans.7 Reverse osmosis will take place. We will observe the movement of solvent molecules from the solution to
solvent phase and the level of solution will decrease.
Ans 8 Sodium chloride being ionic compound ionizes as (NaCl

Na + Cl ) in aqueous solution. The concentration of
solute particles in this case becomes approximately 0.2 M which is twice the concentration of glucose solution.
Consequently, freezing point depression of NaCl solution is also approximately twice that of glucose solution.
Ans.9 The freezing point depression depends upon the molal concentration of the solute and does not depend upon
the nature of the solute .It is therefore, a colligative property
Ans 10 Glucose is a non electrolyte, when added to water it do not break up into ions whereas Common salt is an
electrolyte when added to water it breaks up to give Sodium and chloride ions , The number of particles in solution of
Common salt are nearly double the number of particles in the solution of glucose so the osmotic pressure of common
salt solution is nearly twice that if Glucose solution.
QUESTIONS FOR 3 MARK

1. A 5% solution of sucrose C12H22O11 is isotonic with 3% solution of an unknown organic substance. Calculate
the molecular mass of unknown substance.
2. A solution of Barium Chloride is prepared by dissolving 3.100 g of it in 250 g of water. The solution boils at
100.083oC. Calculate the Vant Hoff factor and Molality of this solution.(Kb for water = 0.52 Km-1, Molar
mass of BaCl2 = 208.3 g mol-1)
3. Why semi permeable membrane is so important in the phenomenon of osmosis? What are isotonic, hypo
tonic and hyper tonic solutions? Does osmosis take place in all three types of solutions?
4. Which will have more osmotic pressure and why? Solution prepared by dissolving 6g/L of CH3COOH
orSolution prepared by dissolving 7.45g/L of KCl
5. What is Bends ? If a diver had the "bends", describe how this can be treated.
6. At 300 K. 18g of glucose present per litre its solution has an osmotic pressure of 4.98 bars .If the osmotic
pressure of solution is 1.52 bars on the same temperature, what would be its concentration?
7. The freezing depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution is nearly twice that of 0.1 M glucose solution.
8. Calculate the amount of NaCl must be added to 1000 ml of water so as to reduce its freezing point by two
Kelvin. For water Kf = 1.86 K Kg mol-1 , give that the density of water is 1.0 g ml-1 and NaCl is completely
dissociated.
9. Predict the Boiling point of solution prepared by dissolving 25.0g of urea and 25.0 g of thiourea in 100 gram
of water. Given for water Kb= 0.52 K Kg mol-1 and Boiling point of pure water is 373.15 K.
10. Predict the Boiling point of solution prepared by dissolving 3.42g of sugarcane in 100 gram of water. Given
for water Kb= 0.52 K Kg mol-1and Boiling point of pure water is 373.15 K.Ans.
ANSWER KEY FOR 3 MARK

Ans.1

106
Ans.2 Observed Tb = 100.083 - 100 =0.083 0C
Ans.3 The semi permeable membrane is very importantin the phenomenon of osmosis because they only permit the movement of
solvent molecules through them.
Two solutions having similar osmotic pressure at a given temperature are called isotonic solutions. If the given solution has less
osmotic pressure it is called hypo tonic and it is hyper tonic if its osmotic pressure is higher than the the solution on the other side
of semi permeable membrane. Osmosis takes place only in hypo tonic and hypertonic solutions.
Ans.4

107
Molar concentration of both the solutions is same.
KCl ionizes into K+ and Cl where as CH3COOH does not ionize
Osmotic pressure is colligative property
Its value depend on number of particles.
Since, KCl produces more ions so, osmotic pressure of KCl will be more than that of CH3COOH.
Ans.5 Scuba divers cylinder has a mixture of helium, nitrogen and oxygen ,as they go down at high pressure which
increases the solubility of these gases in the blood when they come up pressure decreases and nitrogen is released as
the solubility decreases and the bubbles of nitrogen gas can block capillaries causing condition called bends which is
both painful and dangerous. In order to avoid formation of bends in blood the divers are subjected to decompression
chambers where pressure is lowered down gradually releasing the gas from blood slowly.
Ans6.For
solution A
V= n RT
4.98 x 1L = 18/180 x R x T
For solution B
V= n RT
1.52 x 1L = n x R x T
1.52 x 1L/ n = 4.98 x 1L / 0.1
1.52 / n = 4.98 / 0.1
n = 1.52 x 0.1 / 4.98 = 0.035moles
c= 0.035 mol L-1
Na++ Cl-) in aqueous solution. The concentration of
solute particles in this case becomes approximately 0.2 M which is twice the concentration of glucose solution.
Consequently, freezing point depression of NaCl solution is also approximately twice that of glucose solution.
Ans7. Sodium chloride being ionic compound ionizes as (NaCl
Ans.8 Mass of water = density x volume= 1 x 1000 = 1000g = 1Kg.

Tf = i Kf m
2 = (2 x 1.86 x z / 58.5 x 1000) x 100
z = 58.5/1.86= 31.45g
ans.9 No of moles of urea= mass of urea / molar mass of urea.
= 25/ 60 =0.42
No of moles of thiourea= mass of thiourea / molar mass of thiourea.
= 25/76 = 0.33
molality of solution= moles of solute / mass of solvent in Kg
molality of solution= (moles of solute / mass of solvent in g) x 1000
molality of solution= (0.33+0.42/ 100) x 1000
molality of solution= 1.50m
Tb =0.52 x 1.50= 5.44K
Tb (solution) - Tb (solvent) = 5.44K
Tb (solution) = 5.44K + 373.15 =378.59K
Ans.10.Tb = Kb x m
Tb = (0.52 x 3.42g/342g mol-1 x 100 } x 1000
Tb = 0.052 x100 /1000 = 0.0052 K
Tb (solution) - Tb (solvent) = 0.0052K
Tb (solution) = 0.0052K + 373.15= 373.1552K

108
QUESTIONS FOR 5 MARK SOLUTION

Q1 (a) Difference between molarity and molality for a solution. How does a change in temperature influence their values?
(b) Calculate the freezing point of an aqueous solution containing
10.50 g of MgBr2 in 200 g of water. (Molar mass of MgBr2 =184 g) (Kf for water = 1.86 K kg mol-1)
OR
(a) Define the terms osmosis and pressure. Is the osmotic pressure of a solution a colligative property? Explain.
(b) Calculate the boiling point of a solution prepared by adding 15.00 g of NaCl to 250.0 g of water.(K b for water = 0.512 K
kg mol-1), Molar mass of NaCl = 58.44 g.
Q.2
Q.3 A solution is prepared by dissolving 30g of non-volatile non-electrolyte solute in 90g water. The vapour pressure of
solution was 2.8 K Pa at 298K. When 18g of water was further added to it, the vapour pressure became 2.9 k Pa at 298K.
Calculate molar mass of solute.
Q4 Question 1
a. Define the following terms:
i. Mole fraction

109
ii. Van't Hoff factor
b. 100 mg of a protein is dissolved in enough water to make 10.0 mL of a solution. If this solution has an osmotic pressure
of 13.3 mmHg at 25 C, what is the molar mass of protein? (R=0.0821 L atm mol -1 K-1and 760 mmHg = 1 atm)
or
a. What is meant by:
i. Colligative properties
ii. Molality of a solution
b. What concentration of nitrogen should be present in a glass of water at room temperature? Assume a temperature of
25C, a total pressure of 1 atmosphere and mole fraction of nitrogen in air of 0.78.
[KH for nitrogen = 8.42 x 10-7 M/mm Hg]Ans.
Q5(a) weak electrolyte AB is 5% dissociated in aqueous solution. What is the freezing point of a 0.100 molal aqueous
solution of AB? For water Kf = 1.86 K
(b)0.02molal solution of acetic acid is 3% dissociated at 25 oC calculate the Osmotic pressure of the solution.Ans.
ANSWER FOR 5 MARKS
Ans 1
(a)
Molarity is defined as the number of moles of solute dissolved per litre of solution.
(b) Mathematically M =
(c) Molality of a solution is defined as the number of moles of solute
(d) dissolved in 1000 grams of solvent.
(e) Mathematically, m =
(f) While molarity decreases with an increase in temperature, molality is independent of temperature. This happens because
molality
(g) involves mass, which deos not change with a change in temperature, while molarity involves volume, which is
temperature dependent.
(h) (b) Given w2 = 10.50 g
(i) w1 = 200g
(j) Molar mass of MgBr2 (M2) = 184 g
(k) Using the formula,
(l)

110
(m)
(n) =
= 0.53
(o) Now, Tf = To (p) = 273 0.53 = 272.47 K

OR
(a) Osmosis : The process of flow of solvent molecules from pure solvent to solution or from solution of lower
concentration of solution
(b) of higher concentration through a semi permeable membrane is called osmosis.
(c) Osmotic pressure : The pressure required to just stop the flow of solvent due to osmosis is called osmotic pressure
(d) Yes, the osmotic pressure of a solution is colligative property. The osmotic pressure is expressed as.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
Where, = osmotic pressure

n = number of moles of solute
V = volume of solution
T = temperature
From the equation, it is clear that osmotic pressure depends upon the number of moles of solute 'n' irrespective of
the nature of the
solute. Hence, osmotic pressure is a colligative property.
(b) Given, Kb = 0.512 k kg mol-1
w2 = 15.00 g
w1 = 250.0 g
M2 = 58.44 g
Using the formula,
(q)
(r) =
(s)
= 0.52
(t) Now, Tb = To +
(u) = 373 + 0.53 = 373.53 K

111
ANS.2
ANS.3
ANS4(i) Mole fraction of a component is the ratio of number of moles of the component to the total number of moles of all
the components.
(a) (ii) Van't Hoff factor is the ratio of normal molar mass to the abnormal molar mass.
(b) Van't Hoff factor is the ratio of observed value of colligative property to calculated value of colligative property
assuming no association or dissociation.
(c) (b) Mass of protein = 100 mg = 0.1 g
(d) V= 10 Ml

112
(e)
(f) Or
(g) (i) All the properties which depend on the number of solute particles irrespective of their nature relative to the total
number of particles present in the solution are known as colligative properties.
(h) (ii) Molality of solution is the number of moles of solute present in 1 kilogram of
solvent.(b)
Ans..5 ( a)
AB
1
0
1-
= 5/100 = 0.05
concentration= m x (1+ ) = 0.100 x (1 + 0.05)
concentration= 0.100 x (1 + 0.05) = 0.105m
Tf = Kf x m = 1.86 x 0.105= 0.1953
Tf (solution) = 273.15K- 0.1953K= 272.95 K
B- + A+
0
(b)
= i CRT
Calculation of Van't Hoff factor
CH3COOH
CH3COO- + H+

113
1
0
0
1-
i = 1+ /1 = 1+ 0.03 / 1= 1.003
= i CRT
= 1.003 x 0.0821 x 300 x 0.02 = 0.494atm
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
ONE Mark Each
1. The difference between the electrode potentials of two electrodes when no current is drawn through
the cell is called ___________.
2. Under what condition an electrochemical cell can behave like an electrolytic cell ?
3. What is the quantity of charge in faraday is required to obtain one mole of aluminum from Al2O3 ?
4. How the cell constant of a conductivity cell changes with change of electrolyte, concentration
and temperature?
5. What will happen at anode during the electrolysis of aqueous solution of CuSO4 in the presence of Cu
electrodes?
6. Under what condition is ECell = 0 or rG = 0 ?
OR Give the condition for Daniell Cell in which there is no flow of electrons or current.
7. Why is alternating current used for measuring resistance of an electrolytic solution?
8. How will the pH of brine (aq. NaCl solution) be affected when it is electrolyzed ?
9. Unlike dry cell, the mercury cell has a constant cell potential throughout its useful life. Why?
10. Mention the purpose of salt-bridge placed between two half-cells of a galvanic cell?
11. Two metals A and B have electrode potential values of 0.25V and 0.80V respectively. Which of these will
liberate hydrogen gas from dilute H2SO4 ?
12. What is the effect of temperature on molar conductivity?
13. What is the role of ZnCl2 in the dry cell ?
14. Why is the equilibrium constant K, related to only E cell and not Ecell ?
15.Rusting of iron is quicker in saline water than in ordinary water. Why is it so?
16. Why rusting of iron prevented in alkaline medium?

114
17.Which will have greater molar conductivity and why?
1 mole KCl dissolved in 200 cc of the solution OR 1 mole KCl dissolved in 500 cc of the solution.
storage battery as a secondary cell can be recharged?
19.Write the name of a chemical substance which is used to prevent corrosion.
18.Why Lead
20.Write the unit of Faraday constant.
Answer of one mark

1. Cell emf
2. When Eext> Ecell
3. 3F
4. Remain unchanged for a cell
5. Copper will dissolve at anode
6. When the cell reaction reaches equilibrium
7. Alternating current is used to prevent electrolysis so that concentration of ions in the solution
remains constant. Otherwise if DC is used the ions will get discharged and electrolysis will occur
8. The pH of the solution will rise as NaOH is formed in the electrolytic cell.)
9. Ions are not involved in the overall cell reaction of mercury cells.
10. Neutralize the two half cell.
11. Metal - A
12. Molar conductivity of an electrolyte increases with increase in temperature.
13. ZnCl2 absorbs ammonia produced in the reaction by forming a complex [Zn(NH3)4]2+
14. This is because E cell is zero at equilibrium.
15.Due to presence of ions in saline water conductivity is more than the ordinary water. Hence in
miniature electrochemical cell flow of electrons will increase, consequently rusting of iron is
increased.
16. In alkaline medium, atmospheric oxygen is unable to take electron which is given by the oxidation of
Fe.
17. 1 mole KCl dissolved in 500 cc of the solution, Due to more mobility of ions and more degree of
dissociation.

115
18. Recharging is possible in this case because PbSO4 formed during discharging is a sticky solid which
sticks to the electrode. Therefore it can either take up or give up electrons during recharge.
19. Bisphenol
20. Coulomb/ mol
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
TWO Marks Each
1.Solutions of two electrolytes A and B are diluted. The m of B increases 1.5 times while that of A
increases 25 times. Which of the two is a strong electrolyte? Justify your answer.
2. When acidulated water (dil.H2SO4 solution) is electrolysed, will the pH of the solution be affected?
Justify your answer.
3. What advantage do the fuel cells have over primary and secondary batteries?
4. How does the density of the electrolyte change when the lead storage battery is discharged ?
5. Why on dilution the m of CH3COOH increases drastically, while that of CH3COONa increases
gradually?
6. What is the relationship between Gibbs free energy of the cell reaction in a galvanic cell and the emf
of the cell? When will the maximum work be obtained from a galvanic cell?
7.Define corrosion. Write chemical formula of rust.
8.Can you store copper sulphate solutions in a zinc pot?
9.Write the cell reaction which occur in the lead storage battery
(a) when the battery is in use (b) when the battery is on charging.
10.Write the product of electrolysis of aqueous copper sulphate by using platinum electrode.
Answer
1.Electrolyte B is strong as on dilution the number of ions remains the same, only interionic attraction
decreases therefore increase in is small.
2.pH of the solution will not be affected as[ H+] remains constant.

116
At anode:
2 H2O
At cathode:
4H
O2
4H
4 e-
4 e-
2 H2
3.Primary batteries contain a limited amount of reactants and are discharged when the reactants have
been consumed. Secondary batteries can be recharged but take a long time to recharge. Fuel cell runs
continuously as long as the reactants are supplied to it and products are removed continuously.
4.Density of electrolyte decreases as water is formed and sulphuric acid is consumed as the product
during discharge of the battery.
Pb
PbO2
2 H2SO4
2 PbSO4
2 H2O
5.In the case of CH3 COOH, which is a weak electrolyte, the number of ions increase on dilution due to
an increase in degree of dissociation. In the case of strong electrolyte the number of ions remains the
same but the inter ionic attraction decreases.
6.rG = nFE(cell)If the concentration of all the reacting species is unit.
7.Corrosion is a process of formation sulphides, oxides, carbonates, hydroxides, etc. of metal on its
surface as a result of its reaction with air and water, surrounding it. Formula of rust- Fe2O3.XH2O
8.No, We cannot store CuSO4 solution in zinc pot, because electrode potential of zinc is less than
copper,so Cu2+ ions get replaced by Zn2+ ions in solution . Zn is more reactive metals than Cu . (Displacement
reaction)
9.
(a) When battery is in use
Oxd n React n
Pb
Red n React n
Cell React n
SO24
2-
PbSO4
2 e-
+ SO4 + 4 H + 2 e-
PbSO4
+ PbO2 + 2 SO42- + 4 H+
2 PbSO4
+ 2 H2O
2SO4
4H
PbO2
Pb
2 H2O
(b) When the battery is on charging
Red n React n
Oxd n React n
Cell React n
+ 2 ePbSO4 + 2 H2O
2 PbSO4 + 2 H2O
PbSO4
Pb
2SO4
PbO2
Pb
PbO2
+2
2 e-
2SO4
4H
10.

117
Electrolysis of aqueous CuSO4 using Pt electrode

2+
CuSO4
Cu
Anode [
SO4 2-
Cathode [
Cu
2+
HO
+
SO4 2-
4 HO
Cu
2+
2 H2O
H2O
O2
HO
4e-
Cu
2e-
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
THREE Marks Each
1.Calculate the EMF of the cell in which the following reaction take place:
2.If a current of 05 ampere flows through a metallic wire for 2 hours, then how many electrons flow through the
wire
3.Calculate the potential of hydrogen electrode in contact with a solution whose PH is 10.
4.The molar conductivity of 0025 mol L1 methanoic acid is 461 S cm2 mol1. Calculate its degree of dissociation and
dissociation constant. Given 0H = 3466 S cm2 mol1 and 0HCOO = 546 S cm2 mol1
5.If a current of 05 ampere flows through a metallic wire for 2 hours, then how many electrons flow through the
wire ?
6. Calculate om for CaCl2 and MgSO4 from the data given in the table of Book.
7.The Conductivity of 0001028 mol L1 acetic acid
dissociation constant if 0 for acetic acid is 3905 S cm2 mol1.
is
495
105
cm1.
Calculate
its
8. A solution of CuSO4 is electrolysed for 10 minutes with a current of 15 amperes. What is the mass of
copper deposited at the cathode ?
9.The conductivity of 020 M solution of KCI at 298 K is 00248 S cm1. Calculate its molar conductivity.
10. Write the Nernst equation and find emf of the following cells at 298 K:
Mg(s) Mg2+ (0001 M) Cu2+ (00001 M) Cu(s)
Answer
1.Ni + 2 Ag+ (0002M)
Ni2+ (0160 M) + 2 Ag

118
0
Given that ECell
1 05 V
(According to Nernst equation : E Cell E 0Cell
1 05
0 059
Ni2
log
2
n
Ag
0 059
0 160
log
0 9143V
2
0 0022
2.Quantity of electricity (Q) = Current (ampere) time (second) = 05 2 60 60 = 3600 C (Coulombs) A flow of
69487 C of electricity 6022 1023 electrons
6 022 1023
3600 2 246 1022 electrons
96487
3600 C of electricity =
3.PH = 10 means [H+] = 10-10 M
Now for the electrode; H+
E H H E 0H
2
H2
(Here n = 1)
1
0 059
1
log = 0 0059 log 10 = 0059 log 1010 = 0059 10 = 059 v
10
n
H
4.C = 461 S cm2 mol1
0HCOO 0H
1
H2
2
C = 0025 mol L1
+ 0HCOO = 349.6 + 546 = 4042 S cm2 mol1
Degree of dissociation
C
46 1
0 114
0
404 2
Dissociation constant K a
c 2 0 025 0 114
0 0003667 3 67 104
1
1 0 114
2
5.Quantity of electricity (Q) = Current (ampere) time (second) = 05 2 60 60 = 3600 C (Coulombs) A flow of
69487 C of electricity 6022 1023 electrons
6 022 1023
3600 2 246 1022 electrons
96487
3600 C of electricity =
o
o
2
6. om Cacl2 Ca
mol -1
2 2 - 119 0 2 76 3 119 0 152 6 271 6 S cm
cl
o
2
-1
om MgSO4 oMg 2 SO
2- 106 0 160 0 266 S cm mol
4
7. m
k 1000 4 95 10-5 1000

= 4815 cm2 mol1
C
0 001028

119
m 48 15
0 1233
om 390 0
C 2 0 001028 0 1233
Dissociation constant (Ka) =
1 78 105
1-
1 0 1233
2
8.Quantity of electricity (Q) = Current time = 15 10 60 = 900 C

According to the reaction : Cu2+
2e
Cu
We required 2 F or 2 96487 C of electricity to deposit 1 mol or 63 g of Cu

900 C electricity will deposit =
63
900 = 02938 g of Cu at the cathode
2 96487
9.02 M 02 moles KCI present in 1 litre i.e. 1000 cm3 of solution

1 mole KCI present in
1000
cm3of solution
02
K = 00248 S cm1 Conductance of 1 cm3 solution = 00248 S

Conductance of
1000
1000
cm3 solution = 00248
= 124 S cm2 mol1
02
02
So Molar conductivity () = 124 S cm2 mol1

10. Oxidation Half
Reduction Half
Mg2+
Mg
Cu2+ + 2e
2e
Cu
---------------------------------------------------------------------Cell Reaction
Mg + Cu2+
Mg2+
+ Cu
Here number of moles of electrons (n) = 2
Eocell EoCu2 Cu EoMg 2 Mg = 034 ( 237) = 271 V

The Nernst equation for the cell : E cell E
Ecell 2 71
o
cell
0 059
[Mg2 ]
log
2
[Cu 2 ]
0 59
0 001
= 271 00295 log 10 = 271 00295 = 26805 V
log
2
0 0001
FIVE Marks Each

120
1. (a) A Leclanche cell is also called dry cell. Why?
(b)Why is the voltage of a mercury cell constant during its working?
(c)Name two metals that can be used for cathodic protection of iron?
(d)What do you mean by primary and secondary battery?
[1+1+1+2]
2. (a)What do you understand by strong and weak electrolytes?
[1+2+2 ]
(b)State Faradays Laws of electrolysis?

(c)Silver is deposited on a metallic vessel by passing a current of 0.2 amps. for 3 hrs. Calculate the
weight of silver deposited. (At mass of silver = 108 amu, F = 96500 C?
3. (a)Define the term resistivity and give its SI unit .
[1+2+2]
(b) What are the factors on which conductivity of an electrolyte depend?

(c) The molar conductivity of 0.1M CH3COOH solution is 4.6 cm2 mol-1. What is the conductivity and
resistivity of the solution?
4.(a) State the factors that affect the value of electrode potential?
[1+2+2]
(b) Write Nernst equation for a Al-ZnSO4 cell?

(c) write the chemistry of rusting of iron
5.(a) Can an electrochemical cell act as electrolytic cell? How? [1+2+2]

(b) Explain construction and working of standard Hydrogen electrode?
(c) What is an electrochemical series? How does it predict the feasibility of a certain redox reaction?
Answer
1. (a) Leclanche cell consists of zinc anode (container) and carbon cathode. The electrolyte isa moist
paste of MnO2, ZnCl2, NH4Cl and carbon black. Because there is no free liquid inthe cell, it is called
dry cell.
(b)As all the products and reactants are either in solid or liquid state, their concentration does not
change with the use of the cell.

121
(c)Names of the metals are Zinc and Magnesium.
(d)In the primary batteries, the reaction occurs only once and after the use over a period of time
battery becomes dead and cannot be reused again. A secondary battery , after used,can be
recharged by passing current through it in the opposite direction so that it can beused again.
2. (a)An electrolyte that ionizes completely in solution is a strong electrolyte eg. NaCl , CaCl2 etc and
an electrolyte that ionizes partially in solution is weak electrolyte eg CH3COOH , NH4OH etc.
(b) Faradays Laws of electrolysis
First Law: The amount of chemical reaction which occurs at any electrode during electrolysis by a
current is proportional to the quantity of electricity passed through the electrolyte.
Second Law: The amount of different substances liberated by the same quantity of electricity
passing through the electrolytic solution is proportional to their chemical equivalent weights.
(c) 2.417 g of silver.
3. (a) The resistivity of a substance is its resistance when it is one meter long and its area of
Section is one m2. Unit: ohm .meter
(b) The conductivity of an electrolyte depends upon

i) The nature of electrolyte ii) Size of the ions produced
iii) Nature of solvent and its viscosity. iv) Concentration of electrolyte. v) Temperature
(c)
4.(a) Factors affecting electrode potential values are

a) Concentration of electrolyte b) Temperature.
(b) TheNernst equation for a Al-ZnSO4 cell:

cross
122
The Cell is : Al | Al 3+ ||
Al 3+
Anode reaction : Al
Cathode reaction : Zn 2+
Cell reaction : 2 Al
E=E
0.059
6
Zn 2+ | Zn
3e- ] x 2
2e-
Zn ] x 3
3 Zn 2+
2 Al 3+
3 Zn
[Al3+]2
log
[Zn2+]3
(c) The chemistry of rusting of iron

[1]Creation of Acidic medium: Atmospheric carbon dioxide and water vapour combine to form
carbonic acid.
CO 2
H2O
H2CO 3
[2] Iron will oxidise [ Anode- Oxidation half ]
2+
Fe
Fe
2 e-
X 2
[3] In another spot, oxygen of air will take the two electrons with help of H+ ion and will be
reduced to H2O [ Cathode - Reduction half ]
Cell React n
O2
4H
2 Fe
O2
2 H2O
4 e4H
2+
2 Fe
2 H2O
In alkaline medium, atmospheric oxygen is unable to take electron which is given by the
oxidation of Fe .
[4] Atmospheric oxygen further oxidises ferrous ion into ferric oxide.
2+
2 Fe
2 H2O
1
2
O2
Fe 2O 3
4H
[5] Ferric oxide will hydrolyse with water to form rust.

Fe 2O 3
x H 2O
Fe 2O 3 . x H2O [ Rust ]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5.(a) Yes, An electrochemical cell can be converted into electrolytic cell by applying anexternal opposite
potential greater than its own electrical potential.}
(b) Standard Hydrogen electrode:

123
The Standard Hydrogen Electrode consists of a platinum electrode coated with

platinum black. The electrode is dipped in an acidic solution and pure
hydrogen gas is bubbled through it. The concentration of both the
reduced and oxidised forms of hydrogen is maintained at unity. This
implies that the pressure of hydrogen gas is one bar and the
concentration of hydrogen ion in the solution is one molar.
+
Anode -
H2
Cathode -
2H
2H
+
If it act as cathode
2 e-
2 eH2
E 2 H+ | H2 = 0
H2 gas
at 1 bar
Finely
divided
platinum
coated on
platinum foil
The maximum bubbling of hydrogen gas from the solution will evolve .
If it act as anode
The minimum bubbling of hydrogen gas from the solution will evolve
(c) The arrangement of metals and ions in increasing order of their electrode potential values is known
as electrochemical series.
The reduction half reaction for which the reduction potential is lower than the other will act as
anode and one with greater value will act as cathode .Reverse reaction willnot occur.
CHAPTER --4:- --.CHEMICAL KINETICS

(1 MARK QUESTIONS)
1.What do you understand by the rate determining step of a reaction?
2.Find the molecularity of following reaction. RCOOR + H2O --------H+ RCOOH + ROH
3. The rate constant of a reaction is 5.0 X 10-5 L mol-1 min-1. What is the order of the reaction?
4. Why rate of the reaction does not remain constant throughout?
5. What is the order of reaction whose rate constant has the same units as the rate of reaction?
6. Write Arrhenius equation.
7. Define rate constant or specific reaction rate.
8. The reaction A + 3B ---- 2C obeys the rate equation.Rate = k [A]1/2 [B]3/2.
What is the order of this reaction?
9. What are the units of rate constant for a first order reaction?

124
10. Give one example of a reaction where order and molecularity are equal.
11. What do you understand by half-life period of a reaction?
12. Hydrolysis of ethyl acetate withNaOH is a reaction of second order while with HCl, it is of firstorder. Why?
13. What is the effect of adding catalyst on the free energy (G) change of a reaction?
14. The rate of a reaction whose rate law is Rate = k [B]nbecomesdouble on doubling the concentration of B. Find
the value n.
15. A reaction is 50% complete in 2 hrs. And 75% complete in 4 hrs. What is the order of reaction?
16. Give one example of a first order reaction.
17. Define threshold energy.
18. The reaction A+B -- C has zero order. What is the rate equation?
19. Which reactions proceed with constant rate?.
20. How does catalyst affect rate of reaction?
ANSWERS TO 1 MARK QUESTION

1. The slowest step in a reaction is known as rate determining step.
2. Molecularity of reaction = 2 (there are two reactant molecules in balanced equation)
3. The order of reaction is 2.
4. Rate of reaction depends upon concentration of reactants which keep on decreasing with time.
Hence, rate of reaction does not remain constant throughout.
5. Zero order.
6. Ae-Ea/RT
Where,k = Rate constant Ea = Activation energy A = Arrhenius factor
7. When the molar concentration of each reactant is unity, the rate of reaction is called specific reaction rate.
8. Order =(1/2) + (3/2) = 2
9. s-1
10. For elementary reaction, order and molecularity are same. These reactions are carried out
only in one step . 2HI
--H2 + I2.
11. The time taken for half of the reaction to complete is known as halflife period of that reaction.

125
12. Rate of hydrolysis of ethyl acetate with NaOH depends upon concentration of
both CH3COOC2H5 and NaOH while with HCl it depends only upon the concentration of ethyl acetate.
13. Free energy of the reactants and products remains the same. Hence, there is no change in G on adding
catalyst.
14. n = 1
15. First order
17. Threshold energy is minimum energy which the colliding molecules must possess so that the collision between
them may be effective.
Threshold energy = Activation energy + energy possessed by reactant molecules.
18. Rate =k [A]o [B]o
19. Zero order reactions.
20. A catalyst can increase rate of reaction by lowering down the activation energy. It gives
alternate path to the reaction.
(2 MARKS QUESTIONS)
1. What is (i) Rate law expression? (ii) Rate determining step?
2. (i) This reaction is of first order and rate constant of reaction is 5.7 X 10-3 S-1. Find the value of t1/2.
3. Define (i)
Activation energy
(ii) Collision freq
4. For a reaction A--- B, the rate of reaction doubles when concentration of A is

increased by 4. What is the order of reaction?
5. Time required to decompose SO2Cl2 to half of its initial amount is 1 hour. If the decomposition
is a first order reaction, calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
6. The conversion of molecules from A to B follows second order kinetics. If the concentration of A
is increased to five times, how will it affect the rate of formation of B?
7.The rate of decomposition of N2O5 is 2.4 x 10-4mol L-1s-1 when [N2O5] is 0.36 M. What is the
rate law and value of k for this first order reaction?
8. In a first order reaction, 75% of reactants disappeared in 1.386 hrs. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
9.Rate of formation of product for second order reaction is 9.5 x 10-5mol L-1 s-1.

126
The initial concentration of reactant was found to be 0.01 mol/L.
a) Write rate law for second order reaction.
b) Calculate the rate constant for the given second order reaction.
10. What do you understand by effective collision? What are the factors affecting the
effectivecollision?
(THREE MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. (i) Define half life period.
(ii)The half-life period of reaction is 10 minutes. How long it will take for concentration of reactant to be reduced to
10% of original?
2. Explain the term Activation energy and threshold energy? How temperature affects the rate of reaction?
3. What do you understand by integrated rate equation? Deduce the integrated rate equation for first order
reaction?
4.A chemical reaction is of second order w.r.t. a reactant. How will the rate of reaction be
affected if the concentration of this reactants : (a) Doubled; (b) Reduced to 1/8th.
5.From the following data for a chemical reaction between A and B at 300 K
[A] mol/L
[B] mol/L
Initial rate (mol L1 sec1)
2.5 104
3 105
5 104
2.5 104
6 105
4 103
1 103
6 105
1.6 102
Calculate (i) the order of reaction with respect to A and with respect to B.(ii) the rate constant 300K
6. (i) Distinguish between elementary and complex reaction?
(ii) What are the factors affecting the rate of chemical reaction?
7.The decomposition of phosphine4PH3(g)----P4(g) + 6H2(g) has rate law;
Rate = k [PH3]. The rate constant is 6.0 104 s1 at 300K and activation energy
is 3.05 105 J mol1. Calculate the value of the rate constant at 310K. (R = 8.314 J k1mol1).
8.The decomposition of hydrocarbon follows the equation k = (4.5 1011 s1)e28000 K/T. Calculate Ea .

127
9. Show that for a first order reaction, time required for 99% completion is twice for the
time required for the completion of 90% of reaction.
10. The rate of reaction triples when the temperature changes from 20C to50C.
Calculate the energy of activation. [R = 8.314 J k1mol1, log 3 =0.48]
5 MARKS QUESTIONS
1. (a) For a reaction A + B Products, the rate law is given by r = k [A]1/2 [B]2 What is the order of reaction?
(b) The conversion of molecules X to Y follows second order kinetics. If concentration of X is increased to three
times how will it affect the rate of formation of Y?
( c) Write two points of difference between order and molecularity of a reaction.
2. a)Define (i) Activation energy
(ii) Collision frequency
b) The rate constants of a reaction at 500k& 700k are 0.02s-1& 0.07s-1 respectively. Calculate thevalue of Ea& A.
3. (i) A reaction is first order in A & second order in B.
a) Write differential rate equation.
b) How is the rate affected on increasing the concentration of B three times?
c) How is the rate affected when conc of both A&B is doubled?
( ii) Name the factors which affect the rate of reaction.
4.
a) Deduce the expression of half-life for zero order reaction.
b) Show that time required for 99.9% completion of the first order reaction is 10 times
of t1/2 for first order chemical reaction.
5. a) For a reaction A + B Products, the rate law is given by
r = k [A]1/2 [B]2.
What is the order of reaction?
(b) T he conversion of molecules X to Y follows second order kinetics. If concentration of X
is increased to three times how will it affect the rate of formation of Y?
FAQ - Chapter 5
SURFACE CHEMISTRY
1 Mark Questions:1.Bleeding caused by a nick from a razor during shaving can be stopped by rubbing with alum.

Why?
128
Ans: Blood is a negatively charged colloidal solution. When alum is rubbed the positively charged Al 3+ ions
from alum neutralizes the charge on the particles and makes it coagulate to form a clot.
2. In which of the following does adsorption take place and why?
(i) Silica gets placed in the atmosphere saturated with water.
(ii) Anhydrous CaCl2 placed in the atmosphere saturated with water.
Ans: Water vapour gets adsorbed on the surface of silica since it is a good adsorbent.
3. Action of soap is due to emulsification and micelle formation. Comment.
Ans: Soap molecules adsorb on to the dirt surface and try to emulsify it by forming micelles. Soap micelles
thus make the insoluble dirt(greasy materials) into colloidal form such that it gets washed away by water.
4. What is the use of ZSM-5?
Ans: It converts alcohols directly into gasoline (petrol) by dehydrating them to give a mixture of
hydrocarbons.
5. Give one example for each (i) sol (ii) gel.
Ans: (i) paints (ii)Butter or any other correct options.
6. What is collodion?
Ans: It is a 4% solution of nitrocellulose in a mixture of alcohol and ether.
7. Can we form a colloid with two gaseous components?Comment.
Ans: No. a gas mixed with another gas forms a homogeneous mixture which does not come under a
colloidal system.
8. What are the physical states of the dispersion medium and dispersed phase in froth?
Ans: In froth, the dispersed phase is a gas while dispersion medium is a liquid.
9. Write the equation for the preparation of colloidalsulphur ?
Ans: SO2 + 2H2S
3S(sol) + 2H2O
10. Why does physisorption decrease with increase of temperature?

Ans: Adsorption is an exothermic phenomenon. The increase in temperature will favour the reverse
process i.e. desorption according to Le Chatliers principle. Therefore physisorption decreases with
increase in temperature.

129
11.What is CMC (Critical Micelle Concentration)

Ans:-It is a particular concentration above which the particles aggregate to form micelles or associated
colloids.
12.Why are powdered substances more effective adsorbents as compared to their crystalline forms?
Ans:- Powdered form has more surface area than crystalline form.
13.Why is it necessary to remove CO when ammonia is obtained by Habers process?
Ans:-In Habers process iron is used as catalyst .If CO is present ,it acts as catalytic poison.
14.What is electrophoresis due to ?
Ans:- It is due to existence of positive or negative charge on colloidal particles.
15. Mention two ways by which lyophilic colloids can be coagulated. (C.B.S.E-2008)
Ans:- 1) By adding en electrolyte. 2) By adding a suitable solvent.
16.What is Kraft temperature? (C.B.S.E Foreign 2004)
Ans:-It is the temperature above which the formation of micelle takes place.
17. What is Brownian movement due to? (C.B.S.E -1999)
Ans:- It is due to unbalance bombardment of the colloidal particles by the molecules of dispersion
medium.
18. Name two industrial processes in which heterogeneous catalysts are employed.(C.B.S.E-2008)
Ans: (i).Manufacture of ammonia by Habers process. (ii) manufacture of sulphuric acid by contact process.
19. What is an emulsion? (C.B.S.E Foreign 2009)
Ans:-Emulsion is a colloidal solution of two immiscible liquids of which one is the dispersion medium and
the other is dispersed phase.
20. What is Zeta potential?
Ans:- The potential difference between the fixed layer and diffused layer of opposite charges around the
colloidal particles.
2 Marks Questions
1. Explain why lyophilic sol are more stable than lyophobic sols?

130
Ans; Lyophilic colloids have great affinity for the dispersion medium i.e. dispersed phase particles are solvated to a
greater extent in case of Lyophilic colloids. Hence Lyophilic sols are relatively more stable than lyophobic sols.
2. State two features of chemical adsorption which is not found with physical adsorption.
Ans: (i) Chemical adsorption has high enthalpy of heat.
(ii) It is highly specific.
3. Describe the following types of colloids giving one example for each?
(i)Multi molecular colloids
(ii) Macro molecular colloids
(C.B.S.E 2007)
Ans(i) Multi molecular colloids consist of aggregates of atoms or small molecules with diameter less than 1 nm. The
colloidal particles are held by weak van der Waals forces, e.g. sols of S8.
(ii) Macromolecular colloids are those in which molecules of dispersed phase are of colloidal dimensions 1-1000nm.
These have very high molecular mass, e.g. sols of proteins.
4. Explain the process of Ultra filtration.
Ans:- Ultra filtration is the process of separating the colloidal particles from the solvent and soluble solutes present
in the colloidal solution by specially prepared filters which are permeable to all substances except the colloidal
particles. These filter papers are prepared by impregnating ordinary filter paper with collodion solution and
hardening by formaldehyde.
5.What is shape selective catalysis? (C.B.S.E -2003 , Foreign-2004)
Ans:-A catalyst whose catalytic action depends upon its pore structure and molecular sizes of the reactants as well as
the products is known as shape selective catalysis and the catalytic action is called shape selective catalysis. For
example, Zeolites act as shape selective catalysts. Recently ZSM-5 has been used in producing gasoline from
alcohol.
6.(a) Adsorption of a gas on the surface of solid is generally accompanied by a decrease in entropy. Still it is a
spontaneous process .Explain.
(b)How does an increase in temperature affect both physical as well as chemical adsorption?
Ans: (a) During adsorption there is a decrease in energy. It is exothermic, i.e. H=-ve. During adsorption, freedom of
molecules becomes restricted, S=-ve. But G becomes negative. Hence, the reaction is spontaneous.
(b) Extent of physical adsorption decreases with increase in temperature whereas the extent of chemical
adsorption first increases and then decreases as the temperature increases.
7. What is an adsorption isotherm? Describe Freundlich adsorption isotherm.

131
Ans:-The graph drawn betweenthe amount of gas adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent x/m and pressure of the gas
at a constant temperature is known as adsorption isotherm. After saturation pressure there is no more adsorption
on the surface.
Freundlich adsorption isotherm can be expressed by
x/m =kp1/n (n>1)
log x/m =log k +1/n logp
(Graphs for both expression can be drawn)
8. What is the difference between dialysis and osmosis?
Ans:The two processes appear to be the same since both involve the diffusion through semi permeable membrane
.However in osmosis ,only the solvent and not the solute particles can pass through the membrane ,but in dialysis
even small ions of electrolyte can pass through the membrane and colloidal particles which are comparatively big in
size cannot pass.
9. DescribeBredigs Arc method for preparation of gold sol?
Ans:-An electric arc is struck between electrodes made of gold immersed in dispersion medium water. The intense
heat produced vapourises the metal which then condenses to form particles of colloidal gold.(Label diagram to be
drawn).
10. Name four different ways by which coagulation of lyophobic sols can be carried out?
Ans :- (i) By electrophoresis (ii) By boiling (iii) By mixing two oppositely charged sols (iv) by addition of
electrolytes.
3 Marks Questions
1. What are emulsions? What are their different types? Give example of each type.
Ans: Emulsions are the colloidal solutions of two immiscible liquids in which dispersed phase as well as
the dispersion medium are liquids. Since the two do not mix well, the emulsion is generally unstable
and is stabilized by adding a suitable reagent called emulsifier, e.g. gum, soap, etc.
Types of emulsions: These are of two types:
(i)Oil in water emulsions in which oil acts as the dispersed phase while water acts as the dispersion
medium. For example, milk is an emulsion of fats in water and here casein acts as an emulsifier.

132
(ii) Water in oil emulsions. In this case, water acts as the dispersed phase while the oil acts as the
dispersion medium. For example, butter, cold cream.
2. Explain what is observed when (i) a beam of light is passed through a colloidal sol
(ii) an electrolyte, say NaCl is added to hydrated ferric oxide sol (iii) electric current is passed through
a colloidal sol?
Ans: (i) When a beam of light is passed through a colloidal sol placed in a dark room the beam of light
is scattered by the colloidal particles and the path of the beam becomes visible. The phenomenon is
called Tyndall effect.
(ii) When NaCl is added to hydrated ferric oxide sol, the Cl- ions of NaCl neutralizes the positive
charge on ferric hydroxide sol particles, and coagulation of sol occurs.
(iii) When electric current is passed through a colloidal sol, the dispersed phase moves towards
oppositely charged electrodes. On reaching the electrode, they lose their charge and get coagulated.
3. Write a short note on (i) Activity (ii) Selectivity and give examples?
Ans:- (i) Activity:- the activity of a catalyst depends upon the strength of chemisorptions to a large
extent. The reactants must get adsorbed strongly on to the surface of catalyst to become active. Ex:2 H2 (g) + O2 (g) Pd 2 H2O (l)
(ii)Selectivity:-It is the ability of the catalyst to direct a reaction to yield a particular product. For
example starting with H2 and CO2and using different catalysts,we get different products.
(i)
CO (g) + 3 H2 (g) Ni CH4(g) +H2O (g)
(ii)
CO (g) + 2 H2 (g)
Cu/Zno-Cr2O3 CH3OH(g)
4. Name& explain three methods of purification of colloids.
Ans:-Dialysis:-Separation of electrolytes and colloidal solution uses a semi-permeable membrane.
Electro-dialysis:- When dialysis is carried out with an electric field around the membrane, the
purification process is enhanced.
Ultra-filtration:- Use of special filters, which are permeable to all substances except colloidal
particles.
5. What is Hardy Schulze rule? Explain with examples?
The greater the valence of the flocculating ion the greater is its power to cause coagulation. Ex: In the coagulation of a negative sol the flocculating power is in the order Al3+> Ba2+>Na+. In the case
of a positive sol the flocculating power is in the order [Fe(CN)6]4->PO43->Cl6. What is Tyndall effect,under what conditions it is observed?
Ans:- The scattering of light by colloidal particles is called Tyndall effect.

133
The required conditions to observe this effect are (i) The diameter of the dispersed particles is not
much smaller than the wavelength of the light used,and
(iii)
The refractive indices of the dispersed phase and the the dispersion medium differ greatly in
magnitude.
7. Explain mechanism of enzyme catalyzed reaction?

Ans:-E + S
[E- S]
E+ P
Thus the enzyme-catalysed reactions may be considered to proceed in two steps.

Step 1: Binding of enzyme to substrate to form an activated complex.
E + S
ES*
Step 2: Decomposition of the activated complex to form product.

ES *
E +P
8.Differentiatebetween homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis . Give one example of each.

Homogeneous catalysis:- In which the catalyst and reactants are in the same phase (i:e liquid or gas).
Ex:- Oxidation of sulphur dioxide into sulphur trioxide with catalyst as NO(g). All are in the gaseous
state.
Heterogeneous catalysis:- A process in which the reactants and catalyst are in different phases.Ex. 2
V O (s)
SO2 (g)+ O2
2 SO3 (g)
2 5
9. Write short notes on (a) multimolecular (b) macromolucular (c) associated colloids
Ans:- (a) It has many molecules aggregated together. Ex :-sulphur sol
(b) Consists of macromolecules in a suitable solvent Ex: dispersion of cellulose in a suitable
solvent.
Substances at low concentrations behave as electrolyte while at high concentrations they
behave as colloids. Ex: Soap solution
10. Account for the following
(i) Delta is formed when river meets sea water
(ii) For water purification alum is added
(iii) Cottrell smoke precipitator is used to reduce pollution.

134
Ans:-(i) Electrolytes of sea water coagulate colloidal clay particles of river water.
(ii)Alum coagulates the suspended colloidal impurities.
(iii)In Cottrell smoke precipitator colloidal smoke particles lose their charge as they pass through it
and coagulate.

Chapter 6 General principles and processes of isolation of elements
One mark Questions
1.Differentiate between a mineral and an ore.
Ans: the naturally occurring chemical substances present in the earths crust which can be obtained by
mining are called minerals while minerals from which metals can be extracted economically are called ores.
2. Why is it that only sulphide ores are concentrated by froth floatation process.
Ans: This is because sulphide ores particles are wetted by oil and gangue particles are wetted by water.
3. Name one acidic flux and one basic flux.
Ans: silica and lime
4. Name the chief ore of silver.
Ans: argentite or silver glance
5. Name a reagent used during leaching of bauxite ore.
Ans : NaOH (sodium hydroxide)
6. Why is silica added to sulphide ore of copper in the reverberatory furnace?
Ans : in order to remove the iron impurity as slag
7. What is the role of flux in metallurgical processes?
Ans : flux is used for making the molten mass more conducting.
8. What is the thermodynamic relation between Gibbs free energy and emf of the cell.
Ans: G0= nFE0
9. What is the relation between gibbs free energy and equilibrium constant?
Ans: G0= RTlnK
10. Give the expression for Gibbs Helmholtz equation.

135
Ans : G= HTS
11. Name one chemical which can be used to concentrate galena selectively by froth floatation process.
Ans: sodium cyanide (NaCN)
12. What type of ores are roasted?
Ans : sulphide ores
13. Out of C and CO which is a better reducing agent for ZnO?
Ans : the free energy of formation of CO from C becomes lower at temp. above 1120K whereas that of CO2
from C becomes lower above 1323K than free energy of formation of ZnO. The free energy of formation of
CO2 from CO is always higher than that of ZnO. Therefore, C can reduce ZnO to Zn better than CO.
14. What is the chemical principle on which chromatography separation based on?
Ans : Adsorption
15. What are the products obtained during the electrolysis of brine solution? Also write the name of this
process.
Ans : chlorine, hydrogen and sodium hydroxide. The process is popularly known as chlor-alkali process.
16. What is roasting?
Ans : The preliminary treatment of the concentrated ore in which the ore is heated in excess of air below
its melting point.
17. What is calcination?
Ans: The process of heating the concentrated ore in absence/ limited supply of air below its melting point.
18. What is smelting?
Ans: Reduction of metal oxide into metal in the presence of carbon or carbon monoxide.
19. What is blister copper/ copper matte?
Ans: The copper obtained after extraction has blistered appearance due to the evolution of SO 2. It is called
blistered copper/ copper matte.
20.What is meant by beneficiation process?
Ans: The process of removal of unwanted earthy and silicious impurities form the ore is called
beneficiation process.
2marks questions
1. Write down the reactions taking place in blast furnace related to the metallurgy of iron.

136
Ans : 3Fe2O3 + CO
2Fe3O4 +CO2
Fe3O4 + 4CO
3Fe + 4CO2
Fe2O3 +CO
2FeO + CO2
2. Describe with chemical equation the extraction of silver from its ore.
Ans : argentite ore is treated with dilute solution of NaCN in presence of oxygen to form complex.
2Ag2S + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
4 [Ag(CN)2]-+2S +4OHZn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
The crude silver obtained is refined by fusion with borax or by electrolysis.
3. Describe the role of the following.
(a) NaCN in the extraction of silver from a silver ore
(b) Cryolite in the extraction of aluminium from pure alumina.
Ans : (a) 2Ag+ 8NaCN + O2+2H2O
4 Na[Ag(CN)2]+2S +4NaOH
OR
Ag2S + 4 NaCN
2Na[Ag(CN)2] + Na2S
(b) i. it lowers the melting point of the mixture

ii. it increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture.
4. Explain the role of carbon monoxide in the purification of nickel and iodine in zirconium.
Ans : When nickel is heated carbon monoxide forms a volatile complex nickel tetracarbonyl which
on further heating at higher temperature decomposes to give pure nickel.
330-350K
450-470K
Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
Impure zirconium is heated with iodine to form volatile compound ZrI 4 which on further heating
over tungsten filament decomposes to give pure zirconium.
870K2075K
Zr + 2 I2
ZrI4
Zr + 2 I2
5. (a) Name the method used for refining of (i) nickel (ii) zirconium
(b)The extraction of gold by leaching with NaCN involves both oxidation and reduction. Justify
equations.
Ans : (a) (i)Monds process
giving
(ii) van arkel method
(b)4 Au + 8CN- + O2+2H2O

4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH2[Au(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Au
In the first reaction Au changes into Au+ i.e. oxidation takes place. In the second case Au+
changes to Au i.e. reduction takes place.
6. What criterion is followed for selection of the stationary phase in chromatography?

137
Ans : the stationary phase is selected in such a way that the impurities are more strongly adsorbed
or are more soluble in the stationary phase than element to be purified. Under these conditions,
when the column is extracted the impurities will be retained by the stationary phase and the pure
component is easily eluted.
7. Explain electrolytic refining of copper with thermodynamic principle involve in the process.
Ans : in this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure form is
used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of the same metal. On
passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte solution are deposited at the cathode while
an equivalent amount of metal dissolves from the anode and goes into the solution.
At Cathode: Cu2+(aq) + 2eCu (s)
2+
At anode: Cu (s)
Cu (aq) + 2eThe thermodynamic principle involve during the process can be explained by the following
expression G0= nFE0.
8. What are the limitations of Ellingham diagram?
Ans: (i) Ellingham diagram simply indicates whether a reaction is possible or not. It does not say
about the kinetics of the reduction process. (ii) the interpretation of G0 is based on K , thus it is
presumed that the reactant and products are in equilibrium which is not always true.
9. What is the role of depressant in froth floatation process?
Ans: in froth floatation process the role of the depressant is to prevent certain type of particles
from forming the froth with the air bubbles. Example NaCN is used as a depressant to separate PbS
from ZnS. NaCN forms a zinc complex Na2[Zn (CN)4] on the surface of ZnS preventing it from the
formation of froth.
10. How are metals used as semiconductors refined? What is the principle of the method used?
Ans : Semiconductors metals is produced by zone refining method which is based on the principle
that the impurities are more soluble in melt than in the solid state of metals.
3marks questions:
1. Describe how the following changes are brought about :
(i)
Pig iron into steel
(ii)
Zinc oxide into metallic zinc
(iii)
Impure titanium into pure titanium
Ans : (i) pig iron is converted into steel by heating in a converter. A blast of oxygen diluted with carbon
dioxide is blown through the converter. Oxygen reacts with impurities and raised the temperature to 2173K.
carbon gets oxidized to CO which burns of at the mouth of the converter. Oxides of silicon and magnesium
form slag. When the flame is stopped, slag is tapped out and other metals like Mn, Cr, Ni, W may be added in
the end.
(ii) the reduction of zinc oxide is done using coke as a reducing agent. For the purpose of heating, the
oxide is made into brickettes with coke and clay.

138
ZnO + C
Zn + CO
The metal is distilled off and collected by rapid chilling.

(iii) Impure titanium is heated with iodine to form volatile TiI4 which decomposes on tungsten filament at
higher temperature to give pure titanium.
Ti + 2 I2
TiI4
Ti + 2 I2
2. Describe the role of

(a) NaCN in the extraction of gold from gold ore.
(b) SiO2 in the extraction of copper from copper matte.
(c) Iodine in the refining of zirconium
Ans : (a) 4 Au + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH(b) the role of SiO2 is to convert FeS, FeO present in the matte into slag.
2FeS + 3O2 2FeO + 2SO2
FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3
(c) Impure zirconium is heated with iodine to form volatile compound ZrI 4 which on further
heating over tungsten filament decomposes to give pure zirconium.

870K2075K
Zr + 2 I2
ZrI4
Zr + 2 I2
3. Describe how the following changes are brought about :

(i)
Pig iron into steel
(ii)
Bauxite into pure alumina
(iii)
Impure copper into pure copper
Ans (i) pig iron is converted into steel by heating in a converter. A blast of oxygen diluted with carbon dioxide
is blown through the converter. Oxygen reacts with impurities and raised the temperature to 2173K. carbon gets
oxidized to CO which burns of at the mouth of the converter. Oxides of silicon and magnesium form slag. When the
flame is stopped, slag is tapped out and other metals like Mn, Cr, Ni, W may be added in the end.
(ii) Finely powdered bauxite is digested with an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide . Al2O3 is leached
out as sodium aluminate leaving impurities behind .
Al2O3+ 2NaOH + 3H2O
2Na[Al(OH)4]
The aluminate is neutralised by passing CO2 and hydrated Al2O 3 is precipitated. The solution is seeded
with freshly prepared hydrated Al2O3 which induced the precipitation.
2Na[Al(OH)4] + CO2
Al2O3x H2O + 2NaHCO3
The sodium bicarbonate remains in the solution and hydrated alumina is filtered, dried and heated to get
back pure Al2O3.

139
Al2O3x H2O
Al2O3 +
x H2O
(iii)In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure form
is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of the same metal.
On passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte solution are deposited at the cathode
while an equivalent amount of metal dissolves from the anode and goes into the solution.
2+
At anode: Cu (s)
Cu (aq) + 2e4. Describe the principle behind each of the following process.
(i)
Vapour phase refining of a metal
(ii)
Electrolytic refining of a metal
(iii)
Recovery of silver after silver ore was leached with NaCN
Ans : (i) in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected. It is then
decomposed to give the pure metal .
(ii) in this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure form is used
as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of the same metal. On
2+
At anode: Cu (s)
Cu (aq) + 2e(iii) During leaching Ag is oxidized to Ag+ which then combines with CN- to form soluble complex.
Silver is then recovered from the complex by displacement method using more electro positive
metal. Zn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
5. Write the reaction involved in the following process
(i)
Leaching of bauxite ore to prepare pure alumina
(ii)
Refining of zirconium by Van Arkel method
(iii)
Recovery of gold after gold ore has been leached with NaCN
Ans (i)Al2O3+ 2NaOH + 3H2O
2Na [Al(OH)4] + CO2
Al2O3x H2O
2Na[Al(OH)4]
Al2O3x H2O + 2NaHCO3
Al2O3 +
x H2O
(ii) 870K2075K
Zr + 2 I2
ZrI4
Zr + 2 I2
(iii) 4 Au + 8CN + O2+2H2O
4 [Au (CN)2] +4OH2[Au(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Au
6. Write the reactions involved in the following process:
(i)
Monds process

140
(ii)
Mac Arthur forest cyanide process
(iii)
Hall heroults process
Ans (i)330-350K
450-470K
Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ] Ni + 4 CO
(ii)4 M + 8CN + O2+2H2O
4 [M (CN)2]- +4OH2[M(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2M where M=Ag or Au
(iii) Al2O3
2Al3+ + 3 O2Cathode: Al3+ +3eAl
2Anode: C + O
CO + 2 eC + 2O2CO2 + 4 eOverall reaction
2Al2O3+ 3C
4Al + 3CO2
7. Account for the following facts :
(a) Reduction of a metal oxide is easier if the metal formed is in the liquid state at the temperature
of reduction
(b) The reduction of Cr2O3 with aluminium is thermodynamically feasible, yet it does not occur at
room temperature
(c) Pine oil is used in froth floatation method
Ans : (a) in liquid state entropy is higher than the solid form. This makes G more negative.
(b) by increasing temperature fraction of activated molecule increases which help in crossing
over the energy barriers.
(c) pine oil enhances non wetting property of the ore particles and acts as a collector.
8.
(a)
(b)
(c)
State briefly the principles which serve as basis for the following operation in metallurgy .
Froth floatation process
Zone refining
Refining by liquation
Ans : (a) sulphide ore particle are preferentially wetted by pine oil whereas the gangue particles
are wetted by water.
(b)the impurities are more soluble in the melt than in the solid state of the metal .
(c)the impurities whose melting points are higher than the metal are left behind on melting the
impure metal. Hence pure metal separates out.
9. Explain the basic principles of the following metallurgical operations
(a) Zone refining
(b) Vapour phase refining
(c) Electrolytic refining
Ans: (a) the impurities are more soluble in the melt than in the solid state of the metal.

141
(b)in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected. It is
then decomposed to give the pure metal .
(c)In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure
form is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of the same
metal. On passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte solution are deposited at the
cathode while an equivalent amount of metal dissolves from the anode and goes into the
solution.
10. Complete the following reactions:
(i)Al2O3+ NaOH + H2O
(ii) Au + CN- + O2+H2O
450-470K
(iii) [Ni(CO)4 ]
Ans : (i) Al2O3+ 2NaOH + 3H2O
(ii) 4 Au + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
(iii)[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
2Na[Al(OH)4]
4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH-
5 marks questions
1. Describe the principle behind each of the following process.
(i)
Vapour phase refining
(ii)
Electrolytic refining of the metal
(iii)
Recovery of silver after silver ore was leached with NaCN
(iv)
Preparation of cast iron from pig iron
(v)
Preparation of pure alumina from bauxite
Ans (i) in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected. It is then
decomposed to give the pure metal . for example monds process. When nickel is heated carbon
monoxide forms a volatile complex nickel tetracarbonyl which on further heating at higher
temperature decomposes to give pure nickel.
330-350K
450-470K
Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
(ii) in this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure form is
used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of the same metal. On
(iii)During leaching Ag is oxidized to Ag+ which then combines with CN- to form soluble complex.
Silver is then recovered from the complex by displacement method using more electro positive
metal. Zn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag

142
(iv)pig iron is melted with scrap iron and coke using hot air blast. Due to this impurities such as carbon,
sulphur and phosphorus present in the pig iron are removed as CO2 , SO2 and P2O5 and carbon content is
reduced to about 3%.
(v) bauxite is soluble in concentrated NaOH solution whereas impurities are not.
2. Explain the role of each of the following in the extraction of metals from their ores :
(i)
CO in the extraction of nickel
(ii)
Zinc in the extraction of silver
(iii)
Silica in the extraction of copper
(iv)
Iodine in the extraction of titanium
(v)
Cryolite in the extraction of aluminium
Ans (i) in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected. It is then
decomposed to give the pure metal . for example monds process. When nickel is heated carbon
monoxide forms a volatile complex nickel tetracarbonyl which on further heating at higher
temperature decomposes to give pure nickel.
330-350K
450-470K
Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
(ii) Zn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
(iii)the role of SiO2 is to convert FeS, FeO present in the matte into slag.
FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3
(iv)impure titanium is heated with iodine to form volatile TiI4 which decomposes on tungsten
filament at higher temperature to give pure titanium.
Ti + 2 I2
TiI4
Ti + 2 I2
(v)i. it lowers the melting point of the mixture
ii. it increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture

3. Explain the following
(a) Generally sulphide ores are converted into oxides before reduction
(b) Carbon and hydrogen are not used as reducing agent at high temperature
(c) Silica is added to sulphide ore of copper in the reverberatory furnace
(d) NaCN acts as a depressant in preventing ZnS from forming the froth
(e) Role of cryolite in the metallurgy of aluminium
Ans : (a) because sulphide ores are not reduced easily but oxide ores are easily reduced.

143
(b) because at high temp. carbon and hydrogen react with metals to form carbides and hydrides
respectively.
(c)the role of SiO2 is to convert FeS, FeO present in the matte into slag.
FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3
(d) in froth floatation process the role of the depressant is to prevent certain type of particles from
forming the froth with the air bubbles. Example NaCN is used as a depressant to separate PbS
from ZnS. NaCN forms a zinc complex Na2[Zn (CN)4] on the surface of ZnS preventing it from the
formation of froth.
(e) i. it lowers the melting point of the mixture
ii. It increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture
4. (a) Describe the principle of froth floatation process. What is the role of depressant? Give an example.
(b) Define leaching. How is this process used in the benefaction of silver and gold ores?
(f) Ans : (a) sulphide ore particle are preferentially wetted by pine oil whereas the gangue particles
are wetted by water.In froth floatation process the role of the depressant is to prevent certain
type of particles from forming the froth with the air bubbles. Example NaCN is used as a
depressant to separate PbS from ZnS. NaCN forms a zinc complex Na2[Zn (CN)4] on the surface
of ZnS preventing it from the formation of froth.
(b)Leaching consist of treating the powdered ore with a suitable reagent which can selectively dissolved
ore but not the impurity . for leaching silver and gold, the powdered ore is treated with sodium cyanide.
As a result a dissolved complex is obtained which is further treated with zinc metal which displaces the
less active metals from the complex. This can be represented by following reaction.
4 M + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
4 [M (CN)2]- +4OH2[M(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2M where M=Ag or Au
5. Write the chemical reaction which takes place in the following operations:
(a) Electrolytic reduction of Alumina
(b) Monds process
(c) Van Arkel method
(d) Mac Arthur forest cynide process
(e) Electrolysis of brine
Ans (a) Al2O3
Cathode: Al3+ +3eAnode: C + O2C + 2O2Overall reaction

2Al2O3+ 3C
2Al3+ + 3 O2Al
CO + 2 eCO2 + 4 e4Al + 3CO2

144
(b)330-350K
450-470K
Ni + 4CO
(c)
Ti + 2 I2
(d) 4 M + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
2[M(CN)2]- + Zn
(e) 2NaCl +2H2O
[Ni(CO)4 ]
TiI4
Ni + 4 CO
Ti + 2 I2
4 [M (CN)2]- +4OH[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2M where M=Ag or Au

2NaOH + H2 + Cl2
Prepared By GUWAHATI REGION
The p- block elements : TYPE- MLL

One Mark questions
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Why is H3PO3 diprotic?

Nitrogen does not form pentahalide like phosphorous,why?
H2O is a liquid while H2s is a gas ,why?
Arrange NH3 PH3 AsH3 BiH3 SbH3 in the increasing order of basic strength.
Oxygen is a gas while sulphur is a solid,why?
Write the formula of hyponitros acid.
Why does Al not react with conc.nitricacid?
Can PCl5 act as an oxidising agent and reducing agent?
Why does NO2 readily dimerise?
Why is BiH3 the strongest reducing agent amongst all the hydrides of nitrogen family?
Write the chemical formula of peroxodisulphuric acid.
Why does NH3 act as a Lewis base /complexing agent?
What is the basicity of H3PO4?
Why does R3P = O exist but R3N = O does not (R = alkyl group)?
Why does the reactivity of nitrogen differ from phosphorus?
Why is white phosphorous highly reactive?
Why group 16 members are called chalcogens?
OF4 is not known but SF4 is known .Explain
Solid PCl5 exists as an ionic solid,Why?

Bismuth is a strong oxidizing agent in pentavalentstate,why?
Two Marks questions

21.
22.
Draw the shapes of SF4, BrF3 on the basis of VSEPR theory.

(a)
Why is atomic radius of Argon more than that of Chlorine ?
(b)
Why is ionization enthalpy of Nitrogen more than oxygen?
23.
(a)
Arrange F2,Cl2,Br2,I2 in the increasing order of bond dissociation energy.
(b)
Arrange HOClO,HOClO2,HOClO3 in the increasing order of acidic strength.
24.Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i)
NH3 has higher boiling point than PH3
(ii)
SbF5 is known but BiF5 is unknown.

145
25.Explain giving suitable reasons:

(i) SF6 is well known but SH6 is not known.
(ii) Proton affinity of NH3 is more than PH3.
26. Explain giving suitable reasons.
(i)
Sulphur in vapour form is paramagnetic in nature.
(ii)
Catenation properties of Phosphorous is more than Nitrogen.
27. Give chemical equations ,when :
(a).
Ammonium dichromate is heated ?
(b).
Sodium azide is heated?
28. Complete the following equations:
(i) HgCl2 + PH3
(ii) P4 + NaOH + H2O
29.
Write main differences between the properties of white phosphorus and red phosphorus.
30. Arrange H2O,H2S,H2Se, H2Te in the increasing order of (i) Acidic Character (ii) Thermal stability .
Three Marks questions

31.
(i)
Why is ICl more reactive than I2?
(ii)
Interhalogen compounds are strong Oxidizing agents ,why?
(iii)
Bleaching of flowers by Cl2 is permanent while SO2 is temporary,why?
32.
Give Reasons:
(a)
Iodine is more soluble in KI solution than in water .
(b)
HF is stored in wax -coated bottle .
HCl is not used to make the medium acidic in titrations involving KMnO 4 .
33.
Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i)
SbF5 is known but BiF5 is unknown.
(ii)
CN ion is known but CP is not .
(iii)
Compounds of Noble gases are known with Xe and fluorine.
34.
Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i)
PH3 has lower boiling point than NH3.
(ii)
Nitric oxide becomes brown when released in air.
(iii)
When HCl reacts with finely powered iron, it forms ferrous chloride and not ferric chloride.
35.
(i)Which Xe compound has distorted octahedral shape?
(ii)How does Chlorine react with hot and concentrated NaOH ?
(iii) Write the chemical reaction involved in the ring test.
36.
(a) Are all the bonds in PCl5 equivalent in length?
(b) On the basis of structure show that H3PO2 is a good reducing agent.
How many P-OH bonds are present in Pyrophosphoric acid?
P4 + SOCl2
NH3 + CuSO4(aq)
XeF4 + H2O

146
38. (i) Arrange M-F,M-Cl,M-Br,M-I in the increasing order of ionic character.

(ii) Arrange HF,HCl,HBr,HI in the increasing order of reducing behavior.
(iii) Arrange F2,Cl2,Br2,I2 in the increasing order of bond dissociation energy.
39. Starting from sulphur ,how would you manufacture H2SO4 by contact process.
40.Write the reaction involved in formation of ammonia by Habers process?State the favorable conditions for
good yield of ammonia .
Five Marks questions

41.A gas X is soluble in water . Its aq. Solution turns red litmus blue with excess of aq. CuSO 4 solution it
gives deep blue colour and with FeCl3 solution a brownish ppt. soluble in HNO3 is obtained. Identify
gasX and write reactions for changes observed .
42. Write the reaction involved in formation of Nitric acid by Osrwald ,s process? State the favorable
conditions for good yield of Nitric oxide.
(I ) XeF4 + H2O
(ii)XeF6 + PF5
(iii)Cl2 + F2 (excess)
(iv)HgCl2 + PH3
(v)SO3 + H2SO4
44.A translucent white waxy solid A on heating in an inert atmosphere is converted in to its allotropic
form (B). Allotrope A on reaction with very dilute aqueous KOH liberates a highly poisonous gas C having
rotten fish smell. With excess of chlorine A forms D which hydrolysis to compound E. Identify
compounds A to E .
45. What happens when Concentrated H2SO4 is added to/ Give the reactions of H2SO4 with(i) calcium
fluoride (ii) KCl, (iii) Sugar (iv) Cu turnings.(v) Sulphur
ANSWER KEY
The p-block elements
Type : MLL
Q.N.
Answer
Two ionisable hydrogen
Absence of d-orbitals in nitrogen.
H-bonding in H2O
NH3>PH3>AsH3>SbH3>BiH3
Absence of p- p bonding in oxygen.
HNO2
Formation of passive oxide film
No, can act as oxidizing agent only.

147
9
To pair up odd electron.
10
Low bond dissociation enthalpy.
11
H2S2O8
12
It can donate lone pair of electrons very easily.
13
14
Presence of d-orbitals in phosphorous.
15
Absence of d-orbitals ,H-bonding, tendency to form multiple bond.
16
Strained structure.
17
Ore forming nature.
18
Absence of d-orbitals in oxygen.
19
It exists as [PCl4]+[PCl6]- in solid state.
20
Inert pair effect.
21
SF4 (See saw) BrF3 ( T-shape) Draw yourself
22
(a) Ar (Vander waals radius) Cl( Covalent radius) The magnitude of Vr> Cr .
(b) Half-filled configuration shown by nitrogen.
23
(a) Cl2> Br2> F2>I2

(b) HOClO3>HOClO2>HOClO
24
(a) H- bonding in ammonia

(b) Inert pair effect shown by Bi.
25
(a) The enthalpy of atomization of HH is very high as compared to FF .

High enthalpy of dissociation cannot be compensated by energy released
during bond formation .
(b) High electronegativity of nitrogen.
26
27
28
29
(a) In vapour form sulphur behaves like O2.

(b) Phosphorous is unable to form multiple bonds.
(a) (NH4)2Cr2O7
N2 + Cr2O3 + 4 H2O
(b) 2NaN3
2Na + 3N2
(a) 3HgCl2 + 2PH3
Hg3P2 + 6HCl
(b) P4 + 3 NaOH + 3H2O
PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
White Phosphorous: Stained structure, Highly reactive, Insoluble in water
Red Phosphorous : Stable structure, Less reactive, soluble in water
30
Acidic Character : H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te

148
Thermal stability : H2Te < H2Se< H2S< H2O
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
I-Cl bond is more polar than I-I bond .

Low bond dissociation enthalpy of X-Y bond.
Cl2 bleach the colour by oxidation while SO2 by Reduction.
Formation of KI3 complex.
HF reacts with silica frequently.
HCl can oxidise into Cl2.
Due to Inert pair effect BiF5 is not known.
Phosphorous is unable to form multiple bonds.
Low ionisation enthalpy of Xe and high electronegativity of F.
Absence of hydrogen bonding in PH3.
Due to formation of NO2.
Fe on reaction with HCl forms H2 which hinder the formation of FeCl3.
XeF6
3Cl2 + Hot and Conc. 6NaOH
NaClO3 +5 NaCl + 3H2O
2+
NO3 + Fe + 5 H2O
[Fe(H2O)5NO]2+
No,axial bonds are slightly longer than equatorial bonds.
H3PO2has one P-H bond .
4
(a) P4 + 8SOCl2
(b) 4NH3 + CuSO4(aq)
(c) 6XeF4 + 12H2O
(a) M-I <M-Br< M-Cl< M-F
(b) HF<HCl<HBr<HI
(c) I2<F2< Br2<Cl2
4SO2 +4 PCl3+ 2S2Cl2

[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
2XeO3 + 24HF + 4Xe + O2
(a) S + O2
SO2(g)
(b) 2SO2+ O2
2SO3 [In presence of V2O5catalyst]
(c) SO3 + H2SO4
H2S2O7
(d) H2S2O7 + H2O
2 H2SO4
N2 + 3H2
2NH3(g)[ In presence of Fe/Mo]
Low temperature ,High Pressure
X = NH3
4NH3 + CuSO4(aq)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
3NH3 + 3H2O + FeCl3
Fe(OH)3 + 3NH4Cl
Brown ppt
42
4NH3 + 5O2
2NO + O2
3NO2 + H2O
4 NO + 6H2O
2NO2
2HNO3 + NO

149
43
(a) 6XeF4 + 12H2O

(b) XeF6 + PF5
Cl2 + 3F2 (excess)
(d) 3HgCl2 + 2PH3
(e) SO3 + H2SO4

44
2XeO3 + 24HF + 4Xe + O2

[XeF5]+[PF6]2ClF3
Hg3P2 + 6 HCl
H2S2O7
A=White P4
B= Red P4
C= PH3
D=PCl5
E= H3PO4
45
CaF2 + Conc. H2SO4

2KCl+ Conc. H2SO4
C12H22O11 + Conc. H2SO4
Cu + Conc. 2 H2SO4
3S + Conc. 2 H2SO4
CaSO4 + 2HF
2HCl + K2SO4
12 C + 11H2O
CuSO4 + SO2 + 2H2O
3SO2 + 2H2O
Prepared By: Guwahati Region
Chapter: d and f- block elements
Type : MLL
One mark questions
Explain Why ? / How would you account for the following: [1 mark each]
1. Transition metals are less reactive, high melting point and enthalpy of atomization.
2. Transition metals have high enthalpy of hydration.
3. Transition metals show several oxidation states.
4. Transition metals form coloured complexes.
5. Transition metals take part in catalytic reactions.
6. Why does vanadium pentaoxide act as a catalyst?
7. Transition metals are paramagnetic in nature.
8. Transition metals form complexes.
9. Transition metals have irregular E0 values.
10. The E0M2+/M for copper is positive (0.34v) .Copper is the only metal in first series of transition
elements showing this behavior, why?
11. Transition metals form alloys.
12. Transition metals form interstitial compounds.
13.Cu+ is unstable in aqueous solution.
14.Cu2+ is stable in aqueous solution.
15. Zr and Hf exhibit almost same radii and properties.

150
16. The d1 configuration is generally unstable in ions.

17. There is a in general increase in density of element from titanium(Z=22) to copper ( Z=29).
18. The lowest oxides of transition metals is basic, the highest is amphoteric or acidic.
19. Anhydrous CuSO4 is white while hydrated Copper sulphate is blue.
20.Co2+ is easily oxidized to Co3+ in presence of strong ligand.
Two marks questions
21. (a) Why HCl cannot be used in place of sulphuric acid to acidify KMnO4 solution in volumetric analysis ?
(b) Potassium dichromate is a good oxidising agent in acidic medium, why?
22. Write the balanced ionic equations for reacting ions to represent the acidified potassium dichromate
solution with :
(i)
Potassium iodide solution
(ii)
Acidified ferrous sulphate solution.
23. List some applications of d block elements.
24. Describe giving reasons which one of the following pairs has the properties indicated?
(a) Fe or Cu has higher melting point.
(b) Co2+Or Ni2+ has lower magnetic moment.
25. Calculate the magnetic moment of a trivalent ion in aqueous solution whose atomic no. is 25.
26 Define transition elements. Explain why is Zn not considered as transition element while Cu does?
27. What happens when Cu2+ is added to I-?Write the balanced chemical equation .
28 Write the electronic configuration of24 Cr and 26Fe2+ .
29 Compare non transition and transition elements on the basis of their Variability of oxidation states (ii)
stability of oxidation states.
30
(a) Name a transition element which does not exhibit variable oxidation state.
(b) Name three elements of d block which are not regarded as transition element.
Three Marks questions

31. Give chemical reactions for the following observations:
(i) Potassium permanganate is a good oxidising agent in basic medium.
(ii) Inter convertibility of chromate ion and dichromate ion in aqueous solution depends Upon pH of the
solution.
(iii) Potassium permanganate is thermally unstable at 513K.
32. Define lanthanoid Contraction. Ce4+ is a good oxidizing agent whereas Eu2+, Sm2+ is a good reducing
agent, why ?
33.(a)From element to element the actinoid contraction is greater than lanthanoidcontraction,why?
(b) Name the lanthanoid element which forms tetra positive ions in the aqueous solution.
The chemistry of actinoids is not as smooth as lanthanoids, why?
34. Balance the following equations:
(i) MnO4- + S2O32( Basic medium)
2(ii) MnO4 + S2O3 + H2O
(iii) MnO4- + I( in neutral or alkaline medium)

151
35 (a)The enthalpies of atomization of transition metals of 3d series do not follow a regular trend
throughout the series.
(b) The enthalpy of atomization of zinc is lowest.
Zn Cd Hg are soft and have low melting points.
36. Explain:
(a) The E value for Ce4+/Ce3+ is 1.74 Volt.
(b)K2Cr2O7 is used as Primary Standard in volumetric analysis.
The third ionization energy of manganese (z=25) is exceptionally high.
37.Explain:
(a)Although Cu+ has configuration 3 d10 4 s0 (stable) and Cu2+ has configuration 3 d9 (unstable
configuration) still Cu2+ compounds are more stable than Cu+.
(b)
Titanium (IV) is more stable than Ti (III) or Ti (II).
The greatest number of oxidation states are exhibited by the members in the middle of a transition
series.
38 (a) Highest manganese flouride is MnF4 whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7, why?
(b) Copper can notlibrate H2 from dilacids,why?
(c )Which of the 3d- series of transition metals exhibits largest number of oxidation states and why?
39.(a)O.S. of first transition series initially increase up to Mn and then decrease to Zn , why?
(b) Why is Cr2+ reducing and Mn3+ oxidizingwhile both have d4 configuration.
Ti achieves tetrahalides while chromium forms heaxhalide, why?
40.(a)Which form of Cu is paramagnetic and why?
(b) What is the oxidation no. of Cr in Cr2O72-?
41 Complete the following reaction equations:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
MnO2 + KOH (aq) + O2

Fe2+ + MnO4- + H+
MnO4- + C2O4 2- (aq) + H+
Cr2O72- + H2S + H+
Cr2O72- + I- + H +
42. Describe the preparation of potassium dichromate from iron chromite ore. What is the effect of
increasing PH on a solution of potassium dichromate or Explain how the colour of K 2Cr2O7 solution depends
on PH of the solution?
43.(a)Describe the preparation of potassium permanganate.
(b) How does the acidifiedpermanganate solution react with (i) iron(II) ions (ii) SO2 and (iii) oxalic
acid?Write the ionic equations for the reactions.
44.Describe the oxidising action of potassium dichromate and write the ionic
equations for its reaction with:
iodide (ii) iron(II) solution and (iii) H2S
45.When a chrromite ore A is fused with sodium carbonate in free excess of air and the product is
dissolved in water , a yellow solution of compound B is obtained .After treatment of this yellow solution

152
with sulphuric acid compound C can be crystallize from the solution .When compound C is treated with KCl
orange crystals of compound D is crystallizes out. Identify A to D and wtite the reaction from A to B.
Answer Key
Chapter: d and f- block elements
Type : MLL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Strong metallic bonding and d-d overlapping.

Small size
Comparable energies of (n-1)d and ns electrons.
d-d transition.
Can pass from one oxidation state to another very easily.
Can pass from one oxidation state to another very easily.
Unparied electrons
Have vacant d orbitals to accept electrons.
Irregualr trend in IE, sublimation energy and hydration energy.
Sum of enthalpies of sublimation and ionization ( enthalpy of atomization ) > hydration
energy.
Almost same size.
Can accommodate small atoms in void position.
Low hydration enthalpy and property to show disproportionation reaction.
High hydration enthalpy.
Lanthanoid contraction
Hydration energy > Ionization energy.
It is due to increase in mass per unit volume with increase in atomic no.
Lower oxides are ionic while higher oxides are covalent.
No d-d transition in the absence of ligand.
Crystal field stabilisation energy of Co+3 ion is higher than Co2+ ion.
(a) HCl can be oxidized into Cl2.
(b) It evolve nascent oxygen .
(a) Cr2O72- + 6I- + 14 H +
2 Cr3+ + 3I2 + 7H2O
(b) Cr2O72- + 6Fe2+ + 14 H +
6Fe3+ + 2 Cr3+ + 7H2O
Ni , Fe, V2O5 are used as catalyst in various industrial process.
AgBr is used in photography.
Pt compound are used in anticancer drug.
MnO2 is used as OA in dry cells.
Fe
Ni2+
4 unpaired electrons M.M = [4(4+2)]1/2

153
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Transition elements are those whose neutral atom or stable ion has partly filled dorbitals.
Cu2+ has partly filled d-orbitals which are absent in Zn or Zn2+.
2CU2+ + 4ICu2I2 + I2
5
1
Cr= [Ar] 3d 4s
Cu[Ar]3d104s1
Oxidation states of transition elements differ from each other by unity. In non
transitionelements oxidation states normally differ by a unit of two.
(a) Sc
(b) Zn, Cd, Hg
(i)
2MnO4- + 2H2O + 3 e2MnO2 + 4OH(ii) CrO42- ======= Cr2O72( if PH > 4 the CrO42- ion will exist and if PH < 4 then Cr2O72- will exist )
ie. 2 CrO42- + 2H+
Cr2O72- + H2O
Cr2O72- + 2OH2 CrO42- + H2O
(iii) 2 KMnO4
K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2
+ 513 K
(a) Decrease in atomic or ionic radii with increase in atomic number.
(b) For lanthanoids common oxidation state is +3 . to acquire +3 oxidation state Ce 4+
undergoes reduction and hence acts as oxidizing agent ,while Eu 2+ undergoes
oxidation and hence acts as reducing agent.
(a) It is due to poor shielding by 4f and 5f electrons.
(b) Ce ( Ce4+)
Actinoids are radioactive in nature.
i) & (ii) 8MnO4- + 3S2O32- + H2O
8MnO2 + 2 OH- + 6 SO42(iii) 2MnO4- + I+ H2O
2OH- + 2MnO2 + IO3(a) Bec. enthalpy of atomisation depends upon no. of unpaired electrons .
(b) No unpaired electrons .
Absence of d-d overlapping and poor metallic bonding.
(a) Ce4+ is strong oxidant, being Lanthanoid it reverts to Ce3+ as + 3 is most stable.
(b) K2Cr2O7 is not much soluble in cold water. However, it is obtained in pure state and
is not Hygroscopic in nature.
Mn3+,extra stable due to half filled d5 configuration.
(a) It is due to much more negative Hydration enthalpy of Cu2+ (aq) than Cu+
(b) TiIV is more stable due to d0 configuration.
(c) Maximum no. of unpaired electrons are in middle.
(a) The ability of oxygen to form multiple bonds to metals, explain its superiority to
show higher oxidation state with metal.
(b) Positive E value (+ O . 34 Volt) accounts for its inability to liberate H2 from acids.
(c)Mn, Maximum no. of unpaired electrons.

154
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
(a) Number of unpaired electrons increases up to Mn and then decreases up to Zn.

(b) To acquire +3 O.S. Cr2+ has a tendency to lose the electron while Mn3+ has a
tendency to accept an electron .
(c) To acquire d0 configuration.
(a) Cu2+, One unpaired electron.
(b) +6
MnO2 + 2 KOH (aq) + O2
K2MnO4 + H2O
2+
+
2+
5 Fe + MnO4 + 8 H
Mn + 4H2O + 5Fe3+
2MnO4- + 5C2O4 2- (aq) +16 H+
2 Mn2+ + 8H2O + 10 CO2
Cr2O72- + H2S + H+
Do yourself
2+
Cr2O7 + I + H
Do yourself
(a) 4FeCr2O4 + 8Na2CO3 + 7 O2
8Na2CrO4+ 2Fe2O3 + 8CO2
2Na2CrO4 + 2H+
Na2Cr2O7 + 2Na+ + H2O
Na2Cr2O7 + 2 KCl
K2Cr2O7 + 2 NaCl
22(b) CrO4 ======= Cr2O7 )
( if PH > 4 the CrO42- ion (yellow) will exist and if PH < 4 then Cr2O72- ion(orange) will
exist
(a) 2MnO2 + 4KOH (aq) + O2
2K2MnO4 + 2H2O
MnO42- ----electrolysis- MnO45 Fe2+ + MnO4- + 8 H+
Mn2+ + 4H2O + 5Fe3+
5 SO2 + 2MnO4- + 2H2O
2Mn2+ + 4H+ + 5SO422MnO4- + 5C2O4 2- (aq) +16 H+
2 Mn2+ + 8H2O + 10 CO2
(a) Ch3CH2OH-----K2Cr2O7/H+-CH3COOH
(b) (b)Cr2O72- + 6I- + 14H +
2Cr3+ +3I2+ 7 H2O
Cr2O72- + 6 Fe2++ 14 H+
2Cr3+ + 6Fe3+ + 7 H2O
Cr2O72- + 3S2- + 14 H+
2Cr3+ + 3S+ 7 H2O
A= FeCr2O4
B= Na2CrO4
C= Na2Cr2O7
D = K2 Cr2O74
FeCr2O4 + 8Na2CO3 + 7 O2
8Na2CrO4+ 2Fe2O3 + 8CO2

CHAPTER 9
COORDINATION COMPOUNDS

155
1 mark questions
1. Explain coordination entity with example.
Ans: it constitute a central metal atom or ions bonded to a fixed number of molecules or ions (
ligands) .eg. [Co(NH3)3Cl3].
2. What do you understand by coordination compounds?
Ans: coordination compounds are the compounds which contains complex ions. These compounds
contain a central metal atom or cation which is attached with a fixed number of anions or molecules
called ligands through coordinate bonds. eg. [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
3. What is coordination number?
Ans: the coordination number of a metal ion in a complex may be defined as the total number of
ligand donor atoms to which the metal ion is directly bonded. Eg. In the complex ion [Co(NH3)6]3+
has 6 coordination number.
4. Name the different types of isomerisms in coordination compounds.
Ans: structural isomerism and stereoisomerism.
5. Draw the structure of xenon difluoride.
Ans: structure :trigonalbipyramidal
Shape: linear
6. What is spectrochemical series?

Ans: the series in which ligands are arranged in the order of increasing field strength is called
spectrochemical series. The order is :
I-<Br-<SCN-<Cl-<S2-<F-<OH-<C2O42-<H2O<NCS-<EDTA4-<NH3<en<CN-<CO
7. What do you understand by denticity of a ligand?
Ans: the number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of ligand.
Eg.Bidentateligand ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which can link to central metal
atom.
8. Why is CO a stronger ligand than Cl-?
Ans: because CO has bonds.
9. Why are low spin tetrahedral complexes not formed?
Ans : because for tetrahedral complexes, the crystal field stabilisation energy is lower than pairing
energy.
10. Square planar complexes with coordination number 4 exhibit geometrical isomerism whereas
tetrahedral complexes do not. Why?
Ans: tetrahedral complexes do not show geometrical isomerism because the relative positions of the
ligands attached to the central metal atom are same with respect to each other.
11. What are crystal fields?

156
Ans: the ligands has around them negatively charged field because of which they are called crystal
fields.
12. What is meant by chelate effect? Give an example .
Ans: when a didentate or polydentate ligand contains donor atoms positioned in such a way that
when they coordinate with the central metal atom, a 5 or 6 membered ring is formed , the effect is
called chelate effect. Eg. [PtCl2(en)]
13. What do you understand by ambidentate ligand?
Ans: a ligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a coordinate bond at a
time with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate ligand. Eg.nitrito-N and nitrito-O.
14. What is the difference between homoleptic and heteroleptic complexes?
Ans: in homoleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to only one kind of donor groups
whereas in heteroleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to more than one type of donor
atoms.
15. Give one limitation for crystal field theory.
Ans: i) as the ligands are considered as point charges, the anionic ligands should exert greater
splitting effect. However the anionic ligands are found at the low end of the spectrochemical series.
ii) it does not take into account the covalent character of metal ligand bond. ( any one )
16. How many ions are produced from the complex: [Co(NH3)6]Cl2
Ans: 3 ions
17. The oxidation number of cobalt in K[Co(CO)4]
Ans: -1
18. Which compound is used to estimate the hardness of water volumetrically?
Ans: EDTA
19. Magnetic moment of [MnCl4]2- is 5.92B.M explain with reason.
Ans: the magnetic moment of 5.9 B.M. corresponds to the presence of 5 unpaired electrons in the dorbitals of Mn2+ ion. As a result the hybridisation involved is sp3 rather than dsp2. Thus tetrahedral
structure of [MnCl4]2- complex will show 5.92 B.M magnetic moment value.
20. How many donor atoms are present in EDTA ligand?
Ans: 6
2 marks questions
1. Give the electronic configuration of the following complexes on the basis of crystal field splitting
theory.
i)
[CoF6]3ii)
[Fe(CN)6]4Ans: i) Co3+ (d6) t2g4eg2

157
iii)
Fe2+ d6t2g6eg0
2. Explain the following with examples:
i)
Linkage isomerism
ii)
Outer orbital complex
Ans: i) this type of isomerism arises due to the presence of ambidentate ligand in a
coordination compound. Eg. [Co(NH3)5NO2]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)5ONO]Cl2
iii)
When ns, np and nd orbitals are involved in hybridisation , outer orbital complex is
formed. Eg. [CoF6]2- in which cobalt is sp3d2 hybridised.
3. i)Low spin octahedral complexes of nickel are not found . Explain why?
ii)the complexes are known for transition elements only.explain.
Ans: i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and hence d2sp3
hybridisation is not possible.
ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the electron pairs can
be donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene, ethylene etc. thus d-p bonding is
possible.
4. How would you account for the following:
i)
[Ti(H2O)6]3+ is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless.
ii)
[Ni(CO)4] possess tetrahedral geometry whereas [Ni(CN)4]2- is square planar.
Ans: i) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H2O)6]3+ complex d-d transition
takes place by the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex appears coloured. On the other
hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does not possess any unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is not possible
(which is responsible for colour) in this complex is not possible, therefore it is colourless.
ii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for [Ni(CN)4]2- is dsp2
hybridised hence it has square planar geometry.
5. State reasons for each of the following:
i)
All the PCl bonds in PCl5 molecule are not equivalent.
ii)
S has greater tendency for catenation than O.
Ans: i) in P Cl5 the 2 axial bonds are longer than 3 equatorial bonds. This is due to the fact that
the axial bond pairs suffers more repulsion as compared to equatorial bond pairs.
ii) The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element. As SS bond is
much stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S has greater tendency for
catenation than O.
6. Give the stereochemistry and the magnetic behaviour of the following complexes:
i)
[Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
ii)
K2[Ni(CN)4]

158
Ans: i) d2sp3 hybridisation, structure and shape = octahedral

Magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic
ii) dsp2 hybridisation, structure and shape = square planar
magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic
7. Draw the structures of isomers if any and write the names of the following complexes:
i)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+
ii)
[Co(en)3]3+
Ans: i) tetraamminedichloridochromium(III) ion
ii) tris(ethane-1,2-diammine)cobalt(III)ion
i)
The NO bond in NO2- is shorter than the NO bond in NO3ii)
SF6 is kinetically an inert substance.
Ans: i) this is because the NO bone in NO2- is an average of a single bond and a double bond
whereas NO bond in NO3- is an average of 2 single bonds and a double bond.
iii)
In SF6 the S atom is sterically protected by 6 fluorine atoms and does not allow water
molecules to attack the S atom. Further F atoms does not contain d orbitals to accept the
electrons denoted by water molecules. Due to these reasons , SF6 is kinetically an inert
substance.
9. Hydrated copper sulphate is blue in colour whereas anhydrous copper sulphate is colourless.
Why?
Ans: because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu2+ metal ion. This
result in d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this impart blue colour to the crystal.
Whereas when we talk about anhydrous copper sulphate it does not contain any ligand which
could split the d orbital to have CFSE effect.
10. Calculate the magnetic moment of the metal ions present in the following complexes:
i)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
ii)
[Ni(CN)4]2Ans: i)electronicconfig. t2g6eg3, n=1, s= n(n+2) = 1.732 B.M
ii) electronicconfig. t2g6eg2 , n=2, s= n(n+2)=2.828 B.M
3 marks questions
1. (a) What is a ligand? Give an example of a bidentate ligand.

159
(b) explain as to how the 2 complexes of nickel,[Ni(CN)4]2- and Ni(CO)4 have different structures but
donot differ in their magnetic behaviour.( Ni=28)
Ans: (a) the ion , atom or molecule bound to the central atom or ion in the coordination entity is
called ligand. A ligand should have lone pair of electrons in their valence orbital which can be
donated to central metal atom or ion.
Eg.Bidentate ligandethylenediammine
(b)dsp2, square planar, diamagnetic (n=0)

Sp3 hybridisation , tetrahedral geometry, diamagnetic (n=0)
2. Nomenclate the following complexes:
i) [Co(NH3)5(CO3)]Cl
ii)[COCl2(en)2]Cl
iii) Fe4[Fe(CN) 6]
Ans: i) pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(III)chloride
ii) dichloridobis(ethane-1,2-diamine)cobalt(III)chloride
iii)iron(III)hexacyanidoferrate(II)
3. (a)why do compounds with similar geometry have different magnetic moment?
(b)what is the relationship between the observed colour and wavelength of light absorbed by the complex?
Ans: (a) it is due to the presence of weak and strong ligands in complexes, if CFSE is high the complex will
show low value of magnetic moment and if it is low the value of magnetic moment is high. Eg. [CoF6]3- and
[Co(NH3)6]3+ , the former is paramagnetic and the latter is diamagnetic.
(b) higher the CFS lower will be the wavelength of absorbed light. Colour of the complex is obtained from
the wavelength of the leftover light.
4. Explain the following terms giving a suitable example.
(a) ambident ligand
(b) denticity of a ligand
(c) crystal field splitting in an octahedral field

160
Ans (a) Aligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a coordinate bond at a time
with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate ligand. Eg.nitrito-N and nitrito-O.
(b)The number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of ligand. Eg.Bidentateligand
ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which can link to central metal atom.
(c) the splitting of the degenerated d orbital into 3 orbitals of lower energy t2g and 2 orbitals of higher
energy eg due to presence of a ligand in a octahedral crystal field is known as crystal field splitting in an
octahedral complex.
5. (a) Copper sulphate pentahydrate is blue in colour while anhydrous copper sulphate is colourless. Why?
(b) Sulphur has greater tendency for catenation than oxygen.Why?
Ans : (a)because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu2+ metal ion. This result in
d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this impart blue colour to the crystal. Whereas when we
talk about anhydrous copper sulphate it does not contain any ligand which could split the d orbital to have
CFSE effect.
(b)The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element. As SS bond is much
stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S has greater tendency for catenation than O.
6. draw structures of geometrical isomers of the following complexes:
(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-
(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3
7. write the state of hybridisation, the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following complexes:
(i) [Co(en)3]Cl3
(II) K2[Ni(CN)4]
(III)[Fe(CN)6]38. how would you account for the following:
(i) [Ti(H2O)6]3+is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless .
(II) [ Fe(CN)6]3- is weakly paramagnetic while [ Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic.
(III) Ni(CO)4 possess tetrahedral geometry while [Ni (CN)4]2- is square planar.
Ansi) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H2O)6]3+ complex d-d transition takes place by
the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex appears coloured. On the other hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does
not possess any unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is not possible (which is responsible for colour) in
this complex is not possible, therefore it is colourless.

161
(ii) paramagnetism is attributed to the presence o f unpaired electrons. Greater the number of unpaired
electron greater is the paramagnetism. Due to the presence of one electron in the 3d subshell in [ Fe(CN)6]3it is weakly paramagnetic. On the other hand [ Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic because all electrons are paired.
iii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for [Ni(CN)4]2- is dsp2 hybridised
hence it has square planar geometry.
9. Explain the following ::
(i)
low spin octahedral complexes of Ni are not known.
(ii)
The pi complexes are known for the transition elements only.
(iii)
CO is a stronger ligand than NH3 for many metals
Ans. i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and hence d2sp3 hybridisation is
not possible.
ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the electron pairs can be
donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene, ethylene etc. thus d-p bonding is possible.
(iii) because in case of CO back bonding takes place in which the central atom uses its filled d orbitals with
empty anti bonding *molecular orbital of CO.
10. What is meant by stability of a coordination compounds in solutions? State the factors which govern
the stability of complexes.
Ans : the stability of a complex in solution refers to the degree of association between the two
species involved in the state of equilibrium. The magnitude of the equilibrium constant for the
association expresses the stability .
M +4L
ML4
4
K = [ML4]/[M][L]
Factors on which stability of complex depends (i) charge on central metal ion (ii) nature of the metal
ion (iii) basic nature of the ligand (iv) presence of the chelate ring (v) effect of multidentate cyclic
ligand .
5 marks questions
1. Draw the structures of the following molecules:
(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-
(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3(d) [Co(en)3]Cl3(e)[Fe(CN)6]3-
2. What is crystal field theory for octahedral complexes? Also write the limitations of this theory.
Ans :
3. Write the state of hybridisation the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following complex
entities:
(i)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl

162
(ii)
[Co(en)3]Cl3
(iii)
K2[NiCl4]
(iv)
[Fe(H2O)6]2+
(v)
[NiCl4]24. Using valence bond theory explain the following questions in relation to [Co(NH3)6]3+.
(i)
Nomenclature
(ii)
Type of hybridisation
(iii)
Inner or outer orbital complex
(iv)
Magnetic behaviour
(v)
Spin only magnetic moment
5. Compare the following complexes with respect to structural shape of units, magnetic behaviour and
hybrid orbitals involved in units:
[Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(NH3)6]3+,[ Ni(CO)4]

Chapter: 10 (Halo alkanes and Haloarene)
One Mark Questions:
1. Give IUPAC name of the following organic compound:
CH3-CH=C- CH-CH3
CH3 Br
2. Write the structural formulae of 4-Chloropent-2-ene.
Q3.Arrange the following halides in order of increasing SN2 reactivity
CH3Cl,CH3Br,CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl
Q5.What is the order of reactivity of different alkyl halides in nucleophilic substitution reaction?
Q4.An alkyl halide C4H9Cl is optically active. What is its structure?
Q7.Which type of solvents aregenerally used to carry out SN 1 reaction?
Q8.Identify the chiral and achiral molecules in following pair of compounds?
A:CH3CHCH2CH3
B :CH3CH2CH2CH2Br

163
Br
Q9.Give two uses of iodoform (CHI3)?
Q10.Write a chemical reaction in which iodide ion displaces diazonium group from a diazonium salt?
Q11.How you will convert 2-Bromopropane to 1-bromopropane?
Q12.In following pairs of halogen compound which compound undergoes faster SN1 reaction?
A)
Cl
i)
Cl iii)
Cl iv)
ii)
B)
Q13.How you will convert aniline into cholobenzene?

Q14.Name the iodine containing hormone, the deficiency of which causes goiter?
Q15.Name the synthetic halogen compound which is used in treatment of malaria?
Q16.Which isomer of C4H9Br will have lowest boiling point?
Q17.Write the IUPAC name of DDT?
Q18.Why sulphuric acid is not used during reaction of alcohol with KI?
Q19.Out of CH3Br and CH3Cl which will have higher boiling point and why?
Q20.Which one of following has highest dipole moment?
(i)
CH2Cl2 (ii) CHCl3
(iii) CCl4
Two marks questions:

Q1.Define the following terms:
(i)
Ambidient nucleophile (ii) Chirality
Q2.Write short note on sandmeyer reaction?

Q3.Write the structures of main products:
(i).Chlorination of benzene in presence of UV light.
(ii).Propene is treated with HBr in presence of benzoyl peroxide.
Q4.Complete the following reactions:

Cl
164
(i).C6H5N2Cl +KI
(ii) CH2=CH2 +Br2
?
CCl4
Q5.Explain why haloarenes are much less reactive than haloalkanes towards nucleophilic substitution
reaction?
Q6.Write short note on:
(i).Wurtz reaction
(ii).Wurtz-Fittig reaction.
Q7.How you will convert:
(i).Ethyl chloride into ethyl alcohol.
(ii).Ethyl chloride to ethane
Q8.Alkyl halides are insoluble in water though they contain polar C-X bond?
Q9.Give one test to distinguish between:
(i).Chloroform and carbontetrachloride
(ii).Methanol and ethanol.
Q10.Write short note on :
(i).Finkelstein reaction
(ii).Hundsdiecker reaction
Three Marks Questions:

1.Explain why:
(a).Dipole moment of cholorobenzene is lower than cyclohexyl chloride.
(b).Grignard reagent should be prepared under anhydrous conditions?
(c).Chloroform is stored in dark Brown bottles?
Q2.What happens when:

165
(a).Chloroform is heated with silver power.

(b).Ethyl chloride treated with alcoholic KOH
(c).Alcohol reacts with thionyl chloride?
Q3.How you will conert:
(a).Chlorobenzene into toluene
(b).Chlorobenzene to phenol
(c).Ethyl bromide to diethyl ether.
(a).CHCl3 +CH3COCH3
(b).CH3CH2CH2Br +KOH(alc.)
(c).CHCl3 +HNO3
Heat
?
?
Q5.Give the chemical test to distinguish between following pair of compounds:

(i)
Cl and
Cl
(ii) Ethyl chloride and ethyl bromide

(iii) Chlorobenzene and benyl chloride
Q6.Give reasons:
(i).Boiling point of alkyl bromide is higher than alkyl chloride.
(ii).Alkyl halides are better solvents than aryl halides.
(iii).Haloalkanesare used as solvent in industry are choloro compounds rather than bromo compounds.
Q7.Answer the following:
(i).What effect should the following resonance of vinyl chloride has on its dipole moment.
CH2=CH-Cl -CH2CH=Cl+
(ii).Iodoform is obtained by the reactions of acetone with hypoiodite but not with iodide ion.

166
(iii).Vinyl chloride is hydrolysed more slowly than ethyl chloride.

Q8.Write the structure of major organic product in each of following reactions:
(i).CH3-CH2-CH2-Cl +NaI Acetone
(ii).CH3-CH2-CH2OH +SOCl2
(iii).CH3CH2CH=CH2 +HBr Peroxide
Q9.Give uses of following:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
CCl4
DDT
Choloroform
Q10.Distinguish between SN1 and SN2 reactions?
Five Marks Question

1.Identify A,B,C,D,E,R,R in the following:
Br +Mg dry ether

R-Br+Mg dry ether
C D2O
H2O
CH3CHCH3
CH3 CH3
CH3-C-C-CH3 Na/ether R-X
D
Mg
H2O
CH3 CH3
2.What happens when:
(a).n-butyl chloride is treated with alcoholic KOH
(b).Bromonenzene is teated with Mg in presence of dry ether
(c).ethyl chloride is treated with aquous KOH
(d).Ethyl bromide is Na in presence of dry ether.
(e).Methyl chloride is treated with KCN

167
Q3.Primary alkyl halide A C4H9Br reacted with alcoholic KOH give compound B.Compound B is reacted with
HBr to give C which ia an isomer of A.When A was reacted with Na metal it give a compound (D) C8H18 that
was different than the compound when n-butyl bromide reacted with sodium .Give the strural formulae
for A and write the equations for all the reactions?
Q4.Write short note on:
(i).Fittig reaction
(ii).Friedal Craft Alkylation
(iii).Friedal Craft Acylation
(iv).Gatterman reaction
(v).Carbylaaminereation
Q5.Give reasons:
(i).Benzyl chloride undergoes SN1 reactions faster than cyclohexy methyl chloride.
(ii).p-Dichlorobenzene has higher melting point than ortho-dichlorobenzene.
(iii).Out of chlorobenzene and choloromethane ,which is more reactive towards nucleophilic substitution
reaction?
(iv). Thionyl chloride is preffered for preparing alkyl chlorides from alcohols.
(V).Iodide ion is a better nucleophile than bromide ion?
Answer key
One Mark Question:
1.Ans:4-Bromo-3-methylpent-2-ene.
2.Ans:CH3-CH=CH-CH2-CH3
Cl
3.Ans:( CH3)2CHCl<CH3CH2Cl,CH3Cl<CH3Br
4.Ans:
H
CH3- C*-CH2-CH3

168
Cl
5.Ans.RI>RBr>RCl
6.Ans:No
7.Ans: Polar protic solvents.
8.Ans: CH3CHCH2CH3
Br
9.Ans: 1.As antiseptic
10.Ans: C6H5-N+2Cl- +KI
11.Ans:
2.As photosensitizer in emulsion of AgBr to make photographic film.

C6H5I +KCl +N2
Br
CH3-CH-CH3 (Alc.KOH)
CH3-CH=CH2HBr/Peroxide
CH3-CH2-CH2Br
12.Ans:A (i) B (iii)

13.Ans:
N2+Cl- +H20
NH2 +HNO2 +HCl NaNO2 +HCl
CuCl/HCl
Cl +N2
14.Ans.Thyroxine
15.Ans:Chloroquine.
16.Ans:
CH3
CH3-C-Br :tert-Butyl bromide

CH3
17.Ans:2-(1,1-Dicholoro diphenyl)-1,1,1-tricholoroethane.
18.Ans:Because it first converts KI to HI and then oxidises it to I2.

169
19.Ans:CH3Br.More the molecular mass, more the boiling point.

20.Ans:CH2Cl2
Two marks questions:

1.(i)Ans:The nucleophiles having two nucleophiliccentres.For example Cyanide group.
-C
:C=N-
ii).An object which is not superimposable on its mirror image is said to be chiral.The property of being
chiral is known as chirality.
2.Ans:NaNO2 +HCl 273-278K NaCl +HNO2
N2+Cl- +2H2O
-NH2 +HNO2 +HCl 273-278K
C6H5N2+Cl- CuCl/HCl
C6H5Cl+N2
3.Ans: i)
ClCl
+3Cl2U.V.Light
Cl
Cl
Cl
ii).CH3-CH=CH2 +HBr Peroxide

4.Ans : i) C6H5N2Cl +KI
(ii).CH2=CH2 +Br2 CCl4
Cl
CH3-CH2-CH2-Br
C6H5I +KCl +N 2(g)
CH2BrCH2Br
5.Ans:1.Due to resonace C-Cl bond aquires double bond charcter .

ii.Inhaloarenes Carbon bearing halogen is sp2 hybirdised.So C-X bond is shorter and stronger.
6.Ans.(i) RX +2Na +X-R Dry Ether R-R +2NaX

(ii).R-X +2Na + X
7.Ans (i).C2H5Cl +KOH (aq)
Dry ether
+ 2NaX.
C2H5OH +KCl

170
(ii).C2H5Cl +2[H] Zn-Cu/C2H5OH
C2H6 +HCl
8.Ans:Because haloalkanes cannot form hydrogen bond with water molecules and at the same time they
cannot break the hydrogen bonds present in water molecule.
9.Ans: (a). Chloroform when heated with aniline and alc.KOH offensive smeel of isocyanide is produced.
C6H5NH2 +CHCl3 +3KOH (alc.) heat
C6H5NC +3KCl +3H2O
(b).By iodoform test

In case of methanol no yellow ppt.But in case of ethanol yellow ppt are formed.
CH3CH2OH +4NaOI NaOH +I2
CH3OH +NaOI NaOH+I2
CHI3+HCOONa +NaI+H2O
No yellow ppt
10.Ans.
(a). CH3-CH2-Cl +NaI Acetone
(b). RCOOAg +Br2 CCl4,350K
CH3-CH2-I +NaCl
R-Br+AgBr+CO2(g)
Three Marks question:

1.Ans. (a).Electronegativity of carbon is less than Chlorine so slight negative charge develops on chlorine
atom and positive charge on carbon atom.Lower dipole moment of cholobenzene is due to (i) Resonace
(ii).different hybirdisation states of C- atom
(b).Grignard reagent are very reactive.These are readily decomposed by compounds containing acidic
hydrogen as follows
RMgX + H2O
RH +Mg(OH)X
(c).Because it reacts with oxygen in prsesnce of sunlight to form phosgene gas.

CHCl3 + O2 Sunlight
COCl2 +HCl
2Ans.
(a).CHCl3 +6Ag +CHCl3
6AgCl +CHCH
(b).C2H5Cl +KOH (alc)
CH2=CH2 +H2O +KCl
(c).R-OH +SOCl2
R-Cl+HCl+SO2

171
3Ans.How you will conert:

(a).C6H5Cl +2Na+Ch3Cl dry ether
C6H5CH3 +2NaCl
(b).
ONa H2O/H+
Cl NaOH,623K
(c).2C2H5Br+Ag2O(dry)
OH
C2H5-O-C2H5 +2AgBr
Ans4.OH
(a).CHCl3 +CH3COCH3
CH3-C-CH3
CH3
(b).CH3CH2CH2Br +KOH(alc.)
(c).CHCl3 +HNO3
Heat
CH3-CH=CH2 +KBr +H2O

Cl3C-NO2 +H2O
Ans5.Give the chemical test to distinguish between following pair of compounds:

Cl +KOH(ag)+ OH -
I)
KCl+AgNO3
+KCl
AgCl (White ppt)+KNO3
Cl +KOH(ag)
No Reaction
ii) C2H5Cl+KOH(aq)
KCl+AgNO3
C2H5Br+KOH(aq)
KBr+AgNO3
C2H5OH +KCl
AgCl (White ppt)+KNO3 (soluble in NH4OH)
C2H5OH +KBr
AgBr (pale yellow ppt)+KNO3 ( partially soluble in NH4OH)
iii) C6H5CH2Cl +KOH(aq)

KCl+AgNO 3
C6H5Cl+KOH(aq)
C6H5CH2OH +KCl
AgCl (White ppt)+KNO3 (soluble in NH4OH)
No reaction
Ans6.Give reasons:
(i).Beacuse of higher magnitude of Vander Waals forces in alkyl bromide than alkyl halide.
(ii).Due to greater polarity of alkyl halides.

172
(iii).C-Cl bond is more polar than C-Br bond. So a better solvent than alkyl bromide.
Ans7.Answer the following:
i)
CH2=CH-Cl-
CH2CH=Cl+
It will decrease the dipole moment of vinyl chloride relative to ethyl chloride.
(ii).To prepare Iodoform from acetone I+ is required. As I+ can only be supplied IO- not by I-,therefore
hypoiodite is used to convert acetone into iodoform.
(iii).Due to resonace there is double bond character between Carbon and chlorine.
Ans8.
(i).CH3-CH2-CH2-Cl +NaI Acetone
CH3-CH2-CH2-I +NaCl
(ii).CH3-CH2-CH2OH +SOCl2
CH3-CH2-CH2Cl +SO2 +HCl
(iii).CH3CH2CH=CH2 +HBr Peroxide
CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2Br
Ans.9.Give uses of following:

i)
ii)
iii)
CCl4:Used as solvent.
DDT:Used as insecticide
Chloroform:Used as anesthesia in surgery.
Ans10.Distinguish between SN1 and SN2 reactions?
Five Marks Question

Ans 1.
A=
MgBr: B=
: C=RMgBr
R=CH3CHCH3 R=C(CH3)3:
D=C(CH3)3MgX
E=HC(CH3)3
Ans2.What happens when:
(a).CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-Cl +KOH (alc)
(b).C6H5Br +Mg
dry ether
CH3-CH2-CH=CH2 +KCl +H2O
C6H5MgBr

173
(c).C2H5Cl+KOH(aq)
(d).2C2H5Br+2Na
C2H5OH+KCl
dry ether
CH3-CH2-CH2-CH3 +2NaBr
(e).CH3Cl +KCN(alc)
CH3CN +HCl
Ans 3.A) CH3-CH(CH3)-CH2Br
1-Bromo-2-methylpropane.
B) CH3-C(CH3)=CH2
2-Methylprop-1-ene.
C) CH3-C(CH3)(Br)-CH3
2-Bromo-2-methylpropane
D) CH3-CH(CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH(CH3)-CH3 2,5-Dimethylhexane
Equations for reaction:
A alc.KOH
B+HBr
2A+2Na
D +2NaBr
4.Ans.
i).C6H5Cl +2Na +C6H5Cl
C6H5-C6H5 + 2Nacl
(ii).C6H6 +CH3Cl (Anhyd)AlCl3C6H5CH3 +HCl

iii).C6H5Cl +CH3COCl Anhyd AlCl3C6H5 COCH3
iv)
v)
C6H5N2Cl
Cu/HCl
C6H5Cl +N2
CH3CH2NH2 +CHCl3 +KOH(alc.)
CH3CH2NC +3KCl+3H2O
A ns: 5.
(i).Because in case of benzyl chloride the carbocation is formed after the loss of Cl- stabilized by resonance.
(ii).It is due to symmetry of p-Dichlorobenzene which fits in crystal lattice better than orthodichlorobenzene.
(iii).Chloromethane is more reactive being an alkyl halide
(iv). Thebyproducts of the reaction i.e.SO2 and HCl being gases escape into the atmosphere leaving behind
the alkyl chloride in almost pure state.
(V).Because of bigger size and lower electronegativity.
Prepared By Guwahati Region

174
Chapter 11 to 16
ALCOHOLS, PHENOLS AND ETHERS.

Q.1 Give the IUPAC name of the following.
CH3-C (CH3) =CH-CH2OH
Ans:-3-Methyl But-2-en 1-ol
Q.2 Phenols are much more acidic than alcohols. Why
Ans:-Due to electron with drowning nature of ph-group.
Q3 Give the IUPAC name of the following compound:
.
Solution :
2 Bromo-3-methyl-but-2-ene-1-ol.
Q.4 What happen when phenol is treated with excess of bromine(aq).
Ans It gives 2,4,6-tribromo phenol.
Q.5 Write chemical equation Williamson synthesis.
Ans- R-X+R- O- Na --------- R-O-R + NaCl
Q.6 Mention one uses of methanol.
Ans (i) As a denaturant for ethanol
Q.7 The boiling point of ethanol is higher than that methoxy methane.
Ans-Ethanol has inter molecular hydrogen bonding, methoxymehane does not have H-bonding.
Q.8 Name a substance that can be used as an antiseptic as well as a disinfectant.
Ans:
Phenol can be used as an antiseptic as well as a disinfectant. 0.1% Soln of phenol is used as an antiseptic & 1% Soln
of phenol is used as a disinfectant.
Q.9 Write the IUPAC name.
(CH3)3 C-OH
Ans- 2-methyl-2-propanol
Q.10 What is Nucleophiles.
Ans- The species which has high electrons density.
Q.11 Which catalyst are used in Friedel craft reaction?
Ans- Anh.AlCl3.
Q.12 Write a test to distinguish between primary, secondary and alcohols?
Ans Lucas test.
Q13 Write the IUPAC name of CH3OH?
Ans- Methanol.
Q.14 Write the IUPAC name of CH3-O-CH3?
Ans- Methoxy methane.
Q.15.Write the IUPAC name of CH3 CH2-O-CH3?
Ans- Ethoxy methane.
Short answers questions (2marks)

175
Q.1 Phenols are as a smaller dipole moment than methanol.
Ans:- Due to electron with drowning nature of ph-group-O bond is less polar.in case of methanol methyl group is
electron releasing group So C-O bond is more polar.
Q.2 Explain why Phenol do not undergo substitution of OH group like alcohol.
Ans-C-O bond in phenol has some double bond characters due to resonance an hence cannot be easily replaced by
Nu. In contrast the C-O bond in alcohol is pure single bond an hence can be easily released by Nu.
Q.3 Give a test to distinguish between phenol and Benzyl alcohol.
Ans- Phenols give violet colour with ferric chloride while benzyl alcohol does not give this coloure.
Q.4 Give a test to distinguish ethanol and phenol.
Ans- phenol turns blue litmus red,but Ethanol donot have effect on litmus paper.
Q.5Write theWilliamson synthesis reaction
Ans:- R-X +R-ONa----------R-O-R +NaX
3marks questions
Q1. Write the reaction of phenol with Zn.
Ans: ph-OH +Zn-----------------------C6H6 +ZnO
Q2.Write the kolbes reaction?

Ans:Ph-oh +NaOH ------ph-oNa +H2O ---- ( CO2) - O- Hydroxy benzoic acid
Q3.(i) Explain the mechanism of Addition of Grignards reagent to the carbonyl group of a compound forming an
adduct followed by hydrolysis.
(ii) Explain the mechanism of Acid catalysed dehydration of an alcohol forming an alkene.
(iii)Explain the mechanism of Acid catalysed hydration of an alkene forming an alcohol.
Ans:
(i) Grignards reagent is an alkyl magnesium halide. The alkyl group has a partial negative charge, whereas the
magnesium group has a partial positive charge. The alkyl group attacks the carbon of the carbonyl group to form an
addition compound.
Grignards reagent acts as a nucleophilic agent & attacks electrophilic carbon atoms to yield a carbon carbon bond.
The addition to the nucleophile is an irreversible process due to the high pka value of the alkyl group.

176
(ii) When heated with concentrated sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid or boric acid, alcohols undergo dehydration to
form alkenes. The mechanism of this reaction involves the protonation of alcohol, followed by loss of a water
molecule & a proton.
(a)
(b)
(c)
During the dehydration of alcohol, the intermediate carbocation may undergo re-arrangement, resulting in the
formation of a stable carbocation.
(iii) Some reactive alkenes like 2 methyl propene undergo direct hydration in the presence of mineral acids which
act as catalysts. The addition of water to the double bond takes place in accordance with Markonikoffs rule.
Q.4(i) The bp. of ethanol is higher than that of methoxy methane.

(ii) Phenol is more acidic than ethanol.
(iii) O & p nitrophenol are more acidic than phenol.
Ans:-(i) Due to presence of a hydrogen attached to oxygen atom. As a result ethanol exists as associated molecules &
hence it has higher bp. than methoxy methane which does not form hydrogen bond.
(ii) Because the phenoxide ion left after the release proton is stabilized by resonance but ethoxide. Moreover
ethoxide ion is destabilized by +1 effect of ethyl group.
(iii) Due to I-effect or R-effect of NO2 gp. The resulting phenolate ion is more destabilized by +1 effect of ethyl gp.
Q.5How are the following conversions carried out?

177
(i) Benzyl chloride to benzyl alcohol,
(ii) Methyl magnesium bromide to 2-methylpropan-2-ol
Ans:
5marks questions
Q.1 (a) An Organic compound A with molecular formula C8H8O gives positive DNP and iodoform test. It does not
reduces Tollens or Fehling reagent and doesnotdecolourisesBr2/H2O also.On oxidation with chromic acid gives a
carboxylic acid (B) with molecular formula C7H6O2.Determine the structure of A and B.
AnsA = Acetophenone B = Benzoic acid
(b) Complete the following reactions by identifying A ,B and C:
(I)
A +H2(g )------ Pd/BaSO4-------------- (CH3)2 CHCHO
(II)
(CH3)3C-CO-CH3 + NaOI ---------- B + C
Ans- (i) A= (CH3)2 CHCOCl

B= (CH3)3C-CO-Na + C = CHI3 Iodoform
Q.2 An Organic compound A with molecular formula C3H6 on treatment with aq.H2SO4 gives B which on
treatment with HCI/Zncl2 gives C. Thecompound C on treatment with ethanolic KOH gives back the compound
A .Identify the compound A, B and C .
Ans: A=Propene, B=Propan-2-ol ,C=2-Chloropropane.
Aq.H2SO4
HCI/Zncl2
ethanolickoH
CH3-CH=CH2---------CH3-CH-CH3------------------CH3-CH-CH2------------------ CH3-CH=CH2
Hydration propan-2-ol
Hydration

propene
178
Prepared by: Kolkatta Region

ALDEHYDES,KETONES AND CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
SECTION-A (Onemark Questions)
1. Name one distinguishing test between aldehydes and ketones?
Ans. Aldehydes and ketones can be distinguished by Tollens test. Aldehydes give a silver mirror on reacting with
Tollens reagent whereas ketones will not react.
2. Give reason why Formaldehyde does not undergo aldol condensation?
Ans. Formaldehyde does not have any -hydrogen and therefore it cannot show aldol condensation.
3. Carboxylic acids have higher boiling points than alcohols of same no. of carbon atoms?
Ans. Carboxylic acids have more extensive association of molecules through intermolecular hydrogen bonding than
alcohols.
4. Write IUPAC name .of CH3COCH2COCH3.
Ans.Pentane-2,4-dione.
5.What product is obtained when Ethylbenzene is oxidized with alkaline KMnO4?
Ans. Benzoic acid is formed.
6Give chemical test to distinguish between acetaldehyde and benzaldehyde.
Ans.Acetaldehyde will respond to Iodoform test where asbenzaldehyde does not.
7.Write one chemical to distinguish between Formic acid and Acetic acid .
Ans.Formic acid gives silver mirror when treated with Tollen,s reagent where as acetic acid does not.
8.Give two important uses of formalin.
Ans.Used as a preservative.
Used for the preparation of Bakelite.
9.How is formalin and trioxane related to methanal?
Ans.Formalin is 40%aqeous solution of methanalwhere astrioxane is trimer of methanal.

179
10.Complete the following reactionand give the name of the major product.
HCHO+ CH3MgX ----------------------------- ?
Ans. HCHO +CH3MgX ---------CH3CH2OH + Mg(OH)X
CH3CH2OH- Ethanol
11. Draw the structural formula of Hex-2-en4-yn-oic acid.
Ans. CH3-C C-CH=CHCOOH
12. Arrange the following in the increasing order of acidic character.
HCOOH, ClCH2COOH,CF3COOH,Cl3CCOOH
Ans. CF3COOH>CCl3COOH>ClCH2COOH>HCOOH
13. Complete the reaction:RCONH2+4NaOH+Br2 --------
Ans.RCONH2+4NaOH+Br2------- RNH2+ 2NaBr+ Na2CO3+2H2O.
14. Give one chemical test to distinguish between Phenol and benzoic acid.
Ans. On treatment with neutral FeCl3 solution Phenol gives a violet color whereas Benzoic acid does not.
15. Most of the aromatic acids are solids while acetic acids and others of this series are liquids. Why?
Ans. Aromatic acids have higher molecular weights. Therefore more Vanderwaals force of attraction as compared to
aliphatic acids and hence they are solids .
SECTION B (2 Mark Questions.)

1. Would you expect benzaldehyde to be more or less reactive in nucleophilic addition reaction than
Propanal? Explain your answer.
Ans. The carbon atom of the carbonyl group of benzaldehyde is less electrophilic than carbon atom of the
carbonyl group present in propanal. The polarity of the carbonyl group is reduced in benzaldehyde due to
resonance and hence is less reactive.
2. Describe the Transesterification reaction giving an example.
Ans. When an ester reacts with alcohol to form another ester and another alcohol, the process is called transesterification.
CH3COOC2H5 +CH3OH ---------- CH3COOC2H5 + C2H5OH

180
3.Explain Hell- Volhard Zelinsky reaction with an example.
Ans. Carboxylic acids having an a hydrogen atom are halogenated at the position on treatment with chlorine
or bromine in the presence of small amount of red phosphorous to give - halocarboxylic acids
(i)X2/P(Red)
RCH2COOH --------------RCH(X)COOH.
(ii) H2O/H+
4.Give simple chemical tests to distinguish between :(i)
(ii)
Pentan-2-one and Pentane-3-one

Ethanal and propanal
Ans. (i) Pentan-2-one gives Iodoform test on treatment with I2/NaOHwhere as Pentane -3-one does not.
(ii)Ethanal gives Iodoform test whereas Propanal does not.
5.AlthoughPhenoxide ion has more number of resonating structures than Carboxylate ion, Carboxylic acids are more
acidic than Phenol .Why?
Ans. In carboxylate ion (-)ve charge is delocalised over two oxygen atoms whereas in phenoxide ion (-)ve charge is
delocalised over one oxygen atom .Therefore carboxylate ion is more stable than phenoxide ion .That is why
Carboxylic acics are more acidic than Phenol.
6. Why is there a large difference in the boiling points of butanal and butan-1-ol?
Ans:-Butan-1-ol has higher boiling point due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding
7.Name the electrophile produced in the reaction of benzene with benzoyl chloridein the presence of anhydrous
AlCl3. Name the reaction also.
Ans:
benzoyliumcation or
. Friedel Crafts acylation reaction.
8. Arrange the following in decreasing order of their acidic strength and give reason for your answer.
CH3CH2OH, CH3COOH, ClCH2COOH, FCH2COOH, C6H5CH2COOH
Ans: FCH2COOH > ClCH2COOH > C6H5CH2COOH > CH3COOH >CH3CH2OH
Due to +ve and Ve inductive effects
9. Write the names associated with the following reactions:(i)

181
(ii)
Ans:- (i) Rosenmund Reduction

(ii)Stephens Reaction
10.
Ans:
SECTION- C (THREE MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. What happens when :- (i) an aqueous solution of Sodium acetate is electrolysed
(ii) Calcium acetate is dry distilled
(iii)
Sodium benzoate is heated with Sodalime
Ans. (i) 2CH3COONa +2H2O --------- C2H6 +2CO2+2NaOH+H2.
(ii)CH3COO)2Ca ----------------CH3COCH3+CaCO3
(iii)C6H5COONa +NaOH(CaO) ---------C6H6 +Na2CO3
2. Write IUPAC names of the following Compounds:(i)CH3CO(CH2)4CH3 (ii) Ph-CH=CH-CHO (iii)OHC
Ans. (i) Heptane -2-one (ii) 3-Phenylprop-2-en-1-al.(iii) Cyclopentanecarbaldehyde.
3.Complete the following equations:(i) CH3CONH2P2O5-/heat-(ii) 2CH3CHO
dil .NaOH
(iii)C6H5COOH HNO3/H2SO4-Ans. (i)CH3CONH2P2O5-/heat-(ii) 2CH3CHO
dil .NaOH
?
CH3CN + H2O
CH3CH(OH)CH2CHO

182
(iii)C6H5COOH HNO3/H2SO4m-O2N-C6H4-COOH
4.Explain the following:(i)Gatterman-Koch reaction
(ii) Clemensen reduction
(iii)Wolf-Kishner Reduction
Ans(i) When benzene or its derivative is treated with carbon monoxide and hydrogen chloride in the presence of
anhydrous aluminiumchloride or cuprous chloride, it gives benzaldehyde or substituted benzaldehyde.This reaction
is known as Gatterman-Kochreaction.
(ii)The carbonyl group of aldehydes and ketones is reduced to CH2 group on treatment with zincamalgam and
concentrated hydrochloric acid called Clemensen Reduction.
(ii)The carbonyl group of aldehydes and ketones is reduced to CH2 group on treatment with hydrazine followed by
heating with sodium or potassium hydroxide in high boiling solvent such as ethyleneglycolcalled Wolff-Kishner
reduction
5. Predict the products of the following reactions

183
Ans:
(6).An alkene A (Mol. formula C5H10) on ozonolysis gives a mixture of two compounds B and C. Compound B
gives positive Fehlings test and also forms iodoform on treatment with I2 and NaOH. Compound C does not give
Fehlings test but forms iodoform. Identify the compounds A, B and C. Write the reaction for ozonolysis and
formation of iodoform from B and C
Ans:
SECTION- D (FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS)

184
1.An organic compound (A) with molecular formula C8H8O forms an orange-red precipitate with 2,4-DNP reagent and
gives yellow precipitate on heating with iodine in the presence of sodium hydroxide. It neither reduces Tollens or
Fehlings reagent, nor does it decolourise bromine water or Baeyers reagent. On drastic oxidation with chromic acid,
it gives a carboxylic acid (B) having molecular formula C7H6O2. Identify the compounds (A) and (B) and explain the
reactions involved.
Ans:-(A) forms 2,4-DNP derivative. Therefore, it is an aldehyde or a ketone. Since it does not reduce Tollens or
Fehling reagent, (A) must be a ketone. (A) responds to iodoform test. Therefore, it should be a methyl ketone. The
molecular formula of (A) indicates high degree of unsaturation, yet it does not decolourise bromine water or
Baeyers reagent. This indicates
the presence of unsaturation due to an aromatic ring. Compound (B), being an oxidation product of a ketone should
be a carboxylic acid. The molecular formula of (B) indicates that it should be benzoic acid and compound (A) should,
therefore, be a monosubstituted aromatic methyl ketone. The molecular formula of (A) indicates that it should be
phenyl methyl ketone (acetophenone).
Reactions are as follows:
Write chemical reactions to affect the following transformations:

(i) Butan-1-ol to butanoic acid
(ii) Benzyl alcohol to phenylethanoic acid
(iii) 3-Nitrobromobenzene to 3-nitrobenzoic acid
(iv) 4-Methylacetophenone to benzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid
(v) Cyclohexene to hexane-1,6-dioic acid
Ans:-

185
3. An organic compound contains 69.77% carbon, 11.63% hydrogen and rest oxygen. The molecular mass of the
compound is 86. It does not reduce Tollens reagent but forms an addition compound with sodium hydrogensulphite
and give positive iodoform test. On vigorous oxidation it gives ethanoic and propanoic acid. Write the possible
structure of the compound.

186
Element
At. Wt.
C
H
O
69.77
11.63
18.60
12
1
16
Relative
atoms
5.81
11.63
1.16
no.
of Divide by least
5.81/1.16=5
11.63/1.16=10
1.16/1.16=1
Empirical formula is C5H10O

Empirical formula mass = 86
N=86/86=1
Molecular formula is C5H10O
Since hydrogen atoms are double than carbon atoms, therefore, it is likely to be aldehyde or ketone. It does not
reduce Tollens reagent so it is a ketone.It reacts with NaHSO3 and gives Iodoform test .Therefore it is
Methylketone.On vigorous oxidation it gives ethanoic acid and propanoicacid .
The compound is Pentane-2-one.CH3COCH2CH2CH3
4.An organic compound (A) molecular formula C8H16O2 was hydrolysed with dil. H2SO4 to give a carboxylic
acid (B) and alcohol (C) . Oxidation of (C) with chromic acid produced (B).(C) on dehydration gives but-1-ene.
Write equations for the reactions involved.
Ans. CH3CH2CH2COOCH2CH2CH2CH3+ H2O Dil H2SO4
(A)
CH3CH2CH2CH2OH CrO3-
CH3CH2CH2COOH+ CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
(B)
(C)
CH3CH2CH2COOH
(C)
CH3CH2CH2CH2OHConc H2SO4
CH3CH2CH=CH2
(C)
5.What is meant by the following terms:(a) Cyanohydrin (b) Semicarbazone (c)Hemiacetal (d)Ketal (d)2,4 DNP derivative
Ans: (a).(a) When CN and OH groups are attached to the same carbon atom it is called cyanohydrin.e.g.
CH3CH(OH)(CN).

187
(b) When aldehyde or ketone react with semicarbazide the product formed is semicarbazone. E.g. H3C-CH=NNHCONH2
(c) When aldehyde reacts with one mole of alcohol in presence HCl gas Hemiacetal is formed. E.g. H 3C-CH(OH)OCH3
(d) When ketones react with two moles of alcohol /; Ethylene glycol in presence of HCl gas Ketal is formed.e.g.
(e)When
aldehyde or ketone reacts with 2,4-DNP orange precipitate is formed.e.g.

188

AMINES
Q.1Give the IUPAC name of H2N CH2 CH2 CH = CH2.

Soln: 4-amino-but-1-ene
Q.2 Write structure of methyl amine?
Ans- CH3-NH2
Q.3 Write the structure of methyl isocyanides?
Ans-CH3NC
Q.4 Name the tests for Primary amine.
Ans- Carbylamines test
Q.5 Primary amines have higher b.p than tertiary amines.
Ans- Due to inter molecular hydrogen bonding.
Q.6 Why is alkyl amine more basic than ammonia?
Ans Due to +I effect of alkyl group.
Q.7 why do amine react as nucleophile.
Ans-due to lone pair of electron on nitrogen.
Q.8 Why are aqueous solution of amine basic in nature?
Ans- Because of high electron density on nitrogen it gains H+ from water.

Q.9 Name one test to distinguish between ethyl cynide and ethyl isocynide.
Ans- ethyl cynide on hydrolysis with acids form propionic acid, whereas ethyl isocynide with dilute HCl
forms ethylamine and formic acid.
Q10.Identify A and B
NaNO2/HCL
CuBr
C6H5NH2----------------------A------------------------B

189
Q11.Name the reaction in which amide directly converted into amines.

Ans:Hofmannsbromamide reaction.
Q12.Complete the following:
RNH2 + CHCI3+ 3KOH------------------ ?
Q13. .Complete the following:
RCONH2 + Br2 + 4 NaOH------------------ ?
Q14.Write the formula of hinsbergs reagent.
Ans:Benzoyl chloride.
Q15.What is meant by diazotization?
Ans:Conversion of primary aromatic amines into diazonium salts.
2marks questions
Q.1 In an increasing order of basic strength:
C6H5NH2,C6H5 N (CH3)2, (C2H5)2 NH & CH3NH2
Ans:
Basic strength:
Aliphatic amines are stronger bases than aromatic amines due to the presence of lone pair of e- on nitrogen atom. In
case of aromatic amines the lone pair gets delocalised by resonance. Diethyl amine has greater + I effect. Hence, edensity over the nitrogen atom is more in this case. Similarly N, N dimethyl aniline has greater + I effect than
aniline.
Q.2 In a decreasing order of basic strength:
Aniline, p-nitroaniline& p-toluidine
Ans-

190
Methyl (CH3) is an e- donating group. It increases the e- density on the ring. Therefore, the lone pair of nitrogen is
available for donation. Hence, it is most basic. On the other h& nitro (NO2) is an e- withdrawing group. It decreases
the e- density of the ring. Therefore, the lone pair is more delocalized in this case & is less available for donation.
Thus, it will be least basic among the three.
Q.3 In an increasing order of pKb values:
C2H5NH2, C6H5 NHCH3, (C2H5)2 NH & C6H5NH2
Ans-
Stronger the base is lesser is the pKb value. (C2H5)2NH is the strongest base due to two e- releasing group followed by
C2H5NH2 which has only one e- releasing group. C6H5NHCH3 is the next stronger base because of the presence of one
e- releasing alkyl group & e- delocalising phenyl group. C6H5NH2 is the least basic wherein the e- get delocalised by
resonance.
Q.4.Write a chemical reaction in which the iodide ion replaces the diazonium group in a diazonium salt.
Ans-:
Q.5Why is an alkylamine more basic than ammonia?

Ans:
An alkylamine is more basic than ammonia because of inductive effect (+I effect). Alkyl group or R has an e-releasing effect, which increases e- density over nitrogen atom. This increases its basicity.
3marks questions
Q.1Describe the Hofmanns bromamidereaction
Ans:

191
Hofmanns bromamidereaction: It involves the reaction of bromine with an acid amide in the presence of an alkali. It
results in the formation of a primary amine with one carbon less than the parent compound. Here, the alkyl group
migrates from carbonyl, with the elimination of CO2. For example:
Q.2Describe the Gattermanreaction

Ans- Gattermanreaction: This is a modification of S&meyer reaction in which benzenediazonium chloride is treated
with copper powder & halogen acid to form aryl halides.
Q.3Describe the couplingreaction

Ans
Coupling reaction: It is the reaction of diazonium salts with phenols & aromatic amines to form azo compounds of
the general formula Ar N = N Ar. The coupling of phenol takes place in a mildly alkaline medium.
Q.4pKb for aniline is more than that for methylamine.

Ans:
In aniline, the lone pair of e- on the N atom is delocalised over the benzene ring. As a result, the e- density on the
nitrogen atom decreases. In contrast, in CH3NH2, the +I effect of CH3increases the e- density on the N atom.
Therefore, aniline is a weaker base than methylamine. Hence, its pKb value is higher than that of methylamine.
Q.5 Methylamine Soln in water reacts with ferric chloride Soln to give a precipitate of ferric hydroxide.
Ans- Being more basic than water, methylamine accepts a proton from water-liberating OH ions.
These OH ions combine with Fe3+ ions present in H2O to form a brown precipitate of hydrated ferric oxide.

192
5marks questions
Q1.An aromatic compound A on treatment with aqueous ammonia and heating forms compound B which on
heatiog with Br2 and KOH forms a compound C of molecular formula C6H7N. Write the structures and IUPAC
names of compounds A, B andC.
Ans:-((A) Benzoic acid (B) Benzamide (c) Aniline

(i)C6H5NH2 +CHCI3 +alc.KOH---------
(II)C6H5N2Cl +H3PO2 +H2O----------------
(III)C6H5NH2 +H2SO4(CONC)---------------
(IV)C6H5N2Cl +C2H5OH------------------------
(V)C6H5NO2 + Fe/HCI----------------------------
Ans:-
(i)C6H5NH2 +CHCI3 +alc.KOH-------------C6H5NC +3KCl +3H2O

(II)C6H5N2Cl +H3PO2 +H2O----------------C6H6 +H3PO3 +N2 +HCl
(III)C6H5NH2 +H2SO4(CONC)-----------------------NH2-Ph-SO3H +H20
(IV)C6H5N2Cl +C2H5OH------------------------------C6H6 +N2+CH3CHO +HCI
(V)C6H5NO2 + Fe/HCI-------------------------------C6H5NH2

Chapter 14. Biomolecules
Section A (One Mark Question)

193
1.Name the sugar present in milk.
A: Lactose,
2.How many monosaccharide units are present in it?
A: two monosaccharide units are present.
3. What are such oligosaccharides called?
A: Such oligosaccharides are called disaccharides
4. How do you explain the presence of all the six carbon atoms in glucose in a
straight chain?
A: On prolonged heating with HI, glucose gives n-hexane.
4. Name the linkage connecting monosaccharide units in polysaccharides.
A: Glycosidic linkage.
5. Under what conditions glucose is converted to gluconic and saccharic acid?
A: Glucose is converted to gluconic acid by bromine water and to saccharic acid by conc. HNO3.
6. Which sugar is called invert sugar?
A: Sucrose.
7. During curdling of milk, what happens to sugar present in it?
A: It converts into Lactic acid.
8. . Monosaccharide contain carbonyl group hence are classified, as aldose or ketose. The number of carbon
atoms present in the monosaccharide moleculeare also considered for classification. In which class of
monosaccharide willyou place fructose?
A:Fructose is a ketohexose.
9. The letters D or L before the name of a stereoisomer of a compound indicate the correlation of
configuration of that particular stereoisomer. This refers to their relation with one of the isomers of
glyceraldehyde. Predict whether the following compound has D or L configuration.
A: L configuration
10. What are constituents of Starch?
A: Amylose and Amylopectin
11. What D N A & R N A Stand for?
A: Deoxyribonuclic acid and Ribonuclic acid.
12. What are Zwitter ions?
A: A Zwitter ion is a dipolar ion formed by neutralisation of acidic and basic centers present within the
molecule .
13. .What is non reducing sugar? Give example.

194
A: The groups like CHO, - C= O, which are not freely available in the molecule do not answer tollens or
fehlings test are called non reducing sugar. E.g. maltose and lactose
14. Define mutarotation? Give example.
A: The anomers of glucose i. e. alpha and beta are having specific rotation of + 111 0Cand +
19.20Crespectively. The mixtures of these two have a rotation of +52.40 C. this is called a mutarotation.
15. Amino acids are amphoteric in behavior? Explain.
A: they form zwitterion(dipolar ion) and behave as neutral molecule at pH 7(isoelectric point).
SECTION B (2 Mark Questions.)
1.Define native state and denaturation of protein.

What happens when:
a. Protein is cooled to zero degree C?
b. Protein is heated to 800 C
A: protein in the native state has definite configuration and biological activity. The higher structure of
protein is affected without disturbing the primary structure is called denaturation.
a. no change
b.the coagulation of the protein takes place.
2. Which forces are responsible for stability of alpha Helix of protein? Why it is called 3.613 helix?
A: Hbonding. It has 3.6 amino acids in one single turn,and a 13 member ring is formed by H bonding.
3. What are essential amino acids? Give example and what happens when it is polymerized?
A: amino acids required by the body and cannot be synthesized in our body are called essential amino acids. e.g.
Lysine. When it is polymerized polypeptide chains are formed.
4. Glucose and sucrose are soluble in water but Cyclohexane and benzene are not soluble. Why?
A : Glucose and sucrose form H bonding with water
5.(i) Write the sequence of base on mRNA molecule synthesized on the following strand of DNA:
A: AUAGAUGGACCU
(ii)Name a powerful antioxidant which is a water soluble vitamin.
A: Vitamin C
TATCTACCTGGA
SECTION- C (THREE MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. (i)Protein found in a biological system with a unique three-dimensional structureand biological activity is
called a native protein. When a protein in its native form,is subjected to a physical change like change in
temperature or a chemical changelike, change in pH, denaturation of protein takes place. Explain the cause.
(ii) Structures of glycine and alanine are given below. Show the peptide linkage in glycylalanine.

195
Ans: A(i) Due to

physical or chemical change, hydrogen bonds in proteins are disturbed, globules unfold and helix gets uncoiled
therefore protein loses its biological activity. This is called denaturation of proteins.
(ii)
2.
(i) What are the expected products of hydrolysis of lactose?
(ii) How do you explain the absence of aldehyde group in the
pentaacetate of D-glucose?
A(i)It is composed of -D-galactose and -D-glucose. The linkage is between C1 of galactose and C4 of glucose.
(ii) The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine indicating the absence of free CHO group.
3. (i) What products would be formed when a nucleotide from DNA containing thymine is hydrolysed?
(ii)How will you distinguish 1 and 2 hydroxyl groups present in glucose?
A(i)Complete hydrolysis of DNA yields a pentose sugar, phosphoric
acid and thymine
(ii)On oxidation with nitric acid, glucose as well as gluconic acid both yield a dicarboxylic acid, saccharic acid. This
indicates the presence of a primary alcoholic (OH) group in glucose.
4. Write the reactions of D-glucose which cant be explained by its open-chain structure. How can cyclic
structure of glucose explain these reactions?
Ans: The following reactions and facts could not be explained by this structure.
1. Despite having the aldehyde group, glucose does not give Schiffs test and it does not form the
hydrogensulphite addition product with NaHSO3.
2. The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine indicating the absence of free CHO
group.
3. Glucose is found to exist in two different crystalline forms which are named as and . The -form of
glucose (m.p. 419 K) is obtained by crystallisation from concentrated solution of glucose at 303 K while the
-form (m.p. 423 K) is obtained by crystallisation from hot and saturated aqueous solution at 371 K.
5. Write the evidences for the following on the basis open chain structure of Glucose.(I) all the six carbon atoms are
linked in a straight chain.
(ii)the presence of a carbonyl group (>C = O) in glucose.
(iii)five OH groups are attached to different carbon atoms.
Ans: (i)

196
(ii)
(iii)
6.Explain the terms primary structure of proteins.

Ans:- Primary structure of proteins: Proteins may have one or more polypeptide chains. Each polypeptide in a protein
has amino acids linked with each other in a
specific sequence and it is this sequence of amino acids that is said to be the primary structure of that protein. Any
change in this primary structure i.e., the sequence of amino acids creates a different protein.
7. Explain the terms secondary structure of proteins. What is the
difference between -helix and -pleated sheet structure of proteins?
Ans: Secondary structure of proteins: The secondarystructure of protein refers to the shape in which a long
polypeptide chain can exist. They are found to exist in
two different types of structures viz. -helix and -pleated sheet structure. These structures arise due to the regular
folding of the backbone of the polypeptide
chain due to hydrogen bonding between-CO- and NH groups of the peptide bond. -Helix is one of the most
common ways in which a polypeptide chain forms all possible hydrogen bonds by twisting into a right handed screw
(helix) with the NH group of each amino acid residue hydrogen bonded to the C O of an adjacent turn of the helix.
In -structure all peptide chains are stretched out to nearly maximum extension and then laid side by side which are
held together by intermolecular hydrogen
bonds. The structure resembles the pleated folds of drapery and therefore is known as -pleated sheet.
8. Explain tertiary structure of Protein.
Ans: Tertiary structure of proteins: The tertiary structure of proteins represents overall folding of the polypeptide
chains i.e., further folding of the secondary structure. It gives rise to two major molecular shapes viz. fibrous and
globular. The main forces which stabilise the 2 and 3 structures of proteins are hydrogen bonds, disulphide
linkages, van der Waals and electrostatic forces of attraction.
9. What are structural difference between Cellulose and Starch ?

197
Ans:-Starch is a polymer of -glucose and consists of two components Amylose and Amylopectin. Amylose is
water soluble component which constitutes about 15-20% of starch. Chemically amylose is a long unbranched chain
with 200-1000 -D-(+)-glucose units held by C1 C4 glycosidic linkage.
Cellulose is a straight chain polysaccharide composed only of -D-glucose units which are joined by glycosidic
linkage between C1 of one glucose unit and C4 of the next glucose unit.
CHAPTER-15(Polymer)
(one mark questions Q1 to Q20)
Q1.Give the name and structure of reagent usedfor initiating a free radicalchainreaction .
Ans: Name- benzoylperoxide ,C6H5-CO-O-O-CO-H5C6
Q2.Classify them as addition and condensation polymers:Nylon-66,Buna-s,polythene,terylene

198
Ans:Additionpolymer:Polythene and Buna-s,Condensationpolymer:Nylon-66,terylene
Q3.Give name and structure of monomer present in natural rubber.
Ans:Name:Isoprene(2-Methyl1,3-Butadiene),Structure:CH2=C(CH3)CH=CH2
Q4.What is biodegradeablepolymers?Give one example
Ans:PHBV
Q5.What is polymers?
Ans:Polymers are high molecularmass substances consisting of large no of repeating structural units.
Q6.How are the polymer classified on the basis of structure:
Ans:a) Linear Polymer b)Branched chain polymers c)Cross linked polymers
Q7Writes the names of monomer of the following (-CO-(CH2)5-NH-)n
Ans:Caprolactum
Q8.Arrange the following polymers in increasing order of their intermolecular forces: Nylon6,Neoprene,polyvinyl
chloride.
Ans:Neoprene<Polyvinyl chloride<Nylon-6
Q9.Is (-NH-CHR-Co-)n is a homopolymer or copolymer?
Ans: Homopolymer
Q10.What is vulcanized rubber?
Ans:process of heating a mixture of natural rubber with sulphur is called vulcanized rubber.
Q11.Write the monomer of Bakelite.
Ans: Phenol and formaldehyde
Q12.Menton two uses of Bakelite.
Ans: It is used for making combs,electrical switches and handle of various utensils
Q13Explain the term copolymer and give two examples.
Ans:Polymer which are made up of two different monomer unit are called copolymers: eg.Buna-N,Buna-S
(CH-15)
Q14.Mention one use of melamine?
Ans: It is used in the manufacture of unbreakable crockery.

199
Q15.How can natural rubber be made more tough?
Ans: By the process of vulcanization with sulphur.
Q16.What is natural rubber?
Ans: It is a cis 1,4-polyisoprene.
Q17.How do you explain functionality of monomer?
AnS:No of bonding sites in monomers.
Q18.What are natural polymers?
Ans:Those polymers which are obtained mostly from plants and animals are called natural polymers eg Natural
rubber,cellulose
Q19.What is synthetic polymers?
Ans:Those polymer which are obtained from chemical compound are called synthetic polymer
Q20.What is monomer of Nylon-2-Nylon-6?
Ans: Glycine,6-Aminocaproic acid.
(Two marks questions on polymer)
Q1.Explain the difference between Buna-N and Buna-s.
Ans:Buna-Nis a polymer of 1,3-Butadiene and andacrylonitrile and buna-s is a polymer of 1,3-Butadiene and styrene.
Q2.Distinguish between homopolymer and copolymer?
(For two marks,polymer)
Q2.Ans:Homopolymer is made up of only one type of monomer unit eg. PVC. Where as co-polymer is made up of
two different monomer units eg Buna-s.
Q3.What are polyamides and polyesters?Give one example of each.
Ans:Polymers having amide linkage in the chain are called polyamides eg Nylon-6.Polymers having ester linkage in
the chain are called polyesters eg. Terylene.
Q4Dicuss the main purpose of vulcanization.
Ans:Natural rubberbecome soft at high temperature,Brittle at low temperature.And show higher water absorption
capacity. It is nonresistant to attack by oxidizing agent .In order to improve these properties a process of
vulcanization is carried out.
Q5.In which classes, the polymers are classified on the basis of molecular forces?

200
Ans: Elastomer, fibre ,thermoplastics and thermosetting polymers.
Q6. Write names of monomers of the following polymers.
a)(-CF2-CF2-)n b)(CH2-CH(cl)-)n.
Ans:a)Tetrafluoroethene b)Vinyl chloride .
Q7.what are monomeric repeating units of nylon-6 and nylon-6,6 ?
Ans ;Caprolactam , Hexamethylenediamine and Adipic acid
Q.8 Arrange the following polymers in increasing order of their intermolecular forces.
a) nylon-6 ,6 ,Buna-S , Polythene
b) Neoprene, Nylon-6, PVC
Ans.a) BUNA-S< Polythene <Nylon-6,6
b)Neoprene < PVC < nylon-6
Q9.Classify the following as Addition and condensation polymers: Bakelite,melamine,PVC,Buna-S,Buna-N,Nylon-6,6
Ans:Additionpolymers:Buna-N,Buna-S,PVC
Condensation polymer:Nylon-6,6,Bakelite melamine,
Q10.How is novolac converted into bakelite?
Ans: Novolac on heating with formaldehyde undergoes crosslinking to form an infusible solid mass called Bakelite.
Q11.Differentiate between Addition and condensation polymers.
Ans:Addition polymer:1)It takes place in unsaturated monomers.
2)Loss of small molecule like water and ammonia does not take place.
(Two marks questions,Polymer)
Condensation polymer: 1)It takes place in monomers having multi functional groups .2)Loss of small molecules like
water and ammonia takes place.
Q12.Differentiate between thermoplastic and thermosetting polymer.
Ans:.
Those polymers which are remoulded into our desire shape on heating and cooling are called
thermoplastic.eg.PVC,Teflon

201
Those polymers which are not re mouded into our desire shape on heating and cooling are called
thermoplastic.eg.Bakelite,Melamine.
Q13.How is Dacron obtained?
Ans:Dacron is obtained by the condensation of ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid.
Q14. Give the synthesis of a)Neoprene b)Teflon.
Ans:(a)n CH2=C
(cl)-CH=CH2 -------(CH2-C(cl)=CH-CH2)n
(b) n(CF2=CF2)--------------(-CF2-CF2)n
Q15.What do you mean by nylon-6,6?
Ans: Nylon6,6 is a condensation polymer and is made up of two different monomer units ie,hexamethylenediamine
and adipic acid.
(Three marks questions on polymer)
Q1.How does the presence of double bond in rubber molecule influence their structure and reactivity?
Ans: The natural rubber is a linear1,4-polyisoprene.Double bonds are located between C-2 and C-3 of isoprene
units.This configuration about double bond do not allow the chains to come closer for effective attraction due to
weak intermolecular forces of attraction.That is why natural rubber has a coiled structure and shows elasticity.
Q2.Arrange the following polymers in increasing order of their nter molecular forces.
a)PVC,Naturalrubber,Terylene,
b)Nylon-6,6,Neoprene,PVC
c)Nylon6,Buna-N,Teflon
Ans:a)Natural rubber<PVC<Terylene
b)Neoprene<PVC<Nylon6,6
c)Buna-N<Teflon<nylon6
Q3.Write the names of monomers used f0r getting the following polymers.
a)PVC
b)Teflon
c)bakelite
d)Neoprene
e)Polyacrylonitrile
f)Buna-S
Ans:a) Vinyl chloride b)Tetrafluoroethene c)Phenol and formaldehyde
d) 2-chloro 1,3-butadiene,e)Acrylonitrile,f)1,3 Butadiene and styrene
Q4.Classify the following as addition and condensation polymer:PHBV,Dacron,Teflon,neoprene,PVC,Bakelite
Ans: Addition polymer:Teflon,PVC,Neoprene
Condensation polymer:PHBV,Bakelite,Dacron
Q5.Discuss and classify the polymers on the basis of inter molecular forces.
Ans1)Elastomer: Weakest intermolecular forces eg.Buna-N,Buna-S
2.Fibre; Strong intermolecular force like hydrogen bond eg Nylon-66

202
3. Thermoplastic;No cross linkage eg PVC
4. Thermosetting Polymer; numerous cross linkage egBakelite
Prepared By Kolkatta Region
Chapter 16. Chemistry in everyday life

Section A (One Mark Question)
1.
Name a drug which is an analgesic and antipyretic?
A:aspirin
2.
Elucidate the structural differences between biodegradable and non- bio degradable detergent?
A:Biodegradable detergents have straight chains Eg:sodium dodecyl benzene
sulphonate.Nonbiodegradable detergents have branched chains Eg:sodium(1,3,5,7- tetramethyloctyl)benzene
sulphonate.
3.
Why are ranitidine and cimetidine better antacids than sodium bicarbonate?
A:Sodium
bicarbonate if taken in excess makes the stomach alkaline and thus more HCl is released which causes ulcers.
Whereas ranitidine prevent the interaction of histamineinthe stomach wall and thus lesser release of HCl.
4.
Though saccharin is 550 times sweeter than sugar it is used as a sweetening agent by diabetic patient. Why?
A:as it is eliminated in urine and provide less calorie.
5.
Distinguish between drugs and medicine.
A:Drugs have addictive action but medicine is not addictive in nature.
6.
If water contains (CaHCO3)2,out of soap and detergent which one will you choose for cleaning clothes.?
A:Calcium ion forms scum, hence detergents are preferred.
7.
Why cationic detergent has limited use?
A:they are quarternary ammonium salts of amines with acetates, chlorides, bromides. As they have
germicidal properties and are expensive so are of limited use.
8.
While antacids and antiallergic drugs interfere with the function of histamine. Why do not interfere with the
function of each other?Explain.
A:As they work on different receptors .eg release of histamine causes allergy and also causes
acidity due to release of HCl.But antihistamine removes allergy while antacids remove acidic.
9. Aspirin helps in prevention of heart attack.
A:Dueto its anti-blood clotting action.
10. Give One example of drugs used as antiseptics and disinfectants.?
A: 0.2% solution of phenol is an antiseptic while its one % solution disinfectant.

203
FAQ
SOLID STATE
1.What is photovoltaic cell?
2.What do you mean by the term Doping?
3.What the term 12 16 compounds stand for?
4. What is the number of tetrahedral voids in a ccp structure of solid?
5.Crystalline solids are anisotropic in nature.comment on this statement.
6. What is the percentage efficiency of a solid whose particles are having ccp structure?
7.LiCl crystal appears to be pink in colour .Why?
8.WhenGe is doped with slight amount of In,what type of semiconductor will be formed?
9.Metal deficiency defect with extra anions in interstitial sites cant be produced in solids.Why?
10. The electrical conductivity of semiconductors increases with increase in temperature but in case of
metals conductivity decreases with rise in temp. Why?
11.The window panes seem to be thicker at the bottom in case of old buildings.what can be the reason?
12.Assign the relationship between edge length (a,b,c) and values of , and for tetragonal unit cell.
13.Give an example of solid which can exhibit schottky defect as well as frenkel defect.
14.Atoms of element A are occupying all the octrahedral voids while atoms of B are in 1/4thtetrahedral voids
and atoms of C are arranged in hexagonal arrays .what will be the formula of the compound?
15.What is the co-ordination number of a particle in ccp structure?
16.What happens when Na vapours is passed over crystalline NaCl?
17.Ferromagnetic and ferrimagneetic solids on heating converted into paramagnetic in nature.justify the
reason.
18.Gjass is assumed to be supercooledliquid.why?
19.Give an example of solid which has its structure as fluorite type structure.

204
20.Copper is conducting as such while copper sulphate is conducting only in aqueous solution .why?
Ans.
1 device which converts sunlight into electrical energy.
2 Introduction of defects in solid by incorporating foreign particles.
3 compounds formed by combination of group 12 elements and group 16 elements.e.gZnS
4 2N or 8
5 a single property differs in different direction in solids.
6 74%
7 presence of F centre .
8 p type semiconductor
9 usually anions are larger in size and hence donot fit into interstitial sites
10 kernels makesxibration and creates obstacles in the motion of electrons in case of metals.
11 Glass is supercooled liquid and has floed under the influence of gravity.
12 a = b c, = = =900
13 AgBr.
14 A2BC2
15 12
16 Appears yellow due to creation of F centre.
17 Due to randomization of electrons.
18 Flowing tendency under influence of gravity.
19 CaF2
20 Copper is electronic conductor but copper sulphate is ionic conductor so ions are free only in molten or
in aqueous state.
Prepared by: Ranchi Region

205
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
1. Can you store CuSO4 solution in Zn pot ?
2. Write the name of electrolyte used in mercury cell.
3. What does the negative value of E0cell indicate?
4. What fiows in the internal circuit of the Galvanic cell?
5. What is the EMF of the cell when the cell reaction attains equilibrium ?
6. Why does an aqueous solution of NaCl in electrolysis give H2 gas at cathode not sodium metal?
7. Which type of metal can be used in cathodicprotection of iron against rusting?
8. Why does the conductivity of solution decreases on dilution ?
9.Except hydrogen, write the name of two chemical species which are used in fuel cell.
10.How many coulombs are required for conversion of 1 molFeO into Fe2O3?
11.State the factors which influences the value of cell potential.
12.What is the relationship between the free energy change and EMF of the cell?
13. What are the products of electrolysis of molten NaCl and aqueous solution of NaCl?
14.What is the role of ZnCl2 in dry cell?
15.Rusting of iron is quicker in saline than ordinary water.why?
16.Write one use of Kohlrauschs law.
17.What is cell constant ?
18.What is the relationship between Molar conductivity of electrolytic solution to its degree of dissociation ?
19.Which type of cell is used in wrist watch?
20.Which acid doesnot react with rust?
Ans.
1. No, Zn is more reactive thanCu .

206
2. ZnO and KOH

3. Negative value shows reaction is non- spontaneous
4. Ions.
5. E0cell = 0
6. Electrode potential of hydrogen is greater than Na.
7. More reactive metals than Fe. Such as Zn,Mg.
8. Due to less no. of ions oer unit volume.
9. Methane and methanol.
10. 1 faraday
11. Concentration of electrolyte and no. of electron exchanged
12. G0 = -nFE0
13. Na , Cl2 and H2,Cl2
14. Zn2+ ions combines with NH3 to form complex [Zn(NH3)2]2+
15. Due to presence of salt in saline water.
16. To find the limiting molar conductivity of weak electrolyte
17. The ratio of l/a
18. =cm/0m
19. Mercury cell or Button cell
20. Organic acid.
Two marks question:1. Consider the standard electrode potential k+/K = - 2.93 V, Ag+/Ag= 0.80V, Hg2+ /Hg = 0.79V
Cr3+/Cr = -0.74V. arrange these metals in their increasing order of reducing power.
2. The conductivity of 0.20M soiution of HCl at 298K is 0.0248 SCm-1.Calculate molar conductivity.
3. How much charge will be required for 1 mol Cu2+ to Cu and for 1 mol MnO4- to Mn2+?
4. Write the Variation of conductivity and Molar conductivity with dilution.
5. 0m for NaCl ,HCl and NaAc are 126.4,425.9 and 91.0 SCm2/mol respectively .Calculate 0m for acetic
acid.
6. A solution of Ni(NO3)2is electrolyzed between Pt electrode using current of 5 amp. For 20 min. What
mass of Ni will be deposited at cathode ?
7. State and explain Faraday laws of electrolysis.
8. Write the cell reaction of Lead storage battery.
9. Which cell is more efficient than others.why?
10. Discuss the mechanism of protection of water supply of underground pipe line system.
Ans.
1.Ag< Hg<Cr<K
2. 0m = K x 1000/M , 124SCm2/mol

207
3.Cu2+ + 2e- -- Cu , 2F
MnO4- + 8H+5e-Mn2++8H2O, 5F
4. With increase in dilution, conductivity decreases but molar conductivity increases.
5.0m (HAc) =0H++0Ac =0H+ +0cl- +0Ac- +0Na+ - 0cl- - 0Na+
= (425.9 +91.0 126.4) SCm2/mol
= 390.5SCm2/mol
6. Q = IT, 6000C. 58.7 x6000/2 x 96500 = 1.825 gm.
7. Statement and mathematical derivation.
8. at anode
Pbso4 +2H2O PbO2 + SO42- + 4H+ 2eAt cathode
PbSO4 + 2e-Pb + SO429. Fuel cell, as it has high efficiency and continuous source of energy .pollution free working.
10. More reactive metal is used to follow the principle of sacrificial protection.
Three marks question:1. Explain construction and working of standard Hydrogen electrode?
2. What is an electrochemical series? How does it predict the feasibility of a
certain redox reaction?

3.The conductivity of an aqueous solution of NaCl in a cell is 92 1 -1 cm
resistance offered by this cell is 247.8
. Calculate the cell constant?
4.The measured resistance of a cell containing 7.5 x 10-3 M solution of KCl at
250C was 1005
calculate
(a) Specific conductance and
(b) Molar conductance of the solution. Cell Constant = 1.25 cm-1
5.Enlist the factors affecting corrosion?

the
208
Prepared by Ranchi Region

SURFACE CHEM. (QUESTION)
1 MARKS
1.What are the physical states of dispersed phase and dispersion medium of froth?
2.What is the cause of Brownian movement among colloidal particles?
3.Arrange the solutions: True solution, colloidal solution, suspension in decreasing order of their particles
size?
4.Give an example of micelles system?
5.Why is it necessary to remove CO when ammonia is obtained by Habers process?
6.How is adsorption of a gas related to its critical temperature?
7.What is meant by Shape Selective Catalyst?
8.Of the physiorption&chemisorptions, which type of adsorption has higher enthalpy of adsorption?
9.Write down the Example of Positive Sol?
10.Write down the Example of Negative Sol?
2 marks question.
1.(Q.) Define hardy-Schulze rule?
2.(Q.) Define flocculation value?
3.(Q.) What is the difference between a sol and a gel?
4.Q.) What are macromolecular and multimolecular colloids? How are they different from associated
colloids?
5Q.)Give any two reasons for the origin of electrical charge on the colloidal particles.
6.(Q.) Differentiate between electrophoresis and electro-osmosis?
7.(Q.) Why lyophilic colloids are called reversible sols while lyophobic sols are called irreversible sols? Give
on example of each.
8.(Q.) Explain cleansing action of soap.
9.(Q.) Differentiate between chemisorption and physisorption.
10.(Q.) Why is adsorption always exothermic?
Ans. 1 marks.
1.Ans - Dispersed phase is gas, dispersion medium is liquid.
2.Ans - Due to collision between particles
3.Ans Suspension > colloidal > true solution
4.Ans Sodium stearate (C17 H35 COO- Na+)
5.Ans- CO acts as poison catalyst for Habers process therefore it will lower the activity of solution therefore
it is necessary to remove when NH3 obtained by Habers process.
6.Ans- Higher the critical temperature of the gas. Greater is the ease of liquefaction.
i.e. greater Vander walls forces of attraction and hence large adsorption will occur
7.Ans On the Shape Selective Catalyst, the rate depends upon pore size of the catalyst and the shape &
size of the reactant and products molecules
8.Ans - chemisorptions.

209
9.Ans Ferric hydro-oxide sol

10.Ans Arsenic sulphide.
Ans. 2 marks
1.It is the capacity of an electrolyte to cause coagulation of a sol depends upon the number of charges on
the ion having charge opposite to that possessed by the sol particles, but is independent of the charges on
the ion having similar charge.
2.The number of milli moles of an electrolyte required to bring about the coagulation of one litre of a
colloidal solution is called its flocculation value.
3.In a sol, dispersed medium is liquid and dispersed phase is solid. On the other hand, in a gel, dispersion
medium is solid and dispersed phase is liquid.
4.Macromolecular colloids:-i)They are molecules of large size. ii) They have lyophobic property.
Multimolecular colloids:-i) They are formed by the aggregation of large number of atoms or molecules which
have diameter less than 1nm.ii) They have lyophilic property.Associated colloids:-i) they are formed by the
aggregation of large number of ions in concentrated solutionii) They contain both lyophilic and lyophobic
groups
5.The two reasons are:
i) Due to electron capture by sol particles during electro dispersion of metals, due to preferential adsorption
of ions from solution
ii) Dissociation of colloidal sols.
6.Electrophoresis is the movement of colloidal particles under the influence of an electrical field.Electroosmosis is the movement of dispersion medium molecules under the influence of electric field when
colloidal particles are not allowed to move
7.In the lyophilic colloids if the dispersed medium is separated from the dispersion medium the sol can
beprepared again by simply remixing with the dispersion medium. So they are called reversible sols.
Example: Starch.
In lyophobic sols if small amount of electrolyte is added, the sols are readily precipitated and do not give
back the colloid by simple addition of the dispersion medium. So they are called irreversible sols. Example:
metal sulphides.
8.Action of soap is due to emulsification and micelle formation. Soaps are sodium salt of higher fatty acids
like sodium stearate, C17H35COO-Na+

210
The anionic head of stearate ion (COO-) is hydrophobic in nature and has great affinity for water, while the
hydrocarbon part (C17H35) is hydrophilic in nature and great affinity for oil,greaseetc.When soap is used in
water, the anions (C17H35COO-) form micelle and encapsulate oil or grease inside. These micelle are removed
by rinsing with water; while free dirt (from oil or grease) either settle down or are washed away by water.
Thus the main function of a soap is to entrap oil or grease with the micelles through emulsification, thereby
freeing dirt from grease and oil.
9.Physisorotion.(a)The forces operating are weak van der Waals forces.
b)The heat of adsorption is low.
c)Does not require any activation energy.
d)Formsmultimoleculerlayer.Chemisorption:
a)Forces acting are similar to those of chemical bonds.
b)The heat of adsorption is high.
c)Requires activation energy.
d)Forms unimolecular layer.
10.Adsorption occurs because of attraction between adsorbate and adsorbent molecules and therefore,
energy is always released during adsorption. Hence adsorption is an exothermic process.
CHEMICAL KINETICS
1.. For a chemical reaction represented by R P the rate of reaction is
denoted by d [R]/dt or +d[P]/dt . State the significance of plus and minus sign.
2. Express the rate of reaction in terms of disappearance of hydrogen and
appearance of ammonia in the given reaction.
N2(g) + 3 H2 (g) 2NH3 (g)
3. Why rate of reaction does not remain constant throughout?
4. Write the unit of first order rate constant of a gaseous reaction if the
partial pressure of gaseous reactant is given in bar.
5. What will be the order of reaction, if the rate of reaction does not depend
on the concentration of any of the reactant.

211
6. For the elementary step of a chemical reaction :

H2 + I2 2HI
rate of reaction [H2] [I2]
What is the (i) molecularity and (ii) order of the reaction.
7.For a chemical reaction A B. The rate of the reaction is given as Rate =
k [A]n the rate of the above reaction quadruples when the concentration
of A is doubled. What is the value of n?
8.Mention one example of zero order reaction.
9. What is the value of the order of reaction of radioactive decay?
10. Express the relation between the half life period of a reactant and initial
concentration for a reaction of nth order.
11. A reaction is 50% complete in 2 hours and 75% complete in 4 hours. What
is the order of reaction?
12. Suggest an appropriate reason for the observation : On increasing
temperature of the reacting system by 10 degrees, the rate of reaction
almost doubles or even sometimes becomes five folds.
13. For a chemical reaction, activation energy is zero and at 300K rate constant
is 5.9 10-5s1, what will be the rate constant at 400K?
14. Two reactions occuring at the same temperature have identical values of
Ea. Does this ensure that also they will have the same rate constant?
Explain.
15. The rate constant of a reaction is given by the expression k = AeEa/RT
Which factor in this expression should register a decrease so that the
reaction proceeds rapidly?
16. For a chemical reaction rate constant k = 5.3 10-4mol L1 s1, what will
be the order of reaction?
17.. Write the rate law and order for the following reaction :
AB2 + C2AB2C + C (slow)
AB2 + CAB2C (Fast)]
18.The conversion of molecules X to Y follows second order kinetics.If concentration of Xis increased to 3
times how will it affect the rate of formation of Y.
19.When rate of reaction becomes equal to specific reaction rate.
20.87.5% of the substance disintegrated in 45 minutes(first order reaction) .What is its Half life.
Answer
1.() sign represents decrease in concentration with time while (+) sign represetns increase in
concentration.
2.Rate= -1/3d[H2]/dt rate=+1/2d[NH3]/dt
3.It is because concentration of reactants goes on decreasing with time.
4.s-1
5.. zero order
6.
.i)2
ii) 1
7. n=2
8.2NH3 (g)N2 (g) +3H2(g) (at1130K and Pt as catalyst)
9. First order

212
10.t1/2 1/[R]0n-1 where n is order of reaction.

11.First order
12.Increasing the temperature of the substance increases the fraction of molecules which collide with
energy greater than Ea.
13..5.9 105 s1
14No,because the Rate depends on the nature and concentrations of reactants and
also pre-exponential factor.
15.Ea should. Deacrease. : Rate = k [AB2] [C2]; Order = 1 + 1 = 2]
16.zero order reaction
17.Rate = k [AB2] [C2]; Order = 1 + 1 = 2]
18.The rate will increase 9 times.
19.When the concentration of reactant is Unity.
20.15 Minutes.
Principles and processes of isolation of elements.

(1x20)
1. Name chief ore of Iron and Aluminium.
2. At what temperature CO is better reducing agent than carbon?
3. What is meant by gangue?
4. Name the impurities associated with bauxite.
5. What is the basis of zone refining?
6. What is the basis of vapour phase refining?
7. Name the refining method used for high degree of purity of metal.
8. How is copper extracted from low grade copper ore?
9. What is the role of collectors in froth floatation process?
10. Name two metals that occur in nature as oxides.
11. Out of C and CO which is better reducing agent for ZnO?
12. What is the role of cryolite in electrometallurgy of aluminum?
13. Why is Bauxite not heated to remove the impurities of water associated with it?
14. Copper can be extracted by hydrometallurgy but not Zn. Why?
15. What is the role of CaF2 in electrometallurgy of aluminum?
16. Why is CaCO3 added to blast furnace during reduction of Haematite?
17. Though thermodynamically feasible below given reaction, does not happen at room temperature?
3TiO2 +4 Al -------------- 3Ti + 2Al2O3 , G0 = - ve
18. What is the role of graphite rods in electrometallurgy of aluminum?
19. Why is it not advisable to reduce MgO with carbon?
20. What is the % of carbon in cast and pig iron?

213
Answer:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Haematite (Fe2O3) and Bauxite(Al2O3.2H2O)

673K and Above temperature.
Unwanted impurities associated with the ores.
SiO2 ,TiO2 and Fe2O3
Impurities are more soluble in melt than the metal.
Metal should form volatile compound and it should be easily decomposable.
Zone refining.
Hydrometallurgy
Cu2+ + H2 --------------- 2H+ + Cu
9. Collects lighter sulphide ore in it.
10. Iron and Aluminium.
11. C
12. Reduces the melting point of Alumina.
13. Because aluminium has low melting point and water is chemically associated, so heating causes loss
of metal.
14. The E0 of Zn is lower than that of Cu thus Zn can displace Cu2+ ion from its solution. On other hand
side to displace Zn from Zn2+ ion, we need a more reactive metal than it.
15. Increases conductivity.
16. Provides flux on decomposition (CaO)
17. Requires activation energy.
18. Acts as anode.
19. Requires very high temperature thus it is not economical.
20. Cast Iron: about 3%
pig iron: About 4%
(2x10)
Q.1 Describe the method of refining of Titanium.
Q.2- What is Zone Refining? Explain with example.
Q.3 Write the principal of electro-refining.
Q.4- Write difference between calcinations and roasting .
Q.5- Describe the method of refining of Zirconium.
Q.6- Out of C & CO, which is better reducing agent for ZnO?
Q.7- The value of f G0 for Cr2O3 is -540kJ/mole & that of Al2O3 is -827kJ/mole. Is the reduction of Cr2O3
possible with aluminium?
Q.8:- Why copper matte is put in silica lined converter?
Q.9- What is meant by term chromatography?
Q.10-Why is reduction of metal oxide easier if metal formed is in liquid state at temperature of reduction.
Answer:

214
A.1- In the Van- Arkel Process, Ti is heated in a stream of I2 forming a volatile complex, which then
decomposes at higher temperature to giveTi.
Ti + 2I2 TiI 4
TiI4 Ti + 2I2
A.2- Zone refining is a method of obtaining a metal in very pure state. It is based on the principal that
impurities are more soluble in molten state of metal than solidified state.
In this method, a rod of impure metal is moved slowly over circular heater. The portion of the metal being
heated melts & forms the molten zone. As this portion of the rod moves out of heater, it solidified while the
impurities pass into molten zone. The process is repeated to obtain ultrapure metal and end of rod
containing impure metal cutoff.
A.3- In this method of purification impure metal is made Anode and pure metal is made the cathode. On
passing electricity, pure metal is deposited at the cathode while the impurities dissolve dissolve in solution
as anode mud. E.g. electro- refining of copper:At Cathode: - Cu2+ + 2e Cu
At Anode: - Cu Cu2+ + 2e
A.4 (1) Calcination: it carried out in limited/no supply of air but roasting is carried in the
presence of air.
(2) In roasting sulphide ore is converted to its oxide while in calcination hydroxide, hydrates,
carbonates are converted to oxides.
A.5- Van Arkel process is used for obtaining ultrapure metal. The impure metal is converted into volatile
compound, which then decomposes electrically to get pure metal.
At 850K: - Zr impure) + 2 I2 ZnI4
At 2075K:- ZnI4 Zr (pure) + 2 I2
A.6- Since free energy of formation of CO from C is lower at temperature above 1120K while that of CO 2
from carbon is lower above 1323K than free energy of formation 0f ZnO. However, the free energy of
formation of CO2 from CO is always higher than that of ZnO. Hence, C is better reducing agent of ZnO.
A.7- The desired conversion is
4 Al + 2Cr2O3 2Al2O3 + 4Cr
It is obtained by addition of following two reactions:4Al + 3O2 2 Al2O3 f G0=-827kJ/mole
2Cr2O3 4Cr + 3O2 f G0==+ 540 kJ/mole
Therefore, G0 for desired reaction is -827+540=-287, as a result reduction is possible.
A.8:- Copper matte consists of Cu2S and FeS. When blast of air is passed through molten matte in silica-lined
converter, FeS present in matte is oxidized to FeO, which combines with silica to form slag.
(i) 2FeS + 3O22FeO +2 SO2, (ii) FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3 (slag),
(III) 2Cu2S + 3O2 2Cu2O+2SO2, (IV) 2Cu2O+2Cu2S 6Cu + SO2

215
A.9-Chromato means Colour and graphy means writing because the method was first used for separation of
coloured substance. It is based on selective distribution of various constituents of a mixture between two
phases, a stationary phase and a moving phase. The stationary phase can be either solid or liquid on solid
support.
A.10- The entropy of a substance is higher in liquid state than solid state. In the reduction of metal oxide,
the entropy change will be positive if metal formed is in liquid state. Thus, the value of G0 becomes
negative and reduction occurs easily.
(3x10)
Q.1- Explain the following:(i) Zinc but not copper is used for recovery of Ag from the complex [Ag(CN)2]-.
(ii) Partial roasting of sulphide ore is done in the metallurgy of copper.
(iii) Extraction of Cu from pyrites is difficult than that from its oxide ore through reduction.
The reduction of metal sulphide does not have large negative value.
Q.2- Explain the role of each of the following in the extraction of metals from their ores.
(1) CO in the extraction of Nickel
(2) Zn in the extraction of Ag
(3)Silica in the extraction of Copper.
A.3- Describe the principle behind each of the following processes(A)Vapour phase refining of a metal
(B) Electrolytic refining
(C) Froth floatation process
Q.4- Describe the principles of extraction of Zinc from zinc blende .

Q.5- Predict the modes of occurrence of the following three types of metals:
(1) Highly reactive metals
(2) Moderately metals
(3) Noble metals
Q6. What happens when:
(a) Cinnabar is roasted
(b) Silver sulphide is shaken with a dilute solution of NaCN
(c) HgO is heated
Q7. What is Ellinghams diagram? What is its use?
Q8. What is the role of depressant in froth floatation process?
Q9. Define following terms:
(a)Roasting (B) Calcination (C) Smelting
Q10. How are metals used as semiconductors refined? What is the principle of method used?

216
Answer:
A.1- (i) Zn is more powerful reducing agent in comparison to copper.Zn is also cheaper than Cu.
(ii) Partial roasting of sulphide ore forms some oxide. This oxide then reacts with remaining
sulphide ore to give copper i.e. self-reduction occurs.
2Cu2S + 3O2 2Cu2O+2SO2,
2Cu2O+2Cu2S 6Cu + SO2 .
(iii) Though carbon is good reducing agent for oxide but it is poor reducing agent for
sulphides.
A2. (1) Forms volatile compound with Ni i.e. Ni(CO)4
(2) Leaching of the Ag.
(3) Acts as flux and reacts with FeO to form FeSiO3(Slag)
A3. (A) Metal should form volatile compound and it should be easily decomposable.
(B) Less reactive metals undergo reduction at cathode when electricity is passed in the
aqueous solution of their salts making impure metal as anode and pure metal as
cathode.
A4. Chief ore of Zinc: ZnS
1. Enrichment: froth floatation process
2. Roasting:
2ZnS + 3O2 ---- 2ZnO + 2SO2
3. Reduction:
ZnO + C ----- Zn + CO
4. Refining: Distillation
A.5 (1) Highly reactive metals- oxides and halides
(2) Moderately metals- Sulphide and oxides and carbonates
(3) Noble metals- pure form/Native state
A6.
(a) 2HgS + 3O2 ---- 2HgO + 2SO2
(b) Ag2S +NaCN ------ Na [Ag(CN)2]
(c) 2HgO ------------- 2Hg + O2
A.7
The plots between G0 of formation of oxides of elements against temperature are called
Ellinghams diagram.
They are useful in deciding the suitable reducing agent in the metallurgical processes.
A.8
They are used to separate two sulphide ores. For example PbS and ZnS are separated by
NaCN as depressant.NaCN selectively prevents ZnS from coming to the froth.
A9. (a)Roasting : Heating of Sulphide ores in the presence of air to obtain its oxide

217
(B) Calcination : Heating of metal carbonates/hydroxides/hydrates to obtain oxides in absence/limited

supply of air
(C) Smelting : Reduction of metal oxide to its metal using carbon as reducing agent.
A10.
Zone refining.
Impurities are more soluble in melt than the metal.
5- marks
Q.1- Explain the method for obtaining pig iron from magnetite.
A.1- Extraction of iron from Magnetite takes place in following steps:(i) Concentration of ore: - It is done by Gravity separation followed by magnetic separation process.
(ii) Calcination: - It involve heating when the volatile matter escapes leaving behind metal oxide.
Fe2O3.xH2O Fe2O3 + xH2O .
(iii) Roasting: - It involves heating of ore in presence of air, thus moisture,CO2,SO2, As2O3 removed And FeO
oxidized to Fe2O3.
(iv) Smelting of roasted ore: - A mixture of ore, coke & CaCO3 is smelted in long BLAST FURNACE. Following
reaction takes place at different temperature zones:(i) Zone of reduction: - Temperature range 250oC-700oC
Fe2O3+3CO 2FeO+3CO2
Fe3O4+4CO 3FeO+ 4CO2
FeO +CO Fe+ CO2
(ii) Zone of slag formation:- Temperature range 800oC-1000oC
CaCO3CaO+CO2
CaO+SiO2 CaSiO3, P4O10+10C4P+10CO,
SiO2+2C Si+2CO, MnO2+2C Mn+2CO
(iii) Zone of fusion:- Temperature range 1150oC-1350oC
CO2 + C 2CO
(iv) Zone of fusion:- Temperature range 1450oC-1950oC
C +O2CO2
Thus, Pig iron is obtained from Blast Furnace.
Q.2- Name the principle ore of aluminium and describe how Al is extracted from its ore.
Ans2Step:-1 Bauxite is treated with NaOH .Following reaction takes place:Al2O3 +2NaOH + 3 H2O2 Na [Al(OH)4]
and impurities of Fe2O3,TiO2&SiO2 are removed . Na [Al(OH)4] ,then reacts with CO2 then pure Alumina is
obtained.
Na [Al(OH)4] + 2CO2 Al2O3.xH2O + 2NaHCO3
Step:-2 Electrolytic reduction of pure alumina takes place in iron box (cathode) with cryolite (Na3AlF6) &
fluorspar CaF2.Graphide rods act as anode. Following reactions take place:At cathode:- Al3+ + 3e Al, At Anode:- 2O2- O2 + By this process 98.8% pure Aluminum is obtained.
Q.3-Given is the Ellingham diagram. With the help of this diagram answer the following questions.

218
Q1. Which of Al and Mg is better reducing agent below and above 1673K?
A: Below 1673 K Mg and above 1673 K Al
Q2. Which of C and CO can reduce MgOat 2000K temperature?
A: CO
Q3.Suggest a condition under which magnesium could reduce alumina.
A: Below the temperature 1600K
P - BLOCK ELEMENTS
1.Q.Why does NO2 dimerise?
2.Q.Give chemical reactions involved in brown ring test to confirm nitrates.
3. Q.Give the structure of nitric acid.
4. Q.Give equations in each step of oswald's process
5.Q.Give flow chart for preparation of ammonia by Haber's process.
6.Q.Explain preparation of nitrogen.
7.Q. Why do chromium and aluminium not react with the most oxidizing agent?
8.Q. Name the oxides of nitrogen and give oxidation number of each oxide.
9.Q. Give conditions which favors formation of ammonia as it is a reversible reaction.

219
10.Q. Draw the structures of white phosphorus and red phosphorus. Which one of these two types of
phosphorus is more reactive and why?
11.Q.Whichoxoacids of phosphorus are reducing in nature?
12.Q.Why is phosphorus acid diprotic and phosphoric acid triproticinpite 3 hydrogens in both?
13.Q.Give the structure of oxy acids of phosphorus and list the anions formed.
14.Q.Why does PCl3 fume in moisture?
15 Q.Show that PH3 is basic in nature.
16 Q.Give reason that NCl5 is not formed but PCl5 is formed.
.17.Show that hydrogen peroxide behaves both as an oxidizing and reducing agent.
18.Q.What is oleum? Draw its structure.
19.Q.What happens when sulphur is passed through conc. H2SO4 solution and SO2 is passed through an
aqueous solution of Fe(III) salt?
20. Q.Whyare halogens coloured?
P BLOCK
ANS.
1.NO2 contains odd number of valence electrons. It behaves as an odd electron molecule and therefore
undergoes dimerisation to form stable N2O4 molecule with even number of electrons.
2.
.
4.

220
5.
6.Air is liquefied, and the oxygen which is about 20.9% gets boiled off at -183oC, leaving liquid nitrogen
behind, which boils at -196oC .This process is known as Fractional distillation. Nitrogen can also be made by
heating NaN3 to 300 degrees C. Annual worldwide production is around 44,000,000 tons.
7.These elements form a passive layer of oxide on the surface and prevent the metal to react with nitric
acid.
8.The common oxides of nitrogen include examples of nitrogen with every oxidation number from +1 to +5
N as +1: N2O
N as +2: NO
N as +3: N2O3
N as +4: NO2
N as +5: N2O5
9.The reaction is reversible. Only about 15-20 % of the reactants are converted into products.The forward
reaction) is exothermic.
Amount of product or yield from a reversible reaction depends on temperature, pressure and catalyst
Decreasing the temperature favors exothermic reactions.
Increasing the pressure favors smaller volume.
Using a catalyst gives the equilibrium conditions more quickly.
10.

221
White phosphorus is less stable and therefore, more reactive than the red phosphorus under normal
conditions because of angular strain in the P4 molecule where the angles are 60 only.
11.
(1x20)
1. Which of NH3 and H3O+ has higher bond angle and why?
2. Which of PH4I and PH4Cl is more stable and why?
3. What is the basicity of H3PO3 and H3PO4?
4. NH3 is easily liquefiable than PH3?
5. Which of NH3 and PH3 is stronger Lewis base and why?
6. Why does NO2 dimerise?
7. N2O4 is colourless but NO2 is brown in colour?
8. Write the products of hydrolysis of ClF3.
9. Why is S2 paramagnetic?
10. Why does not SO3 disproportionate?
11. Why Cl2 bleaches permanently but SO2 temporarily?
12. Why is He used in observation balloons?
13. Why is SF6 resistant to hydrolysis?
14. What is the geometry and shape of ClF5?
15. Why is ICl more reactive than I2?
16. Arrange following in increasing order of their reactivity.
IF, F2 and I2
17. Xe is more reactive than He. Why?
18. Does the hydrolysis of XeF6 lead to a redox reaction? Why?
19. H2S is less soluble in water than H2Se .Why?
20. Trimethylamine is more basic than tri silylamine. Why?
Answer:(20x1)
1. H3O+because central atom has higher electronegativity thus it pulls bond pairs of electrons towards
itself and bp-bp repulsion increases.

222
2. PH4 I is more stable PH4+ is bigger cation and I- is bigger anion so offers effective crystal packing and
has larger lattice enthalpy.
3. 2 and 3
4. Due to intermolecular H- bonding in NH3.
5. NH3 because of its smaller size it has greater charge density on nitrogen.
6. In NO2, there is an odd electron.
7. In N2O4 there is no unpaired electron.
8. ClF3 + 2H2O ----- 3HF + HClO2
9. Due to presence of unpaired electrons on anti-bonding orbitals.
10. Sulphur is in highest oxidation state.
11. Cl2 bleaches by oxidation but SO2 bleaches by reduction.
12. He is very light.
13. SF6 if sterically protected.
14. Geometry-Octahedral and shape: square pyramidal
15. ICl has low bond dissociation enthalpy.
16. I2> F2>IF
17. Less I.E.
18. No, because the oxidation state of Xe does not change.
19. H2Se has stronger Vander walls forces with water.
20. Due to presence of vacant of d- orbitals in Si, the pair of electron lying on N disperses via d-p back
bonding.
(10x2)
1.Give reason for the following(A) Phosphorus is reactive but Nitrogen is much stable.
(B) Nitrogen is linear but Phosphorus is tetrahedral.
2. Explain why?
(A)Nitrogen has stronger tendency of multiple bonding than that of Phosphorus.
(B)NCl5 does not exist but PCl5 exists.
3. Explain the chemistry of ring test of nitrate ion.
4. Draw the structures of following using VSEPR Model
XeO2F2 and XeO3
(A) Ca3P2 + H2O-------
(B) Cu + Conc. HNO3 -------
6. Give reason for the following:
(a)NO2 has net dipole moment but N2O4 does not have?
(b)Phosphorus has greater catenation tendency than Nitrogen?
7. Explain following:

223
(1)Interhalogens are covalent, diamagnetic.

(2)I2 is soluble in aqueous KI.
8. Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
(a) HClO, HClO3, HClO4, HClO2 ------ Increasing order of acidity
(b)PH3, NH3, SbH3, AsH3, BiH3 ------- Decreasing order of basicity
(a) I2, F2, Cl2, Br2 ---------Increasing order ease of liquefaction
(b)ClO, Cl2O3, Cl2O5, Cl2O7 ------------ Increasing acidity strength
(1)P4 + NaOH + H2O ---------
(2)NaCl+ MnO2 + H2SO4 ----------
Answer (10x2)
1.
(A)N2 has much higher bond enthalpy..
(B)In N2, N is sp-hybridized but in P4, P is sp3- hybridized.
2. (A)N- has three unpaired electrons in p-orbital, has high effective nuclear charge and
small atomic size to undergo greater overlapping of the orbitals.
(B)N does not have d- orbitals.
3.
3Fe2+ + NO3-1 + 4H+ ----------- 3Fe3+ + NO + 2H2O
[Fe (H2O) 6]2+ + NO ---------[ Fe(H2O)5(NO)]2+ + H2O
(brown ring)
4. Each correct structure one mark
5. (A) Ca3P2 + 6H2O-------3Ca(OH)2 + 2PH3
(B) Cu + 4HNO3 -------Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O
6. (a)In NO2 there is an odd electron on nitrogen.
(b)P-P bond is stronger than N-N bond.
7.
(1)Because they have high electronegativity and paired electrons.
(2)It forms KI3
8.
(a) HClO, HClO2, HClO3, HClO4
(b)NH3, PH3, AsH3, SbH3, BiH3
(a) F2, Cl2, Br2, I2
(b)ClO, Cl2O3, Cl2O5, Cl2O7
(1)P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O --------- PH3 + 3NaH2PO2

224
(2)4NaCl + MnO2 + 4H2SO4 ---------- MnCl2 + 4NaHSO4 + Cl2 + 2H2O

(10x3)
1. Give reason for the followingi) NO2 is acidic oxide but NO is neutral?
ii) NH3 has greater tendency of complex formation than PH3?
iii) PH3 dissolves in HI. Why?
2. Explain for the followinga) H3PO3 shows disproportionation reactions?
b) PCl5 in solid state exists as an ionic compound?
c) BiCl5 is a strong oxidizing agent?
3. Explain the structure of the following compounds using VSEPR theory
a) PCl6-1 b) SF4 c) ICl2-1
4.Give the comparative account of the chemistry of carbon and silicon with regard to their:
[i] property of catenation
[ii] stability of hydrides and oxides
5.Account for the following:
[i] Ammonia has higher boiling point than phosphine
[ii] Trimethyl ammine is pyramidal and trisilyl ammine is planar.
[iii] Ammonia is stronger base than phosphine.
6.Describe the following about halogen family:
[i] Oxidising power
[ii] Relative acidic strength of their hydrides
[iii] Relative reducing strength of their hydrides.
7.Give reason for the following observations.
[i] Noble gases are mostly chemicallly inert
[ii] Nitrogen does not form pentahalide
[iii] Bismuth is a strong oxidising agent in pentavalent state
a)NO2, P2O3, N2O5, P2O5, As2O3, Bi2O3 --- Increasing acidity strength
b)PH3, NH3, SbH3, AsH3, BiH3 ----- Decreasing order of thermal stability
c)Xe, He, Ne, Kr, Ar, ---------Increasing order ease of liquefaction
9. Complete following reactions:
1)NH3 + AgCl ---------
2)XeF2 + H2O ----------
3)NaNO2 + NH4Cl -------
10. How does ozone reacts with following
i) NO ii) PbS iii) Aq. KI

225
Answer(10x3)
1.
i) More oxygen contents in NO2 than NO.
ii) NH3 is stronger Lewis base
iii) PH3 is a base and HI is acid so gives PH4I
2.
a) The O.S. of P is +3 so it can undergo oxidation as well as reduction.
b) It exists as [PCl4]+[PCl6]c) Bi is in +5 oxidation state but its stable O.S. is +3
3. correct structure
4.
[i] P- has greater catenation tendency than N
[ii] The oxides and hydrides of N are more stable than that of P
5.
[i] Due to inter molecular H- bonding
[ii] presence of d- orbitals in Si can allow d-p back bonding thereby dispersing lone pair.
[iii] The lone pair lying on N in NH3 can be easily donated due to greater charge density on
nitrogen..
6.
[i] F2> Cl2> Br2> I2
[ii] HI>HBr>HCl>HF
[iii] HI>HBr>HCl>HF
7.Give reason for the following observations.
[i] They have very high I.E. and completed octet
[ii] Absence of d- orbitals
[iii] Inert pair effect
8.
a) N2O5,NO2, P2O5,P2O3, As2O3, Bi2O3
b)NH3,PH3,AsH3, SbH3, BiH3
c), He, Ne, Ar, Kr,Xe
9.
1) 2NH3 +AgCl --------- [Ag(NH3)2]Cl
2)2XeF2 + 2H2O ----------2 Xe + 4HF + O2
3)NaNO2 + NH4Cl -------NaCl + N2+ 2H2O
10. How does ozone reacts with following
i) NO + O3 ------- NO2 + O2

226
ii) PbS +4 O3 ------- PbSO4+ 4O2

iii) Aq. 2KI + O3+ H2O----- 2KOH + I2 +O2
(5x5)
1. A white coloured salt (A) on treatment with conc. H2SO4 gives a pungent smelling gas (B)
which turns moist blue litmus to red. The gas (B) oxidizes in presence of MnO2 to yield a
greenish yellow gas (C). The gas (C) is used in disinfecting drinking water and
decolourising the wood pulp in paper industries. Identify A , B and C and write necessary
equations.
2 .Give reason for the following observations.
a) HF is weakest acid and HI is strongest.
b)Fluorides of Xe undergo hydrolysis readily
c)Oxygen is diatomic but S is octatomic?
d)Reaction of NaBr and H2SO4 does not form HBr but it forms Br2 gas.
e)HF is liquid but HCl is a gas.
3 .Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
a) HClO, HClO3, HClO4, HClO2 ------ Increasing order of acidity
b) HClO, HBrO, HIO, HFO -------Increasing order of acidity
c) F2, O2, Cl2, Br2 ------- ------------ Increasing order of oxidizing tendency
d) PH3, NH3, SbH3, AsH3, BiH3 -------- Decreasing order of bond angle
e) I2, F2, Cl2, Br2 ---------Increasing order of b.p.
4. A element (X) on heating with Conc. NaOH yields a poisonous gas(Y) and spontaneously catches
fire. The gas (Y) reacts with Aq.HgCl2 to form precipitate (Z). Identify X , Y and Z and write necessary
equations.
5 . Draw the structure of the following compounds using VSEPR theory.
XeF6,XeOF4, XeO3,PCl3,White Phosphorus (P4)
Answer: 5 Marks
1. (A)=NaCl
(B)=HCl
(C)= Cl2
4NaCl (A)+ 4H2SO4 ---------- NaHSO4 + HCl(B)
4HCl + MnO2----- MnCl2+ 2H20 + Cl2(C)
2 . a) Bond dissociation enthalpy of HF is more than HI
b)Presence of vacant d- orbitals in Xe
c)O=O is stronger than S=S
d)Because H2SO4 oxidisesHBr to Br2
e)Presence of intermolecular H- bonding in HF.
3.

227
a) HClO, HClO2, HClO3, HClO4

b) HFO,HClO,HBrO, HIO
c) Cl2, Br2 ,O2,F2
d) NH3,PH3, AsH3, SbH3,BiH3
e) F2, Cl2, Br2,I2
4
X= P4
Y= PH3
Z= Hg3P2
P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O --------- PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
2 PH3 + 3 HgCl2 -----------Hg3P2 + 6 HCl
5.
Structures
12.
13.
OXYACID
OXYANION

228
14.
15.PH3 has a lone pair of electron and readily reacts with acids like HI and forms.
16.Nitrogen does not have usable d orbitals and cannot expand its octet. Phosphorus can expand its
valence shell to hold more than eight electrons, but nitrogen cannot.
PH3+ HI PH4I.
17.It produces oxygen and acts as a oxidizing agent in both acid and basic medium:
Mn2+ + H2O2 Mn4+ + 2OHAs a reducing agent HOCl + H2O2 H2O + Cl- + O2
18.Oleum is a oxoacid of sulphur and is a pyrosulphuric acid.- H2S2O7

229
19.
20.Absorption of radiations in visible region by halogen atoms, results in the excitation of outer electrons to
higher energy level. By absorbing radiation of different wavelength, they display different colours. For
example, F2 has yellow, Cl2 has greenish yellow colour, Br2 has red colour and I2 has violet colour.
Prepared By : Silchar Region
d &f BLOCK ELEMENTS

1 MARK QUESTIONS (1-20)
1. Zn, Cd & Hg are not treated as true transition elements. Why?
2. Cu & Ag are transition metals although they have completely filled d-orbitals. Why?
3. Why some d-block elements have irregular (exceptional) electronic configuration?
4. Atomic size does not change appreciably in a row of transition metals. Why?
5. Transition elements have variable oxidation states. Why?
6. Transition metals have high melting and boiling points. Why?
7. Transition metals have high enthalpy of atomization. Why?
8. Transition metals show catalytic properties .Why?

230
9. Transition metals and their salts are generally colored .Why?

10. Why transition metals form coordination compounds?
11. Why transition metals form alloys?
12. Transition metals form interstial compounds. Why?
13. Zn, Cd & Hg have low boiling points and Hg is liquid. Why?
14. Transition metals and many of their compounds show paramagnetic behavior .Why?
15. d1 configuration is very unstable in ions .Why?
16. Cr2+ is strongly reducing while Mn3+ is strongly oxidizing. Why?
17. Cobalt(II) is stable in aqueous solution but in presence of complexing agents it gets oxidized. Why?
18. Mn2+ compounds are more stable than Fe2+ .Why?
19. Fe3+ is stable compared to Fe2+.Why?
20. Transition metals exhibit highest oxidation states in oxides and fluorides. Why?
2 Mark Questions (21-30)
21`.The highest oxidation state of transition metal is exhibited in oxoanions
For the first row transition metals the Eo values are:
Eo
Cr
Mn
Fe
(M2+/M) 1.18 0.91 1.18 0.44
Co
0.28
Ni
0.25
Cu
+0.34
Explain the irregularity in the above values.?

22. Why is the E0 value for the Mn3+/Mn2+ couple much more positive than that for Cr3+/Cr2+ or Fe3+/Fe2+?
Explain.?
23. In the series Sc (Z = 21) to Zn (Z = 30), the enthalpy of atomization of zinc is the lowest.Why?
24. Explain why Cu+ ion is not stable in aqueous solutions?
25 Actinoid contractions are greater from element to element than lanthanoid contraction.Why?
26. K2PtCl6 is well known compound and corresponding Ni4+ Salt isunknown . Whereas Ni+2 is more stable
than Pt+2.

231
27. Why KMnO4 is bright in colour ?

28. CrO is basic but Cr2O3 is amphoteric?
29. In the titration of Fe2+ ions with KMnO4 in acidic medium, why dil. H2SO4 is used and not dilHCl.
30. K2Cr2O7 is used as Primary Standard in volumetric analysis.Why?
3 MARKS QUESTIONS(31-40)
31. (a) Although Cu+ has configuration 3 d10 4 s0 (stable) and Cu2+ has configuration 3 d9 (unstable
configuration) still Cu2+ compounds are more stable than Cu+.
(b)
Titanium (IV) is more stable than Ti (III) or Ti (II).
32. The actinoids exhibit more number of oxidation states and give their common oxidation states.
33. (a) Give reason CrO3 is an acid anhydride.
(b)
Give the structure of CrO5.
34. Why is Cr2+ reducing and Mn3+ oxidising when both have d4 configuration ?
35. .(a) In MnO4 ion all the bonds formed between Mn and Oxygen are covalent. Give reason.
(b)
Beside + 3 oxidation state Terbium Tb also shows + 4 oxidation state. (Atomic no. = 65)
36. (a) Highest manganese flouride is MnF4 whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7.
(b)
Copper can not librate H2 from dil acids :
Note : Although only oxidising acids (HNO3 and hot conc. H2SO4) react with Cu light.
37. A metal which is strongly attracted by a magnet is attacked slowly by the HCl liberating a gas and
producing a blue solution. The addition of water to this solution causes it to turn pink, the metal is
38.Comment on the statement that elements of the first transition series possess many properties different
from those of heavier transition metal ?
39. The paramagnetic character in 3d-transition series elements increases upto Mn and then decreases.
Explain why?
40.Why are Mn2+ compounds more stable than Fe2+ compounds towards oxidation to +3 state?
5 MARK QUESTIONS(41-45)
41.A wellknown orange crystalline compound (A) when burnt impart violet colour to flame. (A) on treating
(B) and conc. H2SO4 gives red gas (C) which gives red yellow solution (D) with alkaline water. (D) on
treating with acetic acid and lead acetate gives yellow p. pt. (E). (B) sublimes on heating. Also on
heating (B) with NaOH gas (F) is formed which gives white fumes with HCl. What are (A) to (F) ?

232
42. Give reasons for the following:

(a) Among the lanthanoids, Ce(III) is easily oxidised to Ce(IV).
(b) Fe3+ / Fe2+ redox couple has less positive electrode potential than Mn3+ / Mn2+couple.
(c) The second and third transition series elements have almost similar atomic radii.
(d) Transition metals and many of their compounds show paramagnetic behaviour.
(e) KMnO4 titration is not carried out using HCl as acid medium.
(iii) The transition metals generally form coloured compounds.
43. a) A Complex having scandium in +3 oxidation-state was found colorless why?
b) Show the splitting of d, orbitals of Ti in [Ti(H2O)6]+3
c) [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured why?
d) Differentiate between. Lanthanides and actinides w.r t.
(i) Oxidation state
(ii) electronic configuration
44. 1. Mixed oxide of iron and Chromium FeO.Cr2O3 is fused with Sodium Carbonate in the presence of air to
form yellow compound (A). On acidification Compound (A) forms an orange coloured compound (B)
which is an oxidizing agent
i) Identify A and B.
ii) Write balanced chemical equation for each
2. Among the lanthanoids, Ce(III) is easily oxidised to Ce(IV).
3.Fe3+ / Fe2+ redox couple has less positive electrode potential than Mn3+ / Mn2+couple.
45. (I) Account for the following :
(a) Zirconium & Hafnium exhibit almost similar properties
(b) Zinc salts are white while Cu2+ salts are coloured
(c) The transition elements have high enthalpies of atomization.
(d) Among transition metals, the highest oxidation state is exhibited in oxoanins of a metal.
(e) Zn2+ salts are white while Cu2+ salts are blue.
D & f BLOCK ELEMENTS

ANSWERS
1. Because they have completely filled d-orbitals in their atomic as well as stable ionic state.
2. Cu2+& Ag2+ have (n-1)d9 4s0 configuration.
3. Due to very small energy difference between (n-1) d & ns sub-shell.
4. Along the rows nuclear charge increases but the penultimate d-sub shell has poor shielding effect so
atomic and ionic size remain almost same.

233
5. Due to very small energy difference between (n-1)d & ns sub-shell electrons from both the sub-shell
take part in bonding .
6. A large number of unpaired electrons take part in bonding so they have very strong metallic bonds and
hence high m.pt & b.pt
7. A large number of unpaired electrons take part in bonding so they have very strong metallic bonds and
hence high enthalpy of atomization
8. Because they have variable oxidation states and hence can form different intermediates. They also
provide large surface area.
9. Because they have partially filled d-sub shell and hence d-d electron transition takes place when they
absorb radiations from visible region and transmit complementary colors.
10. Because they have large number of vacant orbitals in (n-1)d, ns, np & ns sub shells so they can accept
electron pairs from ligands
11. They have comparable atomic size and hence can be mixed uniformly.
12. Because small atoms like H, C, N etc can be entrapped in their metallic crystals.
13. They have full filled 3d-orbitals and no electrons from d-orbitals are taking part in metallic bonding so
they have weak metallic bonding. Due to larger atomic size Hg is liquid.
14. Because they have unpaired electrons.
15. Because by losing one electron they get extra stability.
16. E0 value for Cr3+/Cr2+ is negative but that of Mn3+/Mn2+ is positive so Cr2+ can lose electron to form Cr3+
while Mn3+ accepts electron to form Mn2+. In case of Cr d4 to d3 occurs for Cr2+ to Cr3+. d3 is stable.
17. Oxidation state changes from +2 to +3 because in presence of ligands d-orbitals split up into t2g and eg
having the stable configuration t2g6 eg0.
18. Mn2+ has half-filled d-orbitals i.e 3d5 4s0 configuration.
19. Due to half-filled configuration i.e 3d5 4s0 configuration.
20. Because of small size and high electronegativity oxygen or fluorine can oxidise the metal to its highest
oxidation state.
2 Marks(21-30)

234
21.The E0 (M2+/M) values are not regular which can be explained from the irregular variation of ionisation
enthalpies ( i H 1 + i H 2) and also the sublimation enthalpies which are relatively much less for
manganese and vanadium.
22. Much larger third ionisation energy of Mn (where the required change is d5 to d4) is mainly responsible
for this. This also explains why the +3 state of Mn is of little importance.
23. In the formation of metallic bonds, no electrons from 3d-orbitals are involved in case of zinc, while in all
other metals of the 3d series, electrons from the d-orbitals are always involved in the formation of metallic
bonds.
24. Cu+ in aqueous solution undergoes disproportionation, i.e.,
2Cu+(aq) Cu2+(aq) + Cu(s)
The E0 value for this is favorable.
25. The 5f electrons are more effectively shielded from nuclear charge. In other words the 5f electrons
themselves provide poor shielding from element to element in the series.
26. The stability of the compounds depends upon sum of ionization enthalpies:
IE1 + IE2< IE1 + IE2
in Ni
in Pt
Ni2+ is stable than Pt+2.

IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4< IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4
in Pt4+
Pt4+ is stable,
in Ni4+
K2PtCl6 is well known compound.
27. It is due to charge transfer. In MnO4 an electron is momentarily transferred from O to the metal, thus
momentarily O2 is changed to O and reducing the oxidation state of the metal from Mn (VII) to Mn (VI).
28.
CrO Cr2O3
O. N.
+2
+3
Higher the oxidation states higher the acidity. In lower oxidation state some of valence e of the
metal atom are not involved in bonding, can donate e and behave as base. In higher
oxidation state e are involved in bonding and are not available, rather it can accept e and
behave as an acid.
29. KMnO4 produce Cl2 KMnO4 in presence of dil. HCl acts as oxidising agent, Oxygen produced is used up
partly for oxidation of HCl :
2 KMnO4 + 3 H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2 MnSO4 + 3 H2O + 5 (O)

235
2 KMnO4 + 4 HCl 2 KCl + 2 MnCl2 + 2 H2O + 6 (O)

2 HCl + (O) H2O + Cl2
30. K2Cr2O7 is not much soluble in cold water. However, it is obtained in pure state and is not Hygroscopic
in nature.
3 marks questions(31-40)
31.(a) It is due to much more ()
(b)
Hydration H of Cu2+ (aq) than Cu+, which is more than compensates
for the II ionization enthalpy of Cu.

22Ti = 3 d 4 s
TiIII = 3 d
TiII = 3 d
TiIV = 3 d
most stable configuration.
TiIV is more stable than TiIII and TiII.
32.As the distance between the nucleus and 5 f orbitals (actinoides) is more than the distance between the
nucleus and 4 f (lanthanoids) hence the hold of the nucleus on valence electrons decrease in
actinoids. For this reason the actinoids exhibit more number of oxidation states in general.
Common O. N. exhibited are + 3 (similar to Canthanoids) besides + 3 state, also show + 4, maximum
oxidation state in middle of series i. e. Pu and Np. have anoidation state upto + 7.
33. (a) CrO3 + H2O H2CrO4 i. e. CrO3 is formed by less of one H2O molecule from chromic acid :
H2O
H2CrO4 CrO3
(b)
O
Cr
O
O
O
34.Cr2+ is reducing as its configuration changes from d4 to d3, the d3 has half-filled t2g level. n the other
hand, the change from Mn2+ to Mn3+ results in the half filled (dS) configuration which has extra
stability.
Cr2+ = 3 d4 4 s0
Mn3+ = 3 d4 4 s0

236
Mn2+ = 3 d5 4 s0
Cr3+ = 3 d3 4 s0
Cr3+ = 3 d3 4 s0
d5
have half-filled half-filled extra

t2g level.
stable.
35. (a) In MnO4, O. N. is + 7, but it is not possible to lose 7 electrons because very high energy is required
to remove 7 electrons. Therefore it forms covalent bonds.
(b)
Tb = 65E. C. is 4 f9 6 s2
Tb4+ = 4 f7 6 s0
half-filled f-orbital
stable.
after losing 4 e it attains half-filled orbital.

36. (a) The ability of oxygen to form multiple bonds to metals, explain its superiority to show higher
oxidation state with metal.
(b)
Positive E value (+ O 34 Volt) accounts for its inability to liberate H2 from acids. The high
energy to transform Cu (s) to Cu2+ (aq) is not balanced by its Hydration enthalpy.
Note : For (b) Consult Fig. 8.4 in NCERT

37.The metal is CO
CO + 2 HCl COCl2 + H2
blue solution
COCl2 in solution is [CO (H2O)6]2+
blue
pink
38.The following points justify that the given statement is true:(i) Ionization enthalpies of heavier transition elements are higher than the elements of 3d series.
Consequently, heavier transition elements are less reactive in comparison to 3d-elements.
(ii) Melting points of heavier transition elements are higher than 3d-elements.
(iii) Higher oxidation states of heavier transition elements are stable whereas lower oxidation states are
stable in 3d-elements.

237
39. In the 3d-transition series as we move from Sc (21) to Mn (25) the number of unpaired electrons
increases and hence paramagnetic character increases. After Mn, the pairing of electrons in the d-orbital
starts and the number of unpaired electrons decreases and hence, paramagnetic character decreases.
40.The electronic configuration of Mn2+ is [Ar] 3d5, i.e. all five d-orbitals are singly occupied. Thus this is
stable electronic configuration and further loss of electron requires high energy .on other hand side the
electronic configuration of Fe2+is [Ar] 3d6, i.e. Loss of one electron requires low energy.
41.(i) K2Cr2O7 + 4 NH4Cl + 3 H2SO4 K2SO4 +2 Cr2O2Cl2 + 2 (NH4)2SO4 + 3 H2O (A)
(B) Sublime
Chromyl Chloride red gas(C)

(ii)
CrO2Cl2 + 4 NaOH Na2CrO4 + 2 NaCl +2 H2O

(D) Yellow Soln.
(iii)
Na2CrO4 + (CH3COO)2 Pb PbCrO4 + 2 CH3COONa

Yellow p. pt. (E)
42. (a) vacant (n-2) f subshell in Ce(IV).

(b) extra stability of Fe3+ than Mn3+ ion
(c) Due to lanthanoid contraction
(d)they both will be reacting.
(e) unpaired d electrons and d-d transitions.
43. a) Due to absence of unpaired electron in d orbtal
b) Correct splitting of d orbitals in octahesral feild into t2g and eg c) Due to presence of single electron
d)
lathanoid
Actinoid
(i) Shows common

It shows common
oxidation state of +3+4+5
oxidation state +3
(ii) 4 f arefielled
5f are filled
44.(1) A= Na2CrO4
; B= k2Cr2 O7
4FeCr2O4 + 8 NaCrO4 +7O2 -----8 Na2CrO4 + 2 Fe2O3+8 CO2
2Na2CrO4 + 2 H+ -----------Na2Cr2O7 + 2Na+ +H2O
.
(2) vacant (n-2) f subshell in Ce(IV).
(3) extra stability of Fe3+ than Mn3+ ion
45. 1(a). Because of same size
(b). Because Zn+2 ion does not have unpaired electrons while Cu+2 have one unpaired electron
.Because of many unpaired electrons they have many metallic binds
(d) In these oxoanions the oxygen atoms are directly bonded to the transition metal.
Since oxygen is highly electronegative, the oxoanions bring out the highest oxidation state of the metal.
(e) Zn2+ ion has all its orbitals completely filled whereas in Cu2+ ion there is one half-filled 3d-orbital. It
therefore has a tendency to form coloured salts whereas Zn2+ has no such tendency. 1

238
Coordination Compounds
ONE MARK QUESTIONS:
Q.1Write the formula forTetraamineaquachloridocobalt(III) chloride
Q.2 Write the IUPAC name of [Co (NH3)4 Br2]2 [Zn Cl4]
Q.3 Which of these cannot act as ligand and why: NH3, H2O, CO, CH4. Give reason?
Q.4 How many EDTA (lethylendiamine tetra acetic acid) molecules are required to make an octahedral
complex with a Ca2+ ion.
Q.5 Why tetrahedral complexes do not exhibit geometrical isomerism ?
Q.6 What is the hybridisation of central metal ion and shape of Wilkinsons catalyst ?
Q.7 Specify the oxidation numbers of the metals in the following coordination entities:
(i) [Co(H2O)(CN)(en)2]2+ and
(ii) [CoBr2(en)2]+
Q.8 Draw the structure of optical isomers of [Co(en)3]3+.

Q.9 Name the types of isomerism exhibited by [Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2
Q.10 Write the formula of Amminebromidochloridonitrito-N-platinate(II) ion
Q.11 which one is more stable complex among(i) [Fe(H2O)6]3+ (ii) [Fe(NH3)6]3+(iii) [Fe(C2O4)3]3
Q.12 How many ions are produced from the complex Co(NH3)6Cl2 in solution?
Q.13 What do you meant by degenerate d-orbitals?
Q.14 Out of the following two coordination entities which is chiral (optically active)? (a) cis-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3- (b)
trans-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3Q.15 The spin only magnetic moment of [MnBr4]2- is 5.9 BM. Predict the geometry of the complex ion?
Q.16 What is the oxidation state of Ni in [Ni(CO)4].
Q.17 What is the magnetic behavior of [Ni(CN)4]2- .
Q.18 Name the metal ion present in vitamin B12.
Q.19 Name the isomerism shown by complex K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2]
Q.20 Name the compound used for inhibiting the growth of tumours. (cancer treatment)
TWO MARK QUESTIONS:
Q.1Write the IUPAC names of the following coordination compounds:
(i) [Pt(NH3)2Cl(NO2 )]
(ii) K3 [Cr(C2O4)3 ]
Q.2 A cationic complex has two isomers A & B. Each has one Co3+, five NH3, one Br and one SO42-. A gives a
white precipitate with BaCl2 solution while B gives a yellow precipitate with AgNO3 solution.

239
(a) What are the possible structures of the complexes A and B?

(a) Write the name of structural isomerism shown by A and B.
Q.3 FeSO4 solution mixed with (NH4)2SO4 solution in 1 : 1 molar ratio gives the test of Fe2+ ion but CuSO4
solution mixed with aqueous ammonia in 1 : 4 molar ratio does not give the test of Cu 2+ ion. Explain
why ?
Q.4 What is meant by ambidentate ligands? Give two examples.
Q.5 [Co(NH3)6]3+ is diamagnetic whereas [Co(F6)]3- is paramagnetic. Give reasons.
Q.6 [Cr(NH3)6]3+ is paramagnetic while [Ni(CN)4]2 is diamagnetic. Explain why?
Q.7 Draw figure to show the splitting of d orbitals in an octahedral crystal field. How is the magnitude of 0
affected by
(i) Nature of ligand.
(ii) Oxidation State of metal ion.
Q.8 Metal carbonyl are much more stable than normal complexes, why?
Q.9 Give evidence that [Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl are ionization isomers.
Q.10 Write the formulas for the following coordination compounds and name the isomerism shown by them:
i. potassium tetracyanonickelate(II)
ii. tris(ethane1,2diamine) chromium(III) chloride
THREE MARK QUESTIONS:
Q.1 How many geometrical isomers are possible in the following coordination entities?
(i) [Cr(C2O4)3]3 (ii) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
Q.2 (a) Write the IUPAC name of [Ti(H2O)6]+3.
(b) [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured why?
(c) A Complex having scandium in +3 oxidation-state was found colorless why?
Q.3 (a) Write IUPAC name of [Co(en)3]3+
(b) [NiCl4]2- is paramagnetic while [Ni(CO)]4 is diamagnetic though both are tetrahedral. Why?
(c) Explain why K3[Fe(CN)6] is more stable than K4[Fe(CN)6].
Q.4 (a) What is the hybridization state of nickel in [Ni(CN)4]2
(b) Draw the structure of [Ni(CN)4]2
(c) A solution of [Ni(H2O)6]2+ is green but a solution of [Ni(CN)4]2 is colourless. Explain.
Q.5 Explain [Co(NH3)6]3+ is an inner orbital complex whereas [Ni(NH3)6]2+ is an outer orbital complex.

240
Q.6 For the complexes (i) [Ni(CN)4]2 (ii) [Ni(Cl)4]2 (iii) [Ni(CO)4] Identify:
(a) The oxidation No. of nickel
(b) The hybrid orbitals and the shape of the complexes
Q.7 Specify the (i) oxidation numbers (ii) coordination numbers and (iii) IUPAC name of the following coordination
entities:
(a) [Co(H2O)(CN)(en)2]2+
(b) [PtCl4]2
Q.8 Discuss the nature of bonding in the following coordination entities on the basis of valence bond theory:
(a) [Fe(CN)6]4
(b) [FeF6]3
Q.9 Dimethyl glyoxime is added to alcoholic solution of NiCl2. When ammonium hydroxide is slowly added
to it, a rosy red precipitate of a complex appears.
(a) Give the str. of the complex showing hydrogen bond.
(b) Give oxidation state and hybridization of central metal ion.
(c) Identify whether it is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.
Q.10 Draw all the isomers (geometrical and optical) of:
(a) [CoCl2(en)2]+
(b) [Co(NH3)Cl(en)2]2+
FIVE MARK QUESTIONS:
Q.1 For the complex [Fe(en)2Cl2]Cl identify :
(2009)
(a) the oxidation No. of Iron.

(b) the hybrid orbitals and the shape of the complex.
(c) the magnetic behavior of the complex.
(d) No. of geometrical isomers.
(e) whether there is an optical isomer also
(f) name of the complex.
Q.2 State a reason for each of the following situations
(a) Co2+ ion is easily oxidized to Co3+ in the presence of strong ligand.
(2010,12)
(b) CO is a stronger complexing reagent than NH3 .
(2009,12)
(c) The molecular shape of [Ni(CO)4 ] is not the same as that of [Ni(CN)4]2. (2012)
(d) Ni does not form low spin octahedral complexes.

(2009,10)
241
(e) The complexes are known for the transition metals only.
(2009,10)
Q.3 Write down the IUPAC name for each of the following complexes and indicate the oxidation state,
electronicconfiguration and coordination number. Also give stereochemistry and magnetic moment of the
complex:
(i)K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2].3H2O
(ii) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
(iii)CrCl3(py)3
Q.4 (i) Write the IUPAC name and type of isomerism shown by following complex compounds
a) [Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2
b) [Pt(NH3)(H2O)Cl2]
(ii) Write all the geometrical isomers of [Pt(NH3)(Br)(Cl)(py)] and how many of these will exhibit optical isomers?
Q.5 (i) If to an aqueous solution of CuSO4 in two tubes, we add ammonia solution in one tube and HCl(aq) to the
other tube, how the colour of the solutions will change? Explain with the help of reaction.
(ii) Write the IUPAC name of complex compounds formed during the process
(Answers)
UNIT- 09
Coordination Compounds
Answers(one mark questions)
Ans.1 [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2
Ans.2 Tetraamminedibromocobalt (III) tetrachlorozincate (II)
Ans.3 CH4 cant act as a ligand due to absence of lone pair of electron.
Ans.4 EDTA is a hexadentate ligand therefore only one EDTA molecule is required.
Ans.5 Because relative position of ligands attached to central atom are same with respect to one another
Ans.6 Wilkinsons catalyst is (PH3P)3RhCl. In this Rh has dsp hybridisation and square planar shape.
Ans.7 (i) +3
(ii) +3
Ans.8

242
Ans 9. It can show linkage isomerism.

[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(ONO)](NO3)2
It can also show ionization isomerism.
[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(NO3)](NO3)(NO2)
Ans 10.[Pt(NH3)Br Cl (NO2)]Ans 11. [Fe(C2O4)3]3 (due to chelation)
Ans 12. The given complex can be written as [Co(NH3)6]Cl2.
Thus, [Co(NH3)6]+ along with two Cl ions are produced.
Ans.13 d-orbitals having same energy are called as degenerate d- orbitas.
Ans. 14 cis-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3Ans. 15 Tetrahedral (sp3)
Ans 16 Zero (0)
Ans 17. Diamagnetic
Ans 18. Cobalt (Co3+)
Ans 19. Both geometrical (cis-, trans-) isomers for K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2]can exist. Also, optical isomers for cis-isomer
exist.
Ans 20.compounds of platinum (for example, cis-platin)
Answers(two mark questions)
Ans. 1
(i) [Pt(NH3)2Cl(NO2 )]
Diaminechloridonitro(o)platinum(II)
(ii) K3 [Cr(C2 O4 )3 ]
Potassium trioxalatochromate(III)
Ans. 2

243
(a)
[CO (NH3)5Br]SO4and [CO (NH3)5SO4]Br
(b)
Ionisation Isomerism
Ans. 3
When FeSO4 and (NH4)2SO4 solution are mixed in 1 : 1 molar ratio, a double salt is formed. It has the
formula FeSO4 (NH4)2SO4 .6 H2O. In aqueous solution, the salt dissociates in to its constituent ions.
When CuSO4 and NH3 are mixed in the molar ratio of 1 : 4 in solution, a complex [Cu (NH3)4] SO4 is
formed, which does not dissociates into constituent ions.
Ans. 4
Ligands that can attach themselves to the central metal atom through two different atoms are called
ambidentate ligands.
For example:
(a)
(The donor atom is N)

(The donor atom is oxygen)
(b)
(The donor atom is S)
(The donor atom is N)
Ans 5.
In [Co(NH3)6]3+, cobalt ion is in + 3 oxidation state and has the electronic configuration 3d6. It undergoes
dsp hybridisation. Each hybrid orbital receives 1 pair of electrons from ammonia. Since all electrons are
paired it is diamagnetic.
In [CoF6]3+, cobalt ion is in + 3 oxidation state and has the electronic configuration 3d6. It undergoes
sp d hybridisation. Each hybrid orbital receives a pair of electrons from F-. THe 3d electrons of Co remain
unpaired making it paramagnetic.
Ans 6.
Cr is in the +3 oxidation state i.e., d3 configuration. Also, NH3 is a weak field ligand that does not cause the
pairing of the electrons in the 3d orbital.

244
Cr3+
Therefore, it undergoes d2sp3 hybridization and the electrons in the 3d orbitals remain unpaired. Hence, it is
paramagnetic in nature.
In [Ni(CN)4]2, Ni exists in the +2 oxidation state i.e., d8 configuration.
Ni2+:
CN is a strong field ligand. It causes the pairing of the 3d orbital electrons. Then, Ni2+ undergoes dsp2
hybridization.
As there are no unpaired electrons, it is diamagnetic.

Ans 7
The splitting of the d orbitals in an octahedral field takes palce in such a way that
,
experience a rise
in energy and form the eglevel, while dxy, dyzanddzx experience a fall in energy and form the t2g level.
(a)
(b)
Stronger the ligand, more is the splitting.

Higher the oxidation state, greater is the magnitude of
0.
Ans 8.
The metal-carbon bonds in metal carbonyls have both and characters. A bond is formed when the
carbonyl carbon donates a lone pair of electrons to the vacant orbital of the metal. A bond is formed by the
donation of a pair of electrons from the filled metal d orbital into the vacant anti-bonding * orbital (also
known as back bonding of the carbonyl group). The bond strengthens the bond and vice-versa. Thus, a
synergic effect is created due to this metal-ligand bonding. This synergic effect strengthens the bond
between CO and the metal.

245
Ans 9.
When ionization isomers are dissolved in water, they ionize to give different ions. These ions then react
differently with different reagents to give different products.
[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + Ba2+
BaSO4 white precipitate
[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + Ag+
No Reaction
[Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + Ag+
AgCl white precipitate
[Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + Ba
2+
No Reaction
Ans 10
i.
ii.
K2[Ni(CN)4]
[Cr(en)3]Cl3
No Isomerism shown by it
Optical isomerism
Answers(three mark questions)

Ans 1. (a) For [Cr (C2O4)3]3, no geometric isomer is possible as it is a bidentate ligand.
(b) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
Two geometrical isomers are possible.
Ans 2. (a) hexaaquotitanium(III) ion

(b) Due to presence of single electron in d orbitals so that d-d transition is possible.

246
(c) Due to absence of unpaired electron in d orbital

Ans. 3 (a) Tris-(1,2-ethanediamine) cobalt (III) ion
(b) Though both [NiCl4]2 and [Ni(CO)4] are tetrahedral, their magnetic characters are different. This is due
to a difference in the nature of ligands. Cl is a weak field ligand and it does not cause the pairing of unpaired 3d
electrons. Hence, [NiCl4]2 is paramagnetic.
In Ni(CO)4, Ni is in the zero oxidation state i.e., it has a configuration of 3d8 4s2.
But CO is a strong field ligand. Therefore, it causes the pairing of unpaired 3d electrons. Also, it causes the 4s
electrons to shift to the 3d orbital, thereby giving rise to sp3 hybridization. Since no unpaired electrons are
present in this case, [Ni(CO)4] is diamagnetic
(c) It is because the stability of complex depends upon the charge density (i. e. charge/radius ratio) on
central ion. More is the charge density greater is the stability.
Ans 4. (a) dsp2hybridisation
(b) Square planer structure
(c) In [Ni(H2O)6]2+, H2O is a weak field ligand. Therefore, there are unpaired electrons in Ni 2+. In this complex, the d
electrons from the lower energy level can be excited to the higher energy level i.e., the possibility of dd
transition is present. Hence, Ni(H2O)6]2+ is coloured.
In [Ni(CN)4]2, the electrons are all paired as CN- is a strong field ligand. Therefore, d-d transition is not
possible in [Ni(CN)4]2. Hence, it is colourless
Ans. 5
[Co(NH3)6]3+
[Ni(NH3)6]2+
Oxidation state of cobalt = +3
Oxidation state of Ni = +2
Electronic configuration of cobalt = d6
Electronic configuration of nickel = d8

247
NH3 being a strong field ligand causes the

pairing. Therefore, Ni can undergo d2sp3
hybridization.
Hence, it is an inner orbital complex.
If NH3 causes the pairing, then only one 3d

orbital is empty. Thus, it cannot undergo d2sp3
hybridization. Therefore, it undergoes sp3d2
hybridization.
Hence, it forms an outer orbital complex
Ans. 6
complex
Oxidation no. of Ni
hybrid orbitals
shape
(i) [Ni(CN)4]2
+2
dsp2
Square planer
(ii) [Ni(Cl)4]2
+2
sp3
Tetrahedral
(iii) [Ni(CO)4]
Zero (0)
sp3
Tetrahedral
Ans. 7
(a) [Co(H2O)(CN)(en)2]2+
oxidation numbers = +3;
coordination number = 6
IUPAC name = aquacynobis-(ethane 1,2diamine) cobalt (III) ion
(b) [PtCl4]2
oxidation numbers = +2;
coordination number = 4
IUPAC name = tetachloridoplatinate(II) ion
Ans. 8
(a) [Fe(CN)6]4
In the above coordination complex, iron exists in the +2 oxidation state.
Fe2+ : Electronic configuration is 3d6

248
Orbitals of Fe2+ ion:

As CN is a strong field ligand, it causes the pairing of the unpaired 3d electrons.
Since there are six ligands around the central metal ion, the most feasible hybridization is d2sp3.
d2sp3hybridized orbitals of Fe2+ are:
6 electron pairs from CN ions occupy the six hybrid d2sp3orbitals.
Then,
Hence, the geometry of the complex is octahedral and the complex is diamagnetic
(as there are no unpaired electrons).
(b) [FeF6]3
In this complex, the oxidation state of Fe is +3.
Orbitals of Fe+3ion:
There are 6 F ions. Thus, it will undergo d2sp3 or sp3d2 hybridization. As F is a weak field ligand, it does not cause
the pairing of the electrons in the 3d orbital. Hence, the most feasible hybridization is sp3d2.
sp3d2 hybridized orbitals of Fe are:
Hence, the geometry of the complex is found to be octahedral.

Ans. 9 (a)

249
(b)
O. S. = + 2
bybridisation = dsp
(c)
diamagnetic as no unpaired electron.
Ans. 10
(a) [CoCl2(en)2]+
In total, three isomers are possible.

(b) [Co(NH3)Cl(en)2]2+
Trans-isomers are optically inactive.

Cis-isomers are optically active

250
Answers(five mark questions)

Ans. 1
(a) the oxidation No. of Iron = +3
(b) the hybrid orbitals = d2sp3 and the shape of the complex = octahedral
(c) the magnetic behavior of the complex = Paramagnetic
(d) No. of geometrical isomers = Two (cis and trans)
(e) cis structure can show an optical isomer also
(f) bis-(ethane 1,2diamine)dichloridoplatinum (III) chloride
Ans. 2
(a) Co2+ ion is easily oxidized to Co3+ because Co3+ contains t2g6,eg0 (stable) electronic configuration in the
presence of strong ligand while Co2+ has t2g6,eg1 (unstable) electronic configuration.
(b) CO is a stronger complexing reagent than NH3 due to its capacity to form a synergic (back-bonding or d
p bonding).
(c) The molecular shape of [Ni(CO)4] is not the same as that of [Ni(CN)4]2- due to availability of vacant d
orbital for the hybridization. [Ni(CO)4] is tetrahedral in the structure due to sp3 hybridization while
[Ni(CN)4]2- is square planer in the structure due to dsp2 hybridization
(d) Because of non-availability of inner vacant d-orbital for pairing the electrons.
(e) due to availability of vacant d- orbitals to form a bond with a ligand.
Ans. 3
(i) Potassium diaquadioxalatochromate (III) trihydrate.
Oxidation state of chromium = 3
Electronic configuration: 3d3: t2g3
Coordination number = 6
Shape: octahedral
Stereochemistry:

251
Magnetic moment,
4BM
(ii) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
IUPAC name: Pentaamminechloridocobalt(III) chloride
Oxidation state of Co = +3
Shape: octahedral.
Electronic configuration: d6: t2g6.
Stereochemistry:
Magnetic Moment = 0

252
(iii)CrCl3(py)3
IUPAC name: Trichloridotripyridinechromium (III)
Oxidation state of chromium = +3
Electronic configuration for d3 = t2g3
Shape: octahedral.
Stereochemistry:
Both isomers are optically active. Therefore, a total of 4 isomers exist.

Magnetic moment,
4BM
Ans. 4
(i)
(a) [Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2
IUPAC Name: pentaamminenitrocobalt(III) nitrate
It can show two types of isomerism
linkage isomerism.
[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(ONO)](NO3)2
ionization isomerism.
[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(NO3)](NO3)(NO2)
(b)[Pt(NH3)(H2O)Cl2]
IUPAC Name :ammineaquochloridoplatinum(II)
Geometrical (cis-, trans-) isomers of [Pt(NH3)(H2O)Cl2]can exist.

253
(ii) [Pt(NH3)(Br)(Cl)(py)
From the above isomers, none will exhibit optical isomers. Tetrahedral complexes rarely show optical
isomerization. They do so only in the presence of unsymmetrical chelating agents.
Ans. 5 (i) In first case, colour will change from blue to deep blue.
[Cu (H2O)4]2+ + 4 NH3 [Cu (NH3)4]2+ + 4 H2O
deep blue
While in second case, its colour will change to yellow.
[Cu (H2O)4]2+ + 4 Cl- [CuCl4]2+ + 4 H2O
Yellow
(ii) (a) [Cu (NH3)]4]2+ = tetraamminecopper(II)ion
(b) [CuCl4]2+= tetrachloridocopper(II) ion
CHAPTER 9
COORDINATION COMPOUNDS
1 mark questions
21. Explain coordination entity with example.
Ans: it constitute a central metal atom or ions bonded to a fixed number of molecules or ions (
ligands) .eg. [Co(NH3)3Cl3].
22. What do you understand by coordination compounds?
Ans: coordination compounds are the compounds which contains complex ions. These compounds
contain a central metal atom or cation which is attached with a fixed number of anions or molecules
called ligands through coordinate bonds. eg. [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
23. What is coordination number?

254
Ans: the coordination number of a metal ion in a complex may be defined as the total number of
ligand donor atoms to which the metal ion is directly bonded. Eg. In the complex ion [Co(NH3)6]3+
has 6 coordination number.
24. Name the different types of isomerisms in coordination compounds.
Ans: structural isomerism and stereoisomerism.
25. Draw the structure of xenon difluoride.
Ans: structure :trigonalbipyramidal
Shape: linear
26. What is spectrochemical series?

Ans: the series in which ligands are arranged in the order of increasing field strength is called
spectrochemical series. The order is :
I-<Br-<SCN-<Cl-<S2-<F-<OH-<C2O42-<H2O<NCS-<EDTA4-<NH3<en<CN-<CO
27. What do you understand by denticity of a ligand?
Ans: the number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of ligand.
Eg.Bidentateligand ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which can link to central metal
atom.
28. Why is CO a stronger ligand than Cl-?
Ans: because CO has bonds.
29. Why are low spin tetrahedral complexes not formed?
Ans : because for tetrahedral complexes, the crystal field stabilisation energy is lower than pairing
energy.
30. Square planar complexes with coordination number 4 exhibit geometrical isomerism whereas
tetrahedral complexes do not. Why?
Ans: tetrahedral complexes do not show geometrical isomerism because the relative positions of the
ligands attached to the central metal atom are same with respect to each other.
31. What are crystal fields?
Ans: the ligands has around them negatively charged field because of which they are called crystal
fields.
32. What is meant by chelate effect? Give an example .
Ans: when a didentate or polydentate ligand contains donor atoms positioned in such a way that
when they coordinate with the central metal atom, a 5 or 6 membered ring is formed , the effect is
called chelate effect. Eg. [PtCl2(en)]
33. What do you understand by ambidentate ligand?
Ans: a ligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a coordinate bond at a
time with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate ligand. Eg.nitrito-N and nitrito-O.

255
34. What is the difference between homoleptic and heteroleptic complexes?

Ans: in homoleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to only one kind of donor groups
whereas in heteroleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to more than one type of donor
atoms.
35. Give one limitation for crystal field theory.
Ans: i) as the ligands are considered as point charges, the anionic ligands should exert greater
splitting effect. However the anionic ligands are found at the low end of the spectrochemical series.
ii) it does not take into account the covalent character of metal ligand bond. ( any one )
36. How many ions are produced from the complex: [Co(NH3)6]Cl2
Ans: 3 ions
37. The oxidation number of cobalt in K[Co(CO)4]
Ans: -1
38. Which compound is used to estimate the hardness of water volumetrically?
Ans: EDTA
39. Magnetic moment of [MnCl4]2- is 5.92B.M explain with reason.
Ans: the magnetic moment of 5.9 B.M. corresponds to the presence of 5 unpaired electrons in the dorbitals of Mn2+ ion. As a result the hybridisation involved is sp3 rather than dsp2. Thus tetrahedral
structure of [MnCl4]2- complex will show 5.92 B.M magnetic moment value.
40. How many donor atoms are present in EDTA ligand?
Ans: 6
2 marks questions
11. Give the electronic configuration of the following complexes on the basis of crystal field splitting
theory.
iv)
[CoF6]3v)
[Fe(CN)6]4Ans: i) Co3+ (d6) t2g4eg2
vi)
Fe2+ d6t2g6eg0
12. Explain the following with examples:
iv)
Linkage isomerism
v)
Outer orbital complex
Ans: i) this type of isomerism arises due to the presence of ambidentate ligand in a
coordination compound. Eg. [Co(NH3)5NO2]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)5ONO]Cl2
vi)
When ns, np and nd orbitals are involved in hybridisation , outer orbital complex is
formed. Eg. [CoF6]2- in which cobalt is sp3d2 hybridised.
13. i)Low spin octahedral complexes of nickel are not found . Explain why?
ii)the complexes are known for transition elements only.explain.

256
Ans: i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and hence d2sp3
hybridisation is not possible.
ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the electron pairs can
be donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene, ethylene etc. thus d-p bonding is
possible.
14. How would you account for the following:
iii)
[Ti(H2O)6]3+ is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless.
iv)
[Ni(CO)4] possess tetrahedral geometry whereas [Ni(CN)4]2- is square planar.
Ans: i) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H2O)6]3+ complex d-d transition
takes place by the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex appears coloured. On the other
hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does not possess any unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is not possible
(which is responsible for colour) in this complex is not possible, therefore it is colourless.
ii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for [Ni(CN)4]2- is dsp2
hybridised hence it has square planar geometry.
iii)
All the PCl bonds in PCl5 molecule are not equivalent.
iv)
S has greater tendency for catenation than O.
Ans: i) in P Cl5 the 2 axial bonds are longer than 3 equatorial bonds. This is due to the fact that
the axial bond pairs suffers more repulsion as compared to equatorial bond pairs.
ii) The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element. As SS bond is
much stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S has greater tendency for
catenation than O.
16. Give the stereochemistry and the magnetic behaviour of the following complexes:
iii)
[Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
iv)
K2[Ni(CN)4]
Ans: i) d2sp3 hybridisation, structure and shape = octahedral
Magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic
ii) dsp2 hybridisation, structure and shape = square planar
magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic
17. Draw the structures of isomers if any and write the names of the following complexes:
iii)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+
iv)
[Co(en)3]3+

257
Ans: i) tetraamminedichloridochromium(III) ion

ii) tris(ethane-1,2-diammine)cobalt(III)ion
iv)
The NO bond in NO2- is shorter than the NO bond in NO3v)
SF6 is kinetically an inert substance.
Ans: i) this is because the NO bone in NO2- is an average of a single bond and a double bond
whereas NO bond in NO3- is an average of 2 single bonds and a double bond.
vi)
In SF6 the S atom is sterically protected by 6 fluorine atoms and does not allow water
molecules to attack the S atom. Further F atoms does not contain d orbitals to accept the
electrons denoted by water molecules. Due to these reasons , SF6 is kinetically an inert
substance.
19. Hydrated copper sulphate is blue in colour whereas anhydrous copper sulphate is colourless.
Why?
Ans: because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu2+ metal ion. This
result in d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this impart blue colour to the crystal.
Whereas when we talk about anhydrous copper sulphate it does not contain any ligand which
could split the d orbital to have CFSE effect.
20. Calculate the magnetic moment of the metal ions present in the following complexes:
iii)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
iv)
[Ni(CN)4]2Ans: i)electronicconfig. t2g6eg3, n=1, s= n(n+2) = 1.732 B.M
ii) electronicconfig. t2g6eg2 , n=2, s= n(n+2)=2.828 B.M
3 marks questions
2. (a) What is a ligand? Give an example of a bidentate ligand.
(b) explain as to how the 2 complexes of nickel,[Ni(CN)4]2- and Ni(CO)4 have different structures but
donot differ in their magnetic behaviour.( Ni=28)
Ans: (a) the ion , atom or molecule bound to the central atom or ion in the coordination entity is
called ligand. A ligand should have lone pair of electrons in their valence orbital which can be
donated to central metal atom or ion.
Eg.Bidentate ligandethylenediammine
(b)dsp2, square planar, diamagnetic (n=0)

258
Sp3 hybridisation , tetrahedral geometry, diamagnetic (n=0)

2. Nomenclate the following complexes:
i) [Co(NH3)5(CO3)]Cl
ii)[COCl2(en)2]Cl
iii) Fe4[Fe(CN) 6]
Ans: i) pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(III)chloride
ii) dichloridobis(ethane-1,2-diamine)cobalt(III)chloride
iii)iron(III)hexacyanidoferrate(II)
3. (a)why do compounds with similar geometry have different magnetic moment?
(b)what is the relationship between the observed colour and wavelength of light absorbed by the complex?
Ans: (a) it is due to the presence of weak and strong ligands in complexes, if CFSE is high the complex will
show low value of magnetic moment and if it is low the value of magnetic moment is high. Eg. [CoF6]3- and
[Co(NH3)6]3+ , the former is paramagnetic and the latter is diamagnetic.
(b) higher the CFS lower will be the wavelength of absorbed light. Colour of the complex is obtained from
the wavelength of the leftover light.
4. Explain the following terms giving a suitable example.
(a) ambident ligand
(b) denticity of a ligand
(c) crystal field splitting in an octahedral field
Ans (a) Aligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a coordinate bond at a time
with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate ligand. Eg.nitrito-N and nitrito-O.
(b)The number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of ligand. Eg.Bidentateligand
ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which can link to central metal atom.
(c) the splitting of the degenerated d orbital into 3 orbitals of lower energy t2g and 2 orbitals of higher
energy eg due to presence of a ligand in a octahedral crystal field is known as crystal field splitting in an
octahedral complex.
5. (a) Copper sulphate pentahydrate is blue in colour while anhydrous copper sulphate is colourless. Why?
(b) Sulphur has greater tendency for catenation than oxygen.Why?

259
Ans : (a)because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu2+ metal ion. This result in
d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this impart blue colour to the crystal. Whereas when we
talk about anhydrous copper sulphate it does not contain any ligand which could split the d orbital to have
CFSE effect.
(b)The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element. As SS bond is much
stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S has greater tendency for catenation than O.
6. draw structures of geometrical isomers of the following complexes:
(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-
(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3
7. write the state of hybridisation, the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following complexes:
(i) [Co(en)3]Cl3
(II) K2[Ni(CN)4]
(III)[Fe(CN)6]38. how would you account for the following:
(i) [Ti(H2O)6]3+is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless .
(II) [ Fe(CN)6]3- is weakly paramagnetic while [ Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic.
(III) Ni(CO)4 possess tetrahedral geometry while [Ni (CN)4]2- is square planar.
Ansi) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H2O)6]3+ complex d-d transition takes place by
the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex appears coloured. On the other hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does
not possess any unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is not possible (which is responsible for colour) in
this complex is not possible, therefore it is colourless.
(ii) paramagnetism is attributed to the presence o f unpaired electrons. Greater the number of unpaired
electron greater is the paramagnetism. Due to the presence of one electron in the 3d subshell in [ Fe(CN)6]3it is weakly paramagnetic. On the other hand [ Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic because all electrons are paired.
iii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for [Ni(CN)4]2- is dsp2 hybridised
hence it has square planar geometry.
11. Explain the following ::
(iv)
low spin octahedral complexes of Ni are not known.
(v)
The pi complexes are known for the transition elements only.
(vi)
CO is a stronger ligand than NH3 for many metals

260
Ans. i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and hence d2sp3 hybridisation is
not possible.
ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the electron pairs can be
donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene, ethylene etc. thus d-p bonding is possible.
(iii) because in case of CO back bonding takes place in which the central atom uses its filled d orbitals with
empty anti bonding *molecular orbital of CO.
12. What is meant by stability of a coordination compounds in solutions? State the factors which govern
the stability of complexes.
Ans : the stability of a complex in solution refers to the degree of association between the two
species involved in the state of equilibrium. The magnitude of the equilibrium constant for the
association expresses the stability .
M +4L
ML4
4
K = [ML4]/[M][L]
Factors on which stability of complex depends (i) charge on central metal ion (ii) nature of the metal
ion (iii) basic nature of the ligand (iv) presence of the chelate ring (v) effect of multidentate cyclic
ligand .
5 marks questions
6. Draw the structures of the following molecules:
(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-
(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3(d) [Co(en)3]Cl3(e)[Fe(CN)6]3-
7. What is crystal field theory for octahedral complexes? Also write the limitations of this theory.
Ans :
8. Write the state of hybridisation the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following complex
entities:
(vi)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
(vii)
[Co(en)3]Cl3
(viii) K2[NiCl4]
(ix)
[Fe(H2O)6]2+
(x)
[NiCl4]29. Using valence bond theory explain the following questions in relation to [Co(NH3)6]3+.
(vi)
Nomenclature
(vii)
Type of hybridisation
(viii) Inner or outer orbital complex
(ix)
Magnetic behaviour
(x)
Spin only magnetic moment

261
10. Compare the following complexes with respect to structural shape of units, magnetic behaviour and
hybrid orbitals involved in units:
[Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(NH3)6]3+,[ Ni(CO)4]
HALOALAKANES & HALOARENES

1. What happens when tert-butyl alcohol is treated with Cu / at 573 K.?
2. Arrange the following halides in order of increasing SN reactivity :
CH3 Cl, CH3 Br, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2 CHCl
3. Alkyl halides, though polar, are immiscible with water. Why?
4. Grignard reagents should be prepared under anhydrous conditions. Why?
5. Which of the following two compounds would react faster by SN pathway: 1-bromobutane (OR) 2bromobutane.
6. Allyl Chloride is more reactive than n-propyl Chloride towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.
Explain.
7. Explain why is Chlorobenzene difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride ?
8. RCl is hydrolysed to ROH slowly but the reaction is rapid if a catalytic amount of KI is added to the
reaction mixture.Why?
9. Why haloalkanes are more reactive than haloarenes.
10. Why do haloalkenes undergo nucleophillic substitution whereas haloarenes under go electophillic substitution?
11. Aryl halides cannot be prepared by the action of sodium halide in the presence H2SO4 .Why?
12. Why is Sulphuric acid not used during the reaction of alcohols with KI ?
13. p- dichlorobenzene has highest m.p. than those of ortho and m-isomers.?
14. Although chlorine is an electron- withdrawing group, yet it is ortho and para directing in electrophillic aromatic
substitution reactions.Why?
15. Explain why vinyl chloride is unreactive in nucleophillic substitution reaction?

16. Arrange the following compounds according to reactivity towards nucleophillic substitution reaction with
reagents mentioned :a. 4- nitro chloro benzene, 2,4 di nitro chloro bemzene, 2,4,6, trinitrochlorobenzene with CH3ONa
17. Arrange in order of boiling points.
a. Bromobenzene, Bromoform, chloromethane,Dibromo-methane
b. 1-chloropropane, Isopropyle chloride, 1-Chlorobutane.
18. Predict the reactivity in SN1
a. C6H5CH2Br, C6H5CH (C6H5)Br, C6H5CH(CH3)Br, C6H5C(CH3)( C6H5)Br
19. Why is vinyl chloride less reactive than ethyl chloride?
20. Chloroform is stored in dark coloured & sealed bottle. Why?

262
21. The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aqueous KOH lead to the formation of alcohols but in presence of alcoholic
KOH alkenes are major products. Explain?
22. p-Dichlorbenzene has higher melting point and lower solubility than those of o- and m- isomers.
Discuss.
23. Haloalkanes react with KCN to form alkyl cyanides as major product while AgCN form isocyanide as the
chief product. Explain
24. Explain why is Chlorobenzene difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride ?
25. Which compound will react faster in SN2 reaction with OH---?
a. CH3Br and CH3I (SN2)
b. (CH3)3C-Cl or CH3Cl (SN2)
26. Alcohols reacts with halogen acids to form haloalkenes but phenol does not form halobenzene. Explain
27. How the following conversions can be carried out?
a. Propene to propan-1-ol
b. 1-Bromopropane to 2-bromopropane
28. The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aq KOH leads to the formation of alcohols but in presence of alcoholic KOH,
alkenes are the major products. Explain.
29. Tert-butyl chloride reacts with aq. NaOH by SN mechanism while n-butyl chloride reacts by SN
mechanism. Why ?
30. Why alkyl halides are generally not prepared in laboratory by free radical halogenation of alkanes ?
3MARK QUESTIONS(31-40)
31. Haloalkanes undego
substitutions.
nucleophilic
substitutions
whereas
Haloarenes
undegoes
electrophilic
32. Why alkyl halides are generally not prepared in laboratory by free radical halogenation of alkanes?
33. Why preparation of aryl iodide by electrophilic substitution requires presence of an oxidising agent?
Why can aryl flouride not be prepared by this method?
34.
Why aryl halides are extremely less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution?
35.
(i)
(ii)
Arrange in order of property indicated :

CH3CH2CH2CH2Br, (CH3)3 Br, (CH3)3 CHCH2 Br
(Increasing boiling point)
CH3F, CH3I, CH3Cl, CH3Br (nucleophilic substitution)
36. Why does 2 bromopentane gives pent-2-ene as major product in elimination reaction ?
37. Complete the reaction :
(a)
CH3OCH3 + PCl5
(b)
C2H5OCH3 + HCl
(c)
(C2H5)2 O + HCl
38 Distinguish between the following pair of organic compounds

i) CCl4 and CHCI3

263
ii) Chlorobenzene and Benzyl chloride

39. How are the following conversions carried out?
(i) Benzyl chloride Benzyl alcohol.
(ii) Ethyl magnesium chloride Propan-1-ol.
Cu /HCl
(iii) C6H5N2Cl
40. Write the formula of main product formed in the following chemical reactions.
Na
(i)
(CH3)2 CH-C1
Dry ether
(ii)
CH3Br + AgF
(iii)
Dry acetone
CH3CH2Br + Nal
5MARKS QUESTIONS(41-45)
41. Identify A, B, C, D, E, R, R in the following :
Dry ether
H2O
(i)
Br + Mg A B
Dry ether
(ii)
R Br + Mg C CH3 CH CH3
|
D
CH3CH3
|
|
(iii)
D2O
Na/ether
Mg
H2 O
CH3 C C CH3 RX D E
| |
CH3CH3
42.a) Give the IUPAC name of

264
CH3 CH3
CH3
CH2 C
CH2 CH 2
OH
Br Br
b)Complete the following reactions:
(a) C6H5ONa + C2H5Cl -------->
(b) CH3CH2CH2OH + SOCl2 ------->
(c ) Preparation of haloalkane with Alkane and halogen using U.V light is least
Preferred method.Explain?
43.a).p-dichlorobenzene has higher melting point and lower solubility than o- and m-isomer. Explain?
b) Which will have a higher boiling point?
1 - Chloro enthane or - 2 methyl -2- chlorobutane
Give reasons?
c) Chloroform is not used as anesthetic nowadays. Why?
44.(a) p - nitro chlorobenzene undergoes nucleophilic substitution faster than chlorobenzene. Explain giving
the resonating structures as well.
(b)Allyl chloride is more reactive than n - propyl chloride towards nucleophilic substitution reaction. Explain
why?
(c) Give IUPAC name of the following organic compound
C6H5CH2Cl
45.a) Why do alcohols have higher boiling points than the halo alkanes of the same molecular mass?
b) Convert the following:
i) Benzene to aniline.
ii) Benzene to diphenyl
iii) Benzene to p-Chloro toluene.

265
ANSWERS
1 MARK ANSWERS(1-20)
1.Dehydration reaction will take place. Isobutene will be formed.
CH3
|
CH2
CU
||
CH3 C OH
CH3 C
573 K
CH3
H2 O
CH3
2.(CH3)2 CHCl < CH3CH2Cl < CH3Cl < CH3Br.

(Hint : As the size of the alkyl group increases SN reactivity decreases.)
3. Alkyl halides cannot form H-bonds with water molecules and hence are insoluble in water.
4. Because Grignard reagents have a very strong affinity for H+ ions. In presence of water, they abstract H+
ions from water and form alkanes. To prevent this, they should be prepared under anhydrous
conditions.
5. The reactivity in SN reaction depends upon the extent of steric hindrance. i-bromobutane is a 1 alkyl
halide and 2-bromobutane is a 2 alkyl halide. Since there will be some steric hindrance in 2 alkyl halide
than in 1 alkylhalide, therefore 1-bromobutane will react faster than 2-bromobutane in SN reaction.
6. Allyl Chloride readily undergoes ionization to produce resonance stabilized allyl carbocation. Since
carbocations are reactive species they readily combine with OH ions to form allyl alcohol.
7. The lone pair of electrons of Chlorine is Chlorbenzene participates into resonance with the benzene
ring.As a result C Cl bond acquires a partial double bond character. Therefore, this C Cl bond is
stronger than C Cl bond in ethyl chloride which is a pure single bond. As such the Chlorobenzene
is difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride.
8. Iodide ion is a powerful nucleophile and hence reacts rapidly with RCl to form RI.
+ + I; R Cl + I
KI
I + Cl
9.In haloarenes, there is double bond character b/w carbon and halogen due to resonance effect which
makes him less reactive.
10. Due to more electro negative nature of halide atom in haloalkanes carbon atom becomes slightly
positive and is easily attacked by nucleophillic reagents.
While in haloarenes due to resonance, carbon atom becomes slightly negative and attacked by electrophillic
reagents.

266
11. Due to resonance the carbon- oxygen bond in phenols has partial double bond and it is stronger than
carbon oxygen single bond.
12.It is because HI formed will get oxidized to I2 by concentrated Sulphuric acid which is an oxidizing agent.
13. p- dichlorobenzene is symmetrical, fits into crystal lattice more readily and has higher melting point.
14. Ans. Chlorobenzene is resonance hybrid, there is ve charge at 0 and para positions, electrophillic
substitution reaction will take place at 0 and para position due to +R effect. +R effect is dominating over I
effect. .
15. Vinyl chloride is unreactive in nucleophillic substitution reaction because of double bond character
between C=CL bond which is difficult to break.
16. 2,4,6, trinitrochlorobenzene > 2,4 dinitrochlorobemzene > 4- nitrochlorobenzene
17. Ans. (a) chloromethane < Bromobenzene < Dibromo-methane < , Bromoform
(b) , Isopropyle chloride <1-chloropropane <1-Chlorobutane
30 > 20> 10 (SN1)
18. C6H5C(CH3)(C6H5)Br > C6H5(C6H5)Br > C6H5CH(CH3)Br > C6H5CH2Br
(30)
(20)
(20)
(10)
2
19.Due to the sp hybridization and resonance in vinyl chloride.
20.Because it undergoes oxidation and converting to poisonous gas phosgene.
2 mark questions(21-30)
21. In aqueous KOH,OH- is nucleophile which replaces another nucleophile.
R-X +KOH R-OH +KX
Where as in alcoholic KOH
C2H5OH +KOH C2H5O- + K+
CH3CH2-Cl + alcoholic KOH-------- CH2 =CH2 + C2H5OH
(C2H5O-)
22.The p-isomer being more symmetrical fits closely in the crystal lattice and thus has stronger
intermolecular forces of attraction than those of o- and m- isomers. Since during melting or
dissolution, the crystal lattice breaks, therefore a larger amount of energy is needed to melt or
dissolve the p- isomer than the corresponding o- and meta isomers.
23. KCN is a ionic compound and provides cyanide ions in solution. Although both carbon and nitrogen
atoms are in a position to donate electron pairs, the attack takes place mainly through Carbon atom
and not through nitrogen atom since C C bond is more stable than C N bond. However AgCN is
mainly covalent in nature and nitrogen is free to donate electron pair forming isocyanide as the main
product.
24.The lone pair of electrons of Chlorine is Chlorbenzene participates into resonance with the benzene ring.
As a result C Cl bond acquires a partial double bond character. Therefore, this C Cl bond is

267
stronger than C Cl bond in ethyl chloride which is a pure single bond. As such the Chlorobenzene
is difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride.
25.a) CH3I will react faster than CH3Br b) CH3Cl will react faster than 30 halide
26. The C-O bond in phenol acquires partial double bond character due to resonance and hence be cleared
by X- ions to form halobenzenes. But in alcohols a pure C O bond is maintained and can be cleared by X
ions.
. 27.a)
b)
28.In aq. solution, KOH is almost completely ionised to give OH ions which being a strong nucleophile
brings about a substitution reaction to form alcohols. Further in aq. solution, OH ions are highly
solvated (hydrated).
This solution reduces the basic character of OH ions which fail to abstract a hydrogen from the carbon of the alkyl halide to form an alkene.
However an alcoholic solution of KOH contains alkoxide (RO) ions which being a much stronger
base than OH ions preferentially abstracts a hydrogen from the -carbon of the alkyl halide to form
alkene.

268
29.Tert-butyl chloride reacts via SN mechanism because the heterolytic cleavage of C Cl bond in tertbutyl chloride gives 3 carbocation which is highly stable and favourable for SN mechanism.
Moreover, tert-butyl chloride (3) bring a bulky molecule has steric hindrance which will not allow
SN mechanism to take place. Hence only SN1 mechanism can occur in tert-butyl chloride. However
n-butyl chloride (1) reacts via SN because C of C Cl bond is less crowded and favourable for
nucleophile to attack from back side results in the formation of transition state. It has less steric
hindrance which is a favourable factor for SN mechanism.
30.It is because :
(i)
It gives a mixture of isomeric monohalogenated products whose boiling points are so close
that they cannot be separated easily.
(ii)
Polyhalogenation may also take place, thereby making the mixture more complex and hence
difficult to separate.
31. Haloalkanes are more polar than haloarenes.

-atom carrying the halogen in haloalkanes is mroe e deficient than that in haloarenes.
In haloarenes, the love pair of electrons present on the halogen atom goes into resonance with the
aryl ring. The aryl ring being rich in electron density, undergoes electrophilic substitutions.
32.It is because :
(i)
It gives a mixture of isomeric monohalogenated products whose boiling points are so close
that they cannot be separated easily.
(ii)
Polyhalogenation may also take place, thereby making the mixture more complex and hence
difficult to separate.
33.Reactions with I2 are reversible in nature and require presence of oxidising agent (HNO3, etc.) to oxidise
HI formed during iodination and promote forward reaction.
Fluoro compounds cannot be prepared due to high reactivity of flourine.
34.(i) Resonance effect :
Due to resonance C Cl bond acquires partial double bond character.
(ii)
Difference in hybridisation of Carbon in C X bond :

in haloarene C-atom attached to halogen in sp hybrid while sp in haloalkane.

269
C X bond length in sp hybrid is shorter and hence stronger and difficult to break.
(iii)
Instability of phenyl cation
(iv)
Possible repulsion of nucleophile to approach e rich arenes.
35.(i) B. P. decreases with increase in branching due to decrease in Van der Waals forces of attraction.
(CH3)3 CBr < (CH3)2 CHCH2 Br < CH3CH2CH2CH2Br
(ii)
Reactivity increases as C X bond dissociation energy decreases.

CH3F < CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3I
36.
Br
OH
| OH
CH3 CH2 = CH = CH2 > CH3CH2CH2CHCH2 > CH3CH2CH2CH = CH2
|
H
(81%)
(Pent-2-ene)
(19%)
(Pent-1-ene)
This is because of Saytzeffs rule In dehydrohalogen reactions, the preferred product is that alkene
which has the greater number of alkyl groups attached to the doubly bonded carbon atoms.
37.
(a)
2 CH3Cl
(b)
CH3Cl + C2H5OH
(c)
C2H5Cl + C2H5OH
38. i)Carblamine reaction : chloroform gives offensive smell due to formation isocyanide but CCl4 dont.
ii) Diazotisation test will be given by benzyl chloride.
39.i)Hydrolysis with water.
ii) Nucleophillic addition with HCHO followed by hydrolysis.
iii)
Cu /HCl
C6H5N2Cl C6H5Cl
40 (a) (CH3)2 CH-C1 (CH3)2 CH-CH(CH3)2

Dry ether
(b)
CH3Br + AgFCH3F
(c)
Dry acetone
CH3CH2Br + Nal CH3CH2I

270
5 MARK ANSWERS(41-45)
dry ether
Ans.
(i)
Br + Mg
(A)
MgBr
H2 O
+ Mg (OH) Br
(B)
(ii)
Dry ether D2O

RBr + Mg RMgBr CH3 CH CH3
|
D
Here
R = CH3CHCH3
|
CH3 CH3
CH3
| |
Na/ethe |
(iii) CH3 C C CH3 CH3 C X
| |
CH3 CH3
|
CH3
CH3
|
H2 O
CH3
|
CH3 C H CH3 C MgBr

|
CH3
|
CH3

271
42. a)3,4-dibromo-3,4-dimethylhexan-1-ol.
b) (a) C6H5ONa + C2H5Cl
C6H5-O-C2H5 + NaCl
(b) CH3CH2CH2OH + SOCl2
CH3CH2CH2Cl + HCl + SO2
c) Due to formation of mixed halides primary, secondary tertiary.

43.a) The p-isomer being more symmetrical fits directly in the crystal lattice and thus has stronger inter
molecular forces of attraction than o- and m- isomers.During melting or dissolution, the crystal lattice
breaks. Therefore, a large amount of energy is needed to melt or dissolve the p-isomer than the resultant oand m- isomers.
b) 1-chloro pentane
Surface area and hence Van der Waals forces of attraction decreases on branching.
c)Due to the formation of poisonous gas during oxidation.
44(a) In this reaction a carbanion intermediate is formed. This is stabilized by Resonance in
p-nitrochloro benzene Resonance Structure
(b) In allyl chloride, the carbocation formed is stabilised due to resonance
while the carbocation formed form n - propyl chloride i.e. is less stable, so allyl chloride is more reactive
towards nucleophilic substitution reaction.
(c) Chlorophenylmethane
45 a) Alcohols are capable of forming intermolecular H-bonds .
b) i) C6H6 + Cl2 ----------- C6H5Cl + NH3 ---------------C6H5NH2 + HCl
FeCl3
Cu2O,
ii) C6H6 + Cl2 -----------C6H5Cl + 2Na + C6H5Cl ------------ C6H5-C6H5 + 2NaCl
FeCl3
Dry ether
iii)C6H6 + CH3Cl ------------ C6H5CH3 + Cl2 ------------------ C6H4CH3Cl + HCl
AlCl3
FeCl3
CHAPTER 11
Alcohols And Phenols
1 MARKS QUESTIONS
Q1. What is absolute alcohol ?
Ans: 100% C2H5OH is known as absolute alcohol.
Q2. What is rectified spirit ?
Ans:95% C2H5OH is known as rectified spirit.

272
Q3.Lower alcohols are soluble in water but higher alcohols are not soluble . Why?
Ans: Due to large Hydrocarbon part which hydrophobic.
Q4. Why ether is insoluble in water ?
Ans: Due to absence of HB.
Q5. How is alcohol made unfit for drinking purposes ?
Ans: By adding CH3OH , CuSO4 and Pyridine
Q6. Phenol is an acid but does not react with NaHCO3. Why?
Ans: Since Phenol feebly weak in nature.
Q7.Diethylether does not react with Na.Why ?
Ans: Due to absence of acidic Hydrogen (Active).
Q8.Propanol has higher B.P. than that of n-Butane. Why?
Ans : In propanol there is HBonding but in n-Butane there is no HBonding.
Q9. Mixture of o- &p-Nitrophenol is separated by Steam volatile . Why ?
Ans: Due to intramolecular HB in O-Nitrophenol.
Q10. Out ofo- &p-Nitrophenol which one is more volatile ?
Ans:O-Nitrophenol due to intramolecular HB.
Q11. IUPAC Name of Dimethylether is
Ans: Methoxymethane
Q12.IUPAC Name of Isobutyl alcohol is
Ans: 2-Methylpropanol
Q13.What is anisol ?
Ans: Methyl phenyl ether
Q14. Give an example of 3o alcohol.
Ans: Dimethylethanol
Q15.What is phenetol ?

273
Ans :Ethylphenyl ether(C6H5-O-C2H5)

Q16.Phenol gives litmus test but not alcohol. Why?
Ans:
S.N.
1.
Compounds
Phenol
Alcohol
More Acidic due to I effect
Less Acidic due

to +I effect
Q17.What is Lucas Reagent ?

Ans: Anhydrous Zinc Chloride +Conc.HCl
Q18.Dimethyl ether is more volatile than ethanol . Why?
Ans: Due to absence of HB.
Q19.Which product will obtain by dehydration of ethanol ?
Ans: Ethene.
Q20. Out of But-2-en-1-ol and 2-Butanol which one shows Cis&Trans isomerism ?
Ans:But-2-en-1-ol will show Cis&Trans isomerism .
By Tinsukia Region
CHAPTER 12
1 Marks Questions
Q1. Write IUPAC Name of Acetone .
Ans: Propanone
Q2.Draw the structure of Isobutyraldehyde.
Ans: CH3-CH(CH3)-CH2-CHO
Q3.Write the IUPAC Name of Caproic Acid.
Ans: Hexanoic Acid.
Q4.What is Fehlings Solution A?
Ans: Aqueous solution of CuSO4.
Q5.What is the Tollens Reagent?
Ans: Ammonical Silver Nitrate Solution .

274
Q6.Arrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their B.P.

CH3CHO,CH3CH2OH,CH3OCH3,CH3CH2CH3
Ans:CH3CH2CH3<CH3OCH3<CH3CHO<CH3CH2OH
Q7. Arrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their reactivity in nucleophilic Addition
reactionEthanal,Propanal,Propanone,Butanone
Ans: Butanone<Propanone<Propanal<Ethanal
Q8. Write the structure of 3-Hydroxy butanal.
Ans:CH3-CH(OH)-CH3-CHO
Q9. B.P. of ketone&aldehyde is higher than that of hydrocarbons of comparable molecular mass why?
Ans: Due to dipole-dipole interaction in carbonyl compounds.
Q10. What is formalin ?
Ans: 40% aqueous solution of HCHO.
Q11.What is Vinegar?
Ans: 8% solution of acetic acid.
Q12. Formic Acid is more acidic than acetic acid why?
Ans: Due to +I effect in acetic acid
Q13. What is Per-Fluoro acetic acid?
Ans: CF3COOH
Q14.Acidic nature of carboxylic acid is higher than Phenol Why?
Ans : Carboxylate ions are more stable than Phenoxide ions .
Q15. Out of Propionaldehyde and Acetone , which more reactive ?
Ans: Acetone
Q16. What is Schiffs base ?
Ans: RCH=NR
Q17.Out of CH3CHO&HCHO which compound will give aldol condensation ?
Ans: CH3CHO
Q18. Out of CH3CHO&HCHO which compound will give Cannizzaros Reaction ?
Ans: HCHO
Q19.Write oxidation product of Propanol.
Ans: Propanoic Acid
Q20. What is PCC?
Ans: PyridiniumChloroChromate
By Tinsukia Region
CHAPTER 13
1MARKS QUESTIONS
Q1. Give an example tertiary amine .
Ans: Trimethyl amine
Q2. Write the IUPAC Name of ethyl amine
Ans: Ethanamine
Q3. Which amine is more basic CH3NH2or(CH3)3N in Gaseous Phase ?
Ans: (CH3)3N
Q4. What is the Zwitterion ?

275
Ans: Dipolar ion

Q4.Give an example of Zwitter ion.
Ans: H3N+-CH2-COOQ5. Write the IUPAC Name of CH2=CHCN.
Ans: Pro-2-enenitrile
Q6.Give one important use of Phenyl isocyanide .
Ans : As insecticide
Q7. B.P. of 1o Amine is higher than that of secondary amine of comparable molecular mass why?
Ans: Due to more Number of HB.
Q8. Ethyl amine is soluble in water but Aniline does not why?
Ans: Due to HB in Ethyl amine
Q9. Which amine gives Carbyl amine test ?
Ans: Primary(1o) Amine
Q10. Write the IUPAC Name of (CH3)3N.
Ans: N,N-Dimethylmethanamine
Q11.Arrange the following in the decreasing order of basic strength.
C6H5NH2 ,(C2H5)2NH,C2H5NH2,NH3
Ans:(C2H5)2NH>C2H5NH2>NH3>C6H5NH2
Q12. Aniline is less basic than ammonia why?
Ans: Due to +R effect in Aniline
Q13. Why are aliphatic amines stronger bases than aromatic amines ?
Ans: There is +I effect in aliphatic amines and I effect in aromatic amines.
Q14.Write the IUPAC Name of --
Ans: 2-Methylaniline
Q15. Which is more basic triethyl amine or Diethyl amine in Gaseous state ?
Ans:Diethyl amine
Q16. Which of followings have higher Kb , H2O or NH3?
Ans: NH3
Q17.Write the structure of Benzenediazonium chloride.
Ans:
Q18. What is HinsbergsReagent ?

276
Ans: Bezenesulphonyl Chloride (C6H5SO2Cl)

Q19. Which of compound CH3NH2 and C2H5NH2 has higher value of PKb ?
Ans:CH3NH2
Q20. Write the structure of p- Amino azobenzene.
Ans:
By Tinsukia Region
CHAPTER 14
1 MARK QUESTION
Q1. What is invert sugar ?
Ans: Mixture of glucose & Fructose
Q2. Which disaccharide is present in milk ?
Ans: Lactose
Q3. Which Polysaccharide is present in Rice ?
Ans: Starch
Q4. Write hydrolysis product of Lactose.
Ans: Glucose &Galactose
Q5. Name the carbohydrate which is not digested in human body ?
Ans; Cellulose
Q6. Which Functional groups are present in glucose ?
Ans : -OH & CHO
Q7. What are the constituents of Maltose ?
Ans: 2 Units of -D-glucose
Q8.What are the constituents of Starch ?
Ans: Amylose & Amylopectin
Q9. Which Polysaccharide is stored in the Liver of Animals ?
Ans: Glycogen
Q10.Name two Carbohydrades which act as byfuels?
Ans: Starch & Glycogen
Q11. Write the water soluble vitamins .
Ans: Vitamin B & Vitamin C

277
Q12. Give an example of Fibrous Protein .

ANS: Keratin
Q13.Give two examples of essential amino acids .
Ans: Valine&Lycine
Q14. Name the Enzymes present in the saliva of Human.
Ansd: Amylase
Q15. What is Glycogen ?
Ans: Polysaccharide
Q16. What type of bonding occurs in globular Proteins ?
Ans: Van der Waals interaction , Dipolar interaction , HB.
Q17 Which bio-molecules act as catalyst ?
Ans: Enzyme
Q18.Name the enzyme which breaks proteins into peptides ?
Ans: Pepsin & Trypsin
Q19.Name the purines present in DNA >
Ans: Adenine and Guanine
Q20 Name the base that is found in RNA only .
Ans: Uracil
By Tinsukia Region
CHAPTER 15
1 MARK QUESTIONS
Q1. Write the monomers of Bakelite.
Ans: Phenol & Formaldehyde
Q2. Give the chemical name of Tefflon.
Ans: PTFE
Q3. What is the main constituent of Babalgum ?
Ans: Butadiene &Sytrene
Q4.Name a synthetic polymer which is an amide ?
Ans: Nylon-66
Q5. Name a polymer used to make cups for hot drinks?
Ans: Urea formaldehyde resin
Q6.Name one thermosetting & one thermoplastic polymer>
Ans: PVC & Bakelite
Q7 Name a synthetic polymer which is an ester.
Ans: Terrylene
Q8. Give an example of Step Growth Polymer .
Ans: Terrylene
Q9. Write the monomers of Neoprene
Ans: Chloroprene
Q10 Write monmers of Nylon-66
Ans; Hexamethylenediamine&Adipic acid
Q11. Write the Full form of PMMA.
Ans: PolyMethylMethAcrylate

278
Q12. What is the volcanisation ?

Ans: Heating of natural rubber with sulphur .
Q13.What is PHBV?
Ans: Poly--hydroxybutyrate-Co--hydroxyvalerate
Q14. Give an example of Bio-degradable polymer ?
Ans: PHBV
Q15. What do you hy Buna-S ?
Ans: Butadiene & Styrene
Q16.Arrange the following Polymers in increasing order of intermolecular force.
Nylon-66,Buna-S,Polythene
Ans:Buna-S<Polythene<Nylon-66
Q17.Name a polymer used in non-stick utensils.
Ans: Tefflon
Q18. What do you understand for 6&6 in Nylon -66 ?
Ans: Both 6 shows number of carbon atoms in monomers.
Q19.What do you mean by Bu- , na& N in Buna-N.
Ans: Bu-Butadiene ,na-Sodium (Na) and N- Acrylonitrile
Q20. Write the monomers of Melamin Formaldehyde Resin.
Ans: Melamin& Formaldehyde
CHAPTER 16
1MARK QUESTIONS
Q1.Name two types of chemical messangers.
Ans: Neurotransmitters & Hormones
Q2. Name the antibiotic used in typhoid fever.
Ans:Chloramphenicol
Q3.Name a Broad spectrum Antibiotic.
Ans;Chloramphenicol
Q4. Name the Medicine which can act as analgesic as well as antipyretic .,
Ans: Aspirin
Q5. Name the constituents of Dettol.
Ans; Chlroxylenol&terpineol
Q6. Why is Ethanal added to Soap ?
Ans: To make it transparent
Q7. Name an ant acid which prevent the formation of acid in the stomach.
Ans : Ranitidine
Q8. Why is glycerol is added to shaving soap?
Ans: To prevent rapid drying.
Q9. Give an example of bacteriocidal antibiotic.
Ans: Penicillin
Q10.Name a drug used in mental depression .
Ans: Equanil
Q11. Name a few artificial sweatners
Ans: Saccharin & Aspartame
Q12. What type drugh is phenacetine?

279
Ans: Antibiotic
Q13.What are pathogens?
Ans; Disease causing organisms.
Q14.Name two Narcotics which are used as analgesics >
Ans: Morphine & Codeine
Q15. What is Chemotherapy?
Ans: Use of chemical for treatment of disease .
Q16. Mention a few drug targets .
Ans: Carbohydratyes, Lipids , Proteins & Nucleic Acids .
Q17. Define a Tanquilizer.
Ans: Drug which act on CNS to help in reducing anxiety.
Q18.Define Soap .
Ans: Soap is a Sodium or Potassium salt of Fatty Acids
Q19.Why are detergents preferred over soaps ?
Ans: Unlike soaps detergents can be used even in hard water.
Q20.What is a Bacteriostatic drug ?
Ans: A drug which inhibit the growth of disease causing organisms.
Prepared by Tinsukia Region

280
ANION ANALYSIS
SALT + Dil H2SO4

Effervescence
No Effervescence
Could be CO32-, SO32-, S2-, NO2-
SALT + Conc H2SO4 + warm

Effervescence
No Effervescence
Could be Cl-, Br-, I-, NO3-, CH3COO-
Test using SCE
Smell the gas
Odourless;
could be
CO32-
Smell of
burning hair;
could be SO32-
Passed
the gas
through
limewate
r
Passed the
gas through
1) acidified
K2Cr2O7 Soln2)
acidified
KMnO4 soln
Lime water
turns milky
confirms
CO32-
Observe colour of the gas
Smell of
rotten
egg; could
be S2-
Passed the
gas through
acidified
lead acetate
solution
Lead acetate
soln turnsblack
confirms S2-
K2Cr2O7
Soln
turns
green
confirms
SO32n
KMnO4 sol is
decolourised
confirms SO32-
Continued in next page
Colourless
gas turning
brown could
be NO2-
Colourless
gas giving
dens white
fumes with
ammonia ,
could be
chloride
Salt +MnO2 +
conc H2SO4 +
SCE + dil HNO3
+ AgNO3 soln
Greenish
yellow gas
could be Cl-
White ppt
soluble in
NH4OH
confirms Cl-
Reddish
Brown gas
could be Br--
Black/ violet
gas, could be
iodide
Light brown gas turning

dense brown on heating
could be NO3-
SCE + CHCl3/CCl4 + Cl2 Water
Salt + K2Cr2O7 +
conc H2SO4. Pass
the gas evolved
through water.
Acidify the water
with acetic acid
and add lead
nitrate
Reddish brown gas , turns water

yellow, finally yellow ppt soluble in
NaOH con firms Cl-
in the organic
layer
--Red/ brown
colour
confirms Br---violet colour
confirms I-
Salt + Cu turnings +
conc H2SO4+ heat
Brown gas and

the solution
turns blue,
could be NO3-
SCE + FeSO4 Soln

+ dil H2SO4 +
Conc H2SO4
along the walls
of the test tube.
Brown ring at
the junction of
the two layers
confirms NO3-

281
Salts that do not give effervesence with dil H2SO4/ Conc H2SO4
Preparation of SCE ie Sodium carbonate extract: Salt + same quantity of Na2CO3 + water + boil. Filter.
Filtrate is called SCE.
SCE + dil HCl + BaCl2 Soln
SCE + dil HNO3 +

Ammonium Molybdate
White ppt insoluble in conc HCl confirms SO42-
Cranary yellow ppt confirms PO43-
Prepared By: Mrs Hajra Shaikh

Resource Person
ZIET Bhubaneswar

282
ANALYSIS OF CATIONS
ORIGINAL SALT SOLUTION + Dil HCl
White Ppt
No Ppt
Pass H2S
Could be Pb2+
Black ppt
Dissolve in hot water
No ppt
Could be
Pb2+ /Cu2+
Boil off H2S + Dil HNO3+

NH4Cl Solution + NH4OH
Colorless Solution could be Pb2
Ppt
Divide into two parts
Add
K2CrO4
Add
KI
Dissolve in minimum
quantity of 50% HNO3
Blue Soln could be Cu2+
Divide into three parts

Yellow ppt
soluble in
NaOH soln
confirms
Pb2+
Yellow ppt
soluble in
hotwater
which
reappears on
cooling as
golden
yellow
spangles
confirms Pb2+
Add
NH4OH
Deep blue
colouration
Add Pot Ferro

Cyanide
Chocolate
brown ppt
no ppt
Could be
Fe3+,Al3+, Mn2+
Gelatinou
s Brown
could be
Fe3+
Add
KI
Dirty
white ppt
Confirms Cu2+
Add Pot Ferro Cyanide soln
Gelatinous
white
could be
Al3+
Pass H2S
through the
above solution
Dissolve ppt in minimum

amount of HCl
Fe3+
Al3+
Divide it
into two
parts
Add
NaOH
Soln and
a drop
of
litmus
Add Pot
sulpho
Cyanide
Soln

Blood
Kv-3 Campus,
Mancheswar Rail Colony, Bhubaneswar (Odisha) 751017 India
3+
Fe confirmed
redE.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com
Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org
color
Black
PPt
could
be Co2+
and
Ni2+
On the
next
page
Disolve ppt in min

amount of aqua regia
and evaporate to
dryness
283
Blue lake floating

in a colourless
background
confirms Al3+
Deep blue color
Blue
residue
could be
Ni2+
Yellow
residue
could
be Co2+
From previouspage
No Ppt
White ppt
could be
Zn2+
Dissolve in dil HCl.

Add NaOH soltion
White
ppt
soluble
in excess
of NaOH
confirms
Zn2+
Boil off H2S. add

Na2CO3 Soln
White Ppt
could be Ca2+,
Ba2+, Sr2+
Individual test for Na+, K+, Mg2+, NH4+
Dissolve ppt in
minimum quantity of
acetic acid and divide
into three parts
Add K2CrO4
soln
Add Amm Acetate
No ppt
Yellow ppt
soluble in
NaOHcould be
Ba2+
Green colour
on flame test
confirms Ba2+
Add Amm Carbonate
no ppt
White ppt could
be Sr2+
Red colour
on flame test
comfirms Sr2+
White ppt could

be Ca2+
Brick red on flame

test confirms Ca2+

Resource Person

284
ZIET Bhubaneswar
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
COMPOUNDS CONTAINING NITROGEN
Amines
PROPERTIES
Physical
Chemical
N sp hybridised
Classified as 1o, 2o and
3o depending on no of H
atoms replaced by alkyl
or aryl groups in NH3.
Common name: Alkyl
amines
IUPAC names Alkane
amines and aryl amines
Cyanides
--Lower aliphatic amines are

soluble in water(H bonding).
Solubility inversly proportional
to molecular mass. Aromatic
amines insoluble in water
--BP of amines 1o>2o>3o
amines. BP is to inter
molecular H bonding.
Acids> Alcohols> Amines>
Hydrocarbons
Chemical
Common name: Alkyl Cyanides

IUPAC name: Alkane Nitriles
--Lower members are liquids while
higher members are solids.
Solubility in water decreases as

number of C atoms increases. -Soluble in Organic solvents.
-Due to dipolar association BP is
higher than hydrocarbons
--Hydrolysis RCN RCOOH

--RCN ( LiAlH4 or Na +
C2H5OH) RCH2OH
--RCN(SnCl2 /HCl + H2O)
RCHO (Stephens reaction)
--RCN + NH3 RCNH2
NH
Properties
Diazonium salts
IUPAC name: Alkyl diazonium
salt; Aryl Diazonium Salt
--Alkyl salts are more
soluble than aryl salts
-Readily soluble in water,
but Benzene Diazonium
floroborate is insoluble in
water.
--soluble in solution and
decomposes in dry state
--Basicity 2o>3o>1o ( in aqueous phase).

Ethanamine > NH3> Aniline
EDG increase basicity
EWG decrease Basicity
--With alkyl halides alkylation
--1o and 2o amines react with acid chlorides,
acid anhydrides, esters by neucleophilic
substitution
-- Carbylamine reaction:1o amines on heating
with CHCl3 and KOH form isocyanides with
abnoxiuos smell.
--1oAliphatic amines + NaNO2 + HCl Alcohol.
1o aromatic amines + NaNO2 Diazonium
salts
--1o& 2o amines = C6H5SO2Cl(Hinsberge
reagent) sulphonamide
--electrophilic substitution occurs at O-, -P-,
position
--1o& 2o amines + RMgX Alkanes.
Chemical
Properties
--Displacement of N
Physical
CuCl/HClArCl
ArN2+X-
CuBr/HBr
ArBr
KI
ArI
ArN2+X-
HBF4/
ArF
H2O/
H3PO2+ H2O
Sandmeyer
CH3CH2OH ArH
Cu/HCl Cu/HBr
CuCN/KCN ArCN
Reaction
ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar ArOH

Kv-3 Campus, ArBr
Mancheswar Rail Colony, Bhubaneswar (Odisha) 751017 India
ArCl
HBF4ArN2BF4
ArF
Diazo group is retained:(COUPLING

REACTIONS)
From colourless Diazonium salts to brightly
coloured azo compounds Ar-N=N-Arusing
285
NITRITES
IUPAC Name Alkyl nitrites
Containing ON=O group, isomeric to nitro alkanes

Sn/HClROH
+ NH2OH
RON=O
H2O/ H+
NITRO
IUPAC Name Nitro alkanes
ROH + HNO2
Properties
Physical
Chemical
--colourless and pleasant smelling liquids.

--less soluble in water but soluble in
organic solvents.
--high boiling point
--high dipole moment
ISOCYANIDES
Common name: Alkyl isocyanides
IUPAC Name: Alkyl Carbylamines
--Highly poisonous and
abnoxious smelling liquid
--B P lesser than cyanides
--insoluble in water
--Reduction: RNO2Sn/HClRNH2
Zn /NH4ClRNHOH
--Hydrolysis: RCH2NO2 + H2O
HCl RCOOH
2R2CHNO2HCl 2R2CO
--Halogenation: RCH2NO2Br2/NaOH Di bromo derivative
R2CHNO2 Br2/NaOHMono bromo derivative
R3CNO2Br2/NaOHNo Reaction
Properties
Physical
Chemical
--Hydrolysis: RNC
--Reduction: RNC
H3O+RNH2
( Primary Amines)
LiAlH4RNHCH3
( Secondary Amines)
-- RNC + HgO RNCO + Hg ( Alkyl Isocyanate)

--RNC
/250oC
RCN ( Isomerisation)

Resource Person

286
ZIET Bhubaneswar
Amines Mind Map

287
Benzenediazonium Chloride
NaNO 2 + HCl
+ N2 Cl + NaCl
Diazotisation
Benzenediazonium chloride
Benzenediazonium chloride is stable due to resonance.
Diazonium ion being a weak electrophile,can couple

with a strongly activated aromatic system.
NH2
HNO 2
Coupling do not
occur in strong
acidic medium
NH3
NH2
H3PO2
H2O
CH 3CH 2OH
H2O
N2
H3PO3
HCl
CH 3CHO
HCl
N2
OH
CuCl / HCl
Less
activated
aromatic
system
CuBr / HBr
Cl
Br
CN
Cl
OH
N2
N2
OH
H
CuCN / KCN
N2
N Cl
Cu / HCl
N2
CuCl
In strongly alkaline medium, the concentration of

diazonium ion ( act as electrophile ) decreases
and coupling reaction does not occur.
-+
O Na
N
KI
HBF4
N2 BF4
NaOH
N2
KCl
N2
BF3
OH
H2O
OH
HBF4
N
N
N2 BF4
NaOH
NaNO 2
Cu
HO
HO
HCl
NO 2
+ N2 + NaBF4
OH
( Orange dye )
Coupling reaction
H
OH
N2
NH2
Coupling reaction
p-Aminoazobenzene

NH2
( Yellow dye )
288
CHARACTERS OF AMINES
Basic strength in gaseous phase Et3N > Et2 NH > Et NH 2 > NH3
Basic strength in aqueous
Basic strength
PKb value
Et2 NH > Et NH2 > NH3 > PhNH2
p-Toluidine >
Et NH2
Basic strength
Et2 NH
Boiling point
> Et2 NH
>
Et OH
C2H5
2o
H3C
C2 H5
NH
CH3
2o
H5C2 N
H5C2 NH2
3o C2H5
Et NH 2
NH3
1o
CH3
H3C
1o
NH2
H3C
3o
> PhNH2
> CH3NH2 > Ph N Me 2 > PhNH2
Basic strength in Aqueous medium
H5C2 NH
> p-Nitroaniline
> PhNHCH 3 > Et NH 2 > Et2 NH
PhNH 2
Solubility
Aniline
NH3
CH3
CONTROLLED AMINES

> Et2 NH
289
Controlled Bromination
O
xx
NH2
CH3
( CH 3CO )2O
CH3
Br2
Pyridine
CH 3COOH
Controlled Nitration
xx
NH2
Br
Br
( CH 3CO )2O
CH3
HNO 3 , H2SO4 , 288 K
CONVERSIONS
Aliphatic Conversions
: For stepping up the series
Alcohol
Anhydrous ZnCl
R
2
alc. KCN
Alkyl halide
Primary alcohol
Reduction
CH 2 NH2
Primary amine
HNO 2
Hydrolysis
Hydrocarbon
CH 2 OH
LiAlH 4
CN
Nitrile
X2 / UV
H3O
LiAlH 4
H3O
( NaNO 2 & HCl )
RCOOH
Carboxylic acid
R
Oxidation
OH / H
NO 2
HX
NH2
CH3
Pyridine
OH
OH / H
N-Phenylethanamide
( Acetanilide )
NH2
CH 2 OH
Primary alcohol
For stepping down the series

NO 2
290
RCOOH
Carboxylic acid
NH 3
Br 2
RCONH 2
Acid amide
Alkaline KMnO4
HNO 2
R NH 2
Amine
KOH
( NaNO 2 & HCl )
Aqueous KOH
CH2 OH
Primary alcohol
HX
OH
Primary alcohol
Anhydrous ZnCl
Alkyl halide
CH2 X
Alkyl halide
Aromatic Conversions
When the functional group contains
carbon atom
Cl
OH
NaOH , 623 K, 300 atm
H
OHC
CH3
CH 3Cl
Zn dust
Anhydrous AlCl3
H2 / Pd , BaSO4 , S
Boiling Xylene
ClOC
SOCl2
HOOC
When the functional group does not contain carbon atom

Alkaline KMnO4
291
OH
Warm H2O
Zn dust
H3PO2
H2O
KI
+
N2 BF4-
N2 ClCuCl
HCl
NO 2
CuBr
Sn / HCl
HBr
Br
HCl
NaNO2
Cu
Na
NO
H2SO4 , 333 K
Conc. HNO 3
HBF4
Cl
NH2
Prepared By Bhubaneswar Region

292
CONCEPT MAPPING
COLLOIDS
CLASSIFICATION OF COLLOIDS
Based on particles of dispersed phase

i)Multimolecular
ii)Macromolecular
iii)Associated
Based on nature of interaction
i)Lyophilic
ii)Lyophobic
Based on physical state

i)solid in solidi)liquid in solid iii) gas in solid
iv)solid in liquid v)liquid in liquid vi)gas in liquid
vii) solid in gas viii) liquid in gas
PREPARATION OF COLLOIDS
Chemical Method
Bredigs Arc Method
Peptisation
PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDS
Tyndall effect
Brownian Motion
Electrophoresis
Colligative Properties
Charge on colloidal particle

293
Colour
Coagulation
PURIFICATION
Dialysis
Electrodialysis
Ultra filtration
Prepared by Ranchi region

294
CONCEPT MAPPING
CHAPTER 10
CLASSIFICATION OF HALOALKANES
On the basis of
No. of Halogen atoms
On the basis of Hybridisation

Of Carbon atom
On the basis of
1 ,2 &3 Carbon atoms
o
Haloderivative
Dihaloderivative
Trihaloderivative
Primary haloalkane Sec. halo

Tert. Halo alkane
alkane
CHX3(Haloforms)
CH3-CH2-X
CH3-CH(X)-CH3 CHX3
CH2-X
CH2-X
ogen is bonded to Sp3 Hybridised C

CH3CH2CH2-X
Allylic halides
eg. CH2=CH-CH2-X

Vinylic Halides
CH2=CH-X
295
PREPARATION OF HALOALKANES
From alcohols
From hydrocarbons
From alkanes
By halide exchange
CH2=CH2 +HX
ZnCl2
R-OH +HX
RX +H2O
CH3CH2-X
Cl2
CH3CH2CH2CH3
UV
CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl + CH3CH2CH(Cl)CH3
Finkelstein Reaction
RX+NaI
Swarts Reaction
RI + NaX
RX + AgF
(X=Cl,Br)
+KOH (aq.)NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION OF HALOALKANES
R-OH +KX
+NaOR
R-X
R-O-R +NaX
+KCN (alc)
R-CN + KX
+AgCN
R-NC + AgX
+KNO2
R-O-N=O

RF + AgF
296
UNIT11
ALCOHOLS,PHENOLS &ETHERS
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS
Reactions involving
the cleavage of
involving the cleavage
O-H bond
well as OH gp
With metals
2ROH +2Na
With HX
ROH +HX
Reactions involving the cleavage

of C-O bond
Esterification
2RONa +H2
RCOOH +ROH
RCOOR+ H2O
RX +H2O
ROH + PCl5
With PCl5
RCl + POCl3 + HCl
Reactions involving thealkyl as well as OH gp

Reactions
alkyl as
297
Dehydration
30>20>1010>20>3010>20>30
H2SO4
CH3CH2OH
CH2=CH2 +H2O
443K
Oxidation
Dehydrogenation
K Cr O
2 2 7+H2SO4
CH3CH2OH
CH3CHO
[O]
RCH2OH
573k Cu
CH3COOH
RCHO +H2
UNIT12
Test for Carboxylic Acids
Litmus Test
NaHCO 3 Test
Turns blue litmus to red
Brisk effervescence of CO2 is evolved
Classification of Carboxylic Acid

Ester Formation Test

Fruity smell of ester
298
Monocarboxylic acids
Dicarboxylic acids
1-COOH group
Tricarboxylic acids
2-COOH group
CH3COOH
HOOC-CH2-CH2-COOH
3-COOH group
HOOC-CH2-CH(COOH)-CH2-COOH
Chemical Properties of Aldehydes & Ketones
Nucleophilic Addition Reactions

1.By HCN
Reduction
Oxidation
4.By NH3
2.By NaHSO3
3.By RMgX

299
Oxygen family

300
CONCEPT MAPPING
d & f BLOCK ELEMENTS
d-BLOCK
ELEMENTS
Special
Properties
Physical
Properties
Some important
compounds
1.Variation in M.P
2.Variation in atom &
KMnO4
:Preparation,structure
& its properties.
Ionic size.
3.Ionisation Enthalpies.
4.Oxidation state variation
5.Trends in std.electrode
K2Cr2O7 :
Preparation,structure
& its properties
Potential.
6. Trends in stability of higher
Oxidation states.
1.Variable Oxidation states.
2.Coloured Ions
3.Catalytic properties
4.Complex formation
5.Alloy formation
6.Interstitial compounds.
7.Paramagnetism.

301
f-Block Elements
Lanthanides
Actinides
Misch Metall(Alloy of
lanthanoids contains
95% Ln & 5%Fe..
5f series(Thorium Lawrencium
4f series(Cerium to
Lutetium)
Common
ox.state:+3
Lanthanoid
Contraction:Reg
decrease of at.size
/ion.size
Actinoid
contraction:Reg
decrease of at.size
/ion.size
Common
ox.state:+3
Extra
ox.states:+5,+6,+7
In +2
statereductant;
Most are
radioactive
In +4 stateoxidant

302
Type
Condensation Polymer
+ Homopolymer
Condensation
Polymer
+Copolymer
Polymer
Guwahati Region
Concept Mapping
Polymer in one Page
Monomer
Nylon 6
Caprolactum
Nyon66
HMDA,Adipic acid
Stockings Shirts,
Ropes
Treylene(Dacron)
Ethylene glycol
,Terphthalic acid
Fabrics
Glyptal
Ethylene glycol
,Phthalic acid
Paints,Binding
materials
PHBV
3-Hydroxy butanoic
acid,
Packaging in
Medical
industry
3-Hydroxy pentanoic
acid
Addition
Polymer +
Homopolymer
Uses
Fibre,Plastic,tyre
-cords
Nylon2-Nylon6
Glycine &
Aminocaproic acid
Bakelite
Phenol , formaldehyde
Elecctric Switch
& switch board,
Melamine
formaldehyde Resin
Melamine
,Formaldehyde
Unbreakable
Crockery
Polythene
Ethene
Pipes, Electrical
insulators, Toys
Polystyrene
Styrene
Combs,Plastic
handle,Toys
Polypropene
Propene
Carry bags,
Plastic goods
PVC
Vinyl Chloride
Rain coat,
Electrical
insulators
PAN(Orlon)
Acrlonitrile
Fabrics
PTFE( TEFLON)
Tetrafluroetene
Non-stick
Remark
Thermoplastic
Biodegradable
Aliphatic Poly ester
Biodegradable Polymer

Thermosetting
Polymer
Thermoplastics
303
utensils
Addition Polymer +
Copolymer
Natural Rubber (
Neoprene)
Isoprene
Football bladder
BUNA-S
Buta1,3diene,Styrene
Tyre cords
BUNA-N
Buta1,3-diene,PAN
Water storage
Tank
Classification as elastomer, Fibre, Thermoplasic ,Themosetting Polymer

Polymer
Classification Type
Natural Rubber ( Neoprene)
Elastomer,
BUNA-S
BUNA-N
Nylon 6
fibre
Nyon66
Treylene(Dacron)
Polystyrene
Thermoplastic
Polypropene
PVC
PAN(Orlon)
PTFE( TEFLON)
Glyptal
PHBV
Nylon2-Nylon6
Polythene
Bakelite
Thermosetting ploymer
Melamine formaldehyde Resin

304
Guwahati Region
Concept Mapping
Chemistry in everyday life in one Page
THERAPEUTIC ACTION OF DIFFERENT DRUGS
Note: All the medicines should be taken under strict medical supervision
Drugs
Action
Example
Analgesics
Pain Killer
AspirinAnalgin, ,Anacine,
Analgesics
Produces unconsciousness
Opium, Heroin , Codeine, Morphine
Produced by micro organism that can

inhibit the growth or kill other microorganism.
Penicillin G(Narrow Spectrum)
(Narcotic )
Antibiotics
i).Bacteriostatic
(Streptomycin)
Streptomycin, Ampicillin , Amoxicillin Chloramphenicol

Vancomycin, ofloxacin , (Broad Spectrum)
ii).Bactericidal(Penicillin)
Antiseptics
Disinfectants
Prevent the growth of micro-organism or

kill them but not harmful to the living
tissues.
Kills micro-organisms, not safe for living
tissues. It is used for toilets, floors ,
instruments.
Dettol(Chloroxylenol +Terpineol), Bithional(in soap)

Tincture iodine, 0.2% phenol, Boric Acid,
ethanol,Soframycin,furamycin
1% phenol,
chlorine (Cl2) ,
Sulphurdioxide ( SO2)
Antacids
Reduce or neutralize the acidity.
NaHCO 3
Al(OH)3 gel
Mg(OH)2
Antihistamines
MgCO3
AlPO4
Reduce release of acid.
Cimetidine(Tegamet), Ranitidine (Zantac),
It is also used to treat allergy
Brompheniramine ( Dimetapp)
Terfenadine ( Seldane)
Tranquilizers
Reduce the mental anxiety, stress,

emotional disturbance (sleeping pill)
Valium, Serotonin, Veronal,

Equanil,Amytal,Nembutal,Luminal, Seconal
Antipyretics
Reduce body temperature
Aspirin, Paracetamol, Analgin, Phenacetin.

305
Antifertility
drugs
These are the steroids used to control the

pregnancy
Norethindrone, Ethynylestradiol (novestrol )
CHEMICALS IN FOOD
Sweetening Agent
Saccharine,
Aspartme(for cold foods)
Alitame
Sucrolose(stable at cooking temp)

Food Preservative
Salt,
sugar,
veg. oils,
sodium benzoate
CLEANSING AGENTS
Soap
Na / K salt of long chain fatty acids
Not work in hard water becoz with Ca and Mg salt soap

produce insoluble scum
Anaionic detergen
Sodium laurylsulphate
Used in household work / in tooth paste
Cationic detergent
Cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide
Hair conditioner / germicidal properties
Non ionic detergent
Ester of stearic acid and polyethylene glycol
Liquid dishwashing
Detergents with highly branched hydrocarbon parts are non-biodegradable and hence water pollutants so branching is minimized
which are degradable and pollution is prevented.
Pr
ot
ein
s
CONCEPT MAP BIO MOLECULES- [Proteins]
All the polymers of amino acids connected to each

other by peptide bond or peptide linkage
Structure:Classification
Based on molecular structure
1.Fibrous :insoluble in water
polypeptide chains run parallel
held by H and disulphide
bonds. Ex:- Keratin
2.Globular
:Chains
of
polypeptides coil around to
give spherical shape. Ex:
Insulin
Primary: Sequence of amino acids.

Secondary:shape due to H-bnding.
Tertiary:Overall folding of secondary
structure.
Quarternary:Special arrangement of
Essential Amino acids:Which cannot be

made in body ,to be supplied through
diet.
Non-essential:Can be synthesized by
body.
subunits wrt to each other.

306
Helix :Formed due to intramolecular Hbonds between the C=O of one amino
acid residue and the N-H of the 4th
amino acid residue in the chain. Ex
:Keratin in hair and myosin in muscles
-Pleated structure:Peptide chains laid side by

side,held together by intermolecular Hbonding, resembles pleated folds of drapery
ex:silk protein
Denaturation:Due to coagulation native shape

of the protein is destroyed and biological
activity is lost ,[2,3 structure destroyed, 1
intact.]
B.Sreedhar( NSB2)
Sushma(NAD)

BBSR
307
Solid State (Chapter -1),

Concept Mapping
Concept- Unit Cell.
Edge
Contribution (1/4)
Corner
Contribution (1/8)
Face
Contribution
(1/2)
Body center
Contribution
(1)
Unit Cell
Crystal lattice
Prepared by Kolkata Region

308
Types of unit cell
1.No of atoms
1/8X8=1
2.Relation b/n
a = 2r
Radius of atom(r)
& edge length(a)
3. Lattice point
8
4. Co-ordination
6
Number.
5. Packing
52%
efficiency
1/8x8 +1=2
3a=4r
1/8x8+1/2x6=4
2a= 4r
14
8
68%
12
74%

309
Topic:- Solution (Chapter -2), Class XII

Concept Mapping
Concept:- Colligative properties

Relative lowering of vapour pressure
P/P10= X2
Colligative Properties
C.P. n 1/GMM
Depression in freezing
point
Elevation in boiling point

Tb = Kb m
Osmotic Pressure
Tf = Kfm
V = nRT

310
Concept:- Concentration of Solution (Molarity)

Mass% X density X 10
Gram Molecular mass(GMM)
Gram per litter

Gram Molecular mass(GMM)
Mass of Solute(g) X 1000

Gram Molecular mass(GMM) X Volume of Solution
Molarity(M)
Moles of Solute(n)
Volume of Solution (litre )
Normality of Solution (N)

X
(X=Molecular Mass/ Equivalent mass)

311
Concept mapping for Electrochemistry.

Topic:- Galvanic cell (A B &C)
A=Anod
e
electrod
e
B=
Salt bridge
C= Cathodeelectrode
(-)(Oxidation reaction)
(+)(Reduction reaction)
Zn -----Zn2+ + 2e
Cu2+ + 2e -Cu
Zn>Cu (As per reactivity series)

Over all reaction:Zn + Cu2+ ----Zn2+ + Cu
Ezn+2/zn =E0zn+2/zn
- RT/nf
ln [Zn] /[Zn+2] -------eq-1
Ecu+2/cu =E0cu+2/cu
- RT/nf
ln [cu] /[cu+2]--------eq-2
Adding eq-1 & eq-2

312
Ecell =E0cell - RT/nf
ln [Zn+2] /[Cu+2]
At Equilibrium, Ecell=0
E0cell = RT/2f
ln [Zn+2] /[Cu+2]
=2.303RT/2f
log [Zn+2] /[Cu+2]
= 0.059/2 log Kc
G =-nFEcell

313
Prepared by Guwahati Region

314
01| 08 | 2013
A work shop on chemistry started on 1st Aug 2013 in the premises of K.V-3 Bhubaneswar, conducted by ZIET
Bhubaneswar. Miss Usha Aswath Iyer, Director /DC- ZIET ,BBSR lit the sacred lamp to signal the commencement of
the workshop.Then Mrs. Hajra Shaikh PGT Chemistry, ZIET gave a brief idea about the aims and objectives of the
three days workshop.
In her introductory speech Mrs. Jayalaxmi, Principal K V Srikakulam and Associate course director highlighted the
result of chemistry in the year 2013 and the need for improvement for the next session.
The Director / DC- ZIET-BBSR Miss Usha Aswath Iyer delivered her presidential speech throwing light on different
aspects of successful teaching through motivation, inspiration and encouraging the students.
At the end of the session the vote of thanks was extended by Mr. A. Saha PGT Biology, ZIET BBSR.
After the inauguration, the class room teaching started with Mrs. Hajra Shaikh PGT: Chemistry ZIET on SWOT. She
enlightened beautifully on Strength-Weakness-Opportunity and Threat .Next Mr. Aditya Panda, PGT Chemistry K.V-3
BBSR presented a work sheet on different chapters for clear understanding of all types of students through concept
based questions.
The teachers were then divided into different groups for preparing worksheets on different chapters as per the
schedule made by ZIET BBSR.
The afternoon session ended at 5.30 pm with a cup of tea.
Report By: Bhubaneswar and Guwahati Region

2nd days ( i.e.on 02.08.2013) report of work shop done by Ranchi and Kolkatta regions jointly
The morning assembly was conducted by BBSR and GUWAHATI REGIONS followed by Miss MERRYS pledge, thought
of the day was given by Mr. Sharad Sharma, current news read by Mr. Sridhar and report given by Mr. P ROY.
Next, Director Madam advised the importance of morning assembly and body language. She focused on the
ways of behaving at public places and maintaining good etiquette. Thereafter Mr.Sahu advised us to concentrate on
slow learners and discussed with us various ways to motivate them. One of the ways was application of Maxwells
law of distribution of energy to use as a tool to motivate slow learners as the success of teachers is determined by
the progress of the slow learners. We were assigned class XII chemistry chapters region-wise and then asked to
prepare question banks for average and bright students. After that Mr.J.K.Sahu explained how to use computers in
chemistry by using specially designed software. After this it was time for lunch and in the meantime question bank
was prepared by all the teachers. There was a short tea break and again the same assignment was started. With this
the session came to an end at 5.30pm.
Report by :KOLKATA & RANCHI REGIONS

315
Day 3
The day started with prayer conducted by the team Ranchi, commanded, Pledge, thought read by & the News,
special item was a report on this workshop day two. There was a Session on concept mapping- the technique and
uses till tea break at 10:45 am.
After tea, teachers prepared a few concept maps.
The Compilation of the work done ended by Lunch. After lunch there was a Plenary Session. The highlight of the
day was a presentation by Mr Mr Jayanth Kumar Sahoo,PGT Chemistry, K V DHENKANALshowed the use of an open
source software for writing chemistry formulae and reactions.
After tea break, in the valedictory function the participants received the certificates and dispersed.
Reported By: SILCHAR AND TINSUKIA REGIONS

316

317

SURESH KUMAR SAHU

(PGT CHEMISTRY)
K.V.NO 3 BHUBANESWAR
Concepts of Class-XI which

are very often used in
Class-XII
( Which needs to be
mastered for better
performance in Class-XII)
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY -- Some Basic Principles

IUPAC Naming and structure including all functional group , ( some
common names )
Isomerismgeometrical , Structural
Classification of Organic compounds
Fundamental concept of Organic reaction mechanism
Homolytic and Heterolytic cleavage ,Nucleophiles and electrophiles
.Electron movement in organic reactions
Electron Displacement Effect In Covalent Bond
(i) Inductive effect ( +I and I effect)
(ii) Resonance Structure Rules while resonance Structure ,
Predicting the stable resonating structure ,
Hybrid Structure
Resonance Effect ( + R and - R effect )
Hyperconjugation
Reactive Intermediates
Stability of carbocation , Carboanion , free radicals , alkenes
Types of Organic Reaction and its Mechanism
[ Substitution SN1 and SN2 , Addition Reaction - AdE and and ,
Elimination Reaction alpha and beta , Rearrangement , Polymerisation and
Condensation Reaction ]
Stability of Carboanion
Stability of (C ) I /+I
INDUCTIVE
EFFECT
ACIDIC STRENGTH
Acidic Strength -I/+I
POLARITY OF
ORGANIC
COMPOUND
Stability of Carboanion
Stability No of resonating St
RESONANCE
EFFECT
Reactivity of Benzene
Towards electrophilic
substitution
ACIDC NATURE
BASIC NATURE
Basic nature +R, +I/-R, -I
Electron density increases by resonance H + attraction capacity

More basic & vice-versa
REACTION INTERMEDIATE
CARBON FREE RADICALS
CARBOCATION OR
CARBONIUM ION
CARNANIONS
CARBENES
1- SUBSTITUTION REACTION IN ALKANE

2- WURTZ REACTION,
3- KOLBE SELECTROLYSIS,
4- ALLYLILIC OR BENZYLIC SUBSTUTION BY
NBS.
5- SIDE CHAIN HALOGENATION OF ARENES
1- ELECTROPHILIC ADDITION OF ALKENE & ALKYNE
2- ELECTROPHILIC SUBSTITUTION OF BENZENE
3- NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION OF HALIDES(SN1)
4- ELIMINATION OF HALIDES(E1)
5- ACID CATALIZED DEHYDRATION OF ALCOHOL
1- NUCLEOPHILIC ADDITION REACTION OF

ALKYNE
2- DECARBOXYLATION OF ACID
3- REDUCTION OF HALIDES BY Zn/HCl
4- ALDOL CONDENSATION
1- CARBYL AMINE REACTION

2- REIMER-TIEMANN REACTION
HYDROCARBON
Wurtz Reaction , Dumas Decarboxylation Reaction , Markovnikov Rule ,

Kharash Effect (Peroxide effect )
Ozonolysis , Polymerization and cyclic Polymerization , Aromatization ,
Isomerization , bayers reagent , lindlars catalyst , dehydrohalogenation
Reaction-elimination of haloalkanes ( Saytzeff Rule)
Aromaticity , Resonance and stability of Benzene
Electrophilic substitution Reactions-- Friedel Craft Reaction alkylation and
Acylation ,. Nitration And halogenations , Sulphonation
Electrophilic addition Reactions-- Markovnikov Rule
Free Radical addition Reactions -- Kharash Effect (Peroxide effect )
Directive influence of a functional group in monosubstituted benzene , ring
activating and Deactivating group towards electrophile
Mechanism of Markovnikov Rule and Kharash Effect
Preparation and Properties of Alkane , alkene , Alkyne , Benzene
Acidic Character of Alkynes , alkenes and alkanes
Effect of branching on the boiling point of isomeric isomeric compounds (
alkanes , alcohols , haloalkanes)
Effect of H-bonding on BP of alcohols , Carboxylic acids , Amines etc.
Understanding acidic and basic character using resonance and Inductive
effect
Some Basic concepts of Chemistry

(A) Calculation based on Molarity
Molality , Mass Percentage ,
Mole Fraction , ppm ,
Mole concepts and Molar masses
Use in Solution Chapter

For solving Numericals
Understanding the concept easily
Preparation of standard solution

In Lab.
Used in Titration ( Quantitative

(B) Calculation based on stoichiometry equations Analysis) to determine the molarity
Equation; M1V1/a1 = M2V2/a2
STRUCTURE OF ATOM
Idea of writing electronic configuration
Shape of orbitals & Degenerate orbitals

Effective Nuclear Charge screening effect
Penetrating power of different orbitals
Use in p-block,d-block & f-block elements

to determine stability, I.E., E.G.E,
magnetic properties, colour compound
determination of structure by VBT in
coordination compound
Use in CFT ( coordination compound )
Use in variation of size of p-block , d -block

&f-block element ,concept of lanthanoid
contraction
Stability of completely filled and half filled subshell

stability of different oxidation state in p & d block
element
CHEMICAL BONDING
VSEPR Theory
HYBRRIDISATION
Resonance and Resonating

structures
PREDICTING SHAPE AND GEOMETRY OF

VARIOUS MOLECULE
USED IN P BLOCK ELEMENT TO
DETERMINE STRUCTURE OF OXO
ACID,INTER HALOGEN COMPOUND,&
COMPOUND OF NOBLE GAS
VBT IN CORDINATION
COMPOUND
-- Understanding the conditions of

stability of resonating structure
( various application Questions)
STRUCTER OF OXO ACID
VACANT dORBITAL
BOND POLARITY
BASIC NATURE
OF HYDRIDE
ACIDIC NATURE
OF OXIDE &
OXOACID
P-PBONDING
CLASSIFICATION OF
ELEMENTS
& p-BLOCK
ELEMENTS
METALLIC
PROPERTY
B.D.E
THERMAL
STABILITY
REDUCTION
CAPACITY OF
HYDRIDE AND
OXIDE
ELECTRONEGATIVITY
ELECTRON GAIN
ENTHALPY
INERT PAIR EFFECT
FAJANS RULE
CATENATION
Metallic and non metallic

character
IE 1/Metallic property
IONISATION
ENTHALAPY
Stability of oxidation state
METALLIC AND NON

METALLIC NATURE
BOND ENTHALPY
EN 1/BOND
LENGTH
BOND ENERGY
ELECTRONEGATIVITY
DIFFRENCE
ACIDIC STRENGTH OF
HYDRIDE
BOND ENERGY STABILITY
OF MOLECULE
REACTIVITY
DIFFRENCE IN
ELECTRONEGATIVITY
STABILITY 1/REACTIVITY
APPLICATION OF
ELECTRONEGATIVITY
NATURE OF BOND
AND PRCENTAGE OF
IONIC CHARECTER
NOMENCLATURE OF
INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS
OF2 OXYGEN DIFLORIDE
ACIDIC NATURE OF
THE OXIDE
ELECTRONEGATIVITY
NATURE OF
HYDROXIDE
Thermodynamics
Enthalpies of different types of reactions
Std enthalpy of combustion , Std. enthalpy of
formation , Std. enthalpy of reaction
Enthalpy of atomization ,Bond Enthalpy , Lattice
enthalpy , Hydration Enthalpy , Enthalpy of solution
Spontaneity Enthalpy and entropy , Gibbs Free
Energy of reaction
States of Matter
Intermolecular forces
Isotherm , isobar , isochore
Vapour pressure Boiling point , std. and normal
BP
evaporation and vaporization
Critical Temperature
Vapour pressure Vs Temperature Curve
Ideal Gas Equation
Equilibrium
Idea about dynamic equilibrium , Rate law
expression , Law of mass action ,
Relation between Kc and Qc , Kp and Kc
Le Chateliers Principle and its application
Different concepts of Acids and BasesLewis ,
Bronsted , Arrhenius
Conjugate Acid Base pair
PH calculation .
knowledge about Ka , Kb , Kw Pka , PKb . Pkw , Ksp
( Solubility Product) , common ion effect
REDOX REACTIONS
Understanding the concept of Redox Reactions ( both oxidation and
Reduction half cell reaction)
Calculation of Oxidation number ( deal some special cases H2O2 , NaH ,
Cr2O5 , H2S2O5 , CaOCl2 )
Identification of oxidizing and reducing agent in a given reaction
Types of redox reactions Combination , Decomposition , Displacement,
Disproportionation Reactions
Competitive electron transfer reactions -- Metal activity or
electrochemical series
Balancing of redox reactions -- half reaction method ( Ion electron
method ) in acidic and basic medium
Redox reactions as the basis for Titrations
Redox reactions and electrode processes -- Feasibility of Redox couple ,
Standard Hydrogen electrode , Standard electrode potential
Cell Representation , carriers of current , Sign of electrode , Half cell
reaction .
TO COMPARE THE
RELATIVE ACTIVITIES OF
METALS
ELECTROCHEMICAL
SERIES
TO PREDICT THE
SPONTANEITY OF REDOX
REACTION

Chemistry Improvement of Class XII Result

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Chemistry Improvement of Class XII Result

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN;

REFERENCE MANUAL CUM REPORT

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

Mr Suresh Kumar Sahu

Mr Aaditya Kumar Panda

K.V. No3 Bhubaneswar

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

From the Directors Desk

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

Question banks (minimum level of learning)

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

3 DAY WORKSHOP ON IMPROVING RESULTS IN CLASS XII CHEMISTRY

Prayer and review of previous

Linking class XI to class

Prayer and review of

Learning Styles/ Aids to

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

Aims and objectives of the

Name of Participant (in BLOCK

MR. TEK CHAND

MR. MUKESH KR.

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

MR. Mohd SALEEM

No2 Port Blair

SH. BHISMA KANT,

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

MR. ANIL KUMAR

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN

Concept Mapping in chapters #

Question bank in chapters*

6 -10 for above average

11-16 for above average

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

What advantages do you have that others dont?

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

What values do you believe in that others fail to exhibit?

Consider your strengths:

Networking events or educational classes

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, Bhubaneswar

Visit us: www.zietbbsr.org E.mail: zietbbsr.yahoo.com

CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE